Transcript
PRODUCT AND ACCESSORY CATALOG
ELITE SERIES®
CONTRACTOR SERIES
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
PREMIUM SERIES
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
TABLE OF CONTENTS Why LiftMaster ?...................................................................................................................................................... 3 ®
LiftMaster Garage Door Openers.................................................................................................................. 5 Comparison Chart................................................................................................................................................... 6 Elite Series .................................................................................................................................................................. 8 ®
8500 DC Battery Backup Capable Wall Mount............................................................................................................................................ 10 8550 DC Battery Backup Belt Drive............................................................................................................................................................. 11 8587 3/4 HP AC Chain Drive........................................................................................................................................................................ 12 8557 3/4 HP AC Belt Drive........................................................................................................................................................................... 13
Premium Series...................................................................................................................................................... 14 8360 DC Battery Backup Capable Chain Drive........................................................................................................................................... 16 8355 1/2 HP AC Belt Drive .......................................................................................................................................................................... 17 3240 1/2 HP AC Screw Drive....................................................................................................................................................................... 18 8365-267 1/2 HP AC Chain Drive................................................................................................................................................................ 19
Contractor Series................................................................................................................................................. 20 8165 1/2 HP AC Chain Drive........................................................................................................................................................................ 22 8155 1/2 HP AC Belt Drive........................................................................................................................................................................... 23 8065 1/2 HP AC Chain Drive........................................................................................................................................................................ 24
Rails for Operators.............................................................................................................................................. 25
MODEL NUMBER LOGIC CHART 1st digit = Generation ®
8 = Security+ 2.0 /MyQ ™
2nd digit = Series
3rd digit = Drive
4th digit = Motor
5 = Elite 3 = Premium 1 = Contractor 0 = Contractor/Square
0 = Direct 4 = Screw 5 = Belt 6 = Chain 8 = I-Beam Chain, 2‑Speed Sprocket Chain
0 = DC 5 = AC 1/2 HP 7 = AC 3/4 HP
Example: 8550 = 8 (Security+ 2.0 /MyQ) + 5 (Elite Series) + 5 (Belt Drive) + 0 (DC Motor) ™
All LiftMaster Garage Door Openers follow this logic except for the 3240 model.
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
OPEN YOUR WORLD WITH LIFTMASTER ®
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
WHY LIFTMASTER
®
For over 45 years, LiftMaster has been exceeding expectations by providing peace of mind through expert service and innovative solutions. ®
This catalog gives you access to our entire product and accessory lines. The latest advances like our MyQ Technology, Security+ 2.0 , Battery Backup and our specially designed P3 Motors allow our products to best serve specific needs while staying safe and connected at all times. ®
™
™
LiftMaster provides products and access solutions for homes and businesses worldwide. We are committed to providing quality products, innovative designs and comprehensive services which go beyond our Customers’ expectations.
3
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
PEACE OF MIND FROM ANYWHERE
Apple and iPhone are registered trademarks of Apple Inc. ®
®
LIFTMASTER GARAGE DOOR OPENERS ®
LiftMaster Garage Door Openers are engineered with advanced safety features and the latest technology, making each one a reliable solution that’s sure to fit the needs of any home. ®
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
We guarantee the highest level of performance in our Garage Door Openers by focusing on four unique features within our product line. BATTERY BACKUP LiftMaster has a patented system to ensure that your Garage Door Opener continues to operate during power outages.
CONNECTIVITY LiftMaster Garage Door Openers help you stay connected to your home while you’re away with your smartphone, tablet or computer, giving you greater control, information and access.
P3 MOTORS
™
LiftMaster designs our own purpose-built motor to meet the exact requirements needed to move the heaviest moving object in your home.
SAFETY AND SECURITY LiftMaster Garage Door Openers have security features designed to help safeguard your home, giving you greater peace of mind.
Our line of Garage Door Openers provides a variety of solutions to serve specific household needs while never compromising safety and security to ensure peace of mind.
5
COMPARISON CHART
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
Series
Elite
Elite
Elite
Elite
Premium
Model Number
8500
8550
8587
8557
8360
DC Wall Mount
DC Belt
3/4 HP AC Chain
3/4 HP AC Belt
DC Chain
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Description Timer-to-Close Backwards Compatible Remote (MAX) LCD Programming Menu Soft Start/Stop
Yes
Yes
Yes Capable
Battery Backup*
Capable
Yes
Motion Detection Light Activation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
MyQ Technology*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Security+ 2.0 *
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
®
™
Reduced Standby Power (Approx. 1 Watt) Electronic Limit/ Automatic Force Tri-Band Radio (310, 315 and 390 MHz) Maintenance Alert System Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS )
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Light/Lock Functions
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
888LM MyQ Control Panel
880LM Smart Control Panel
880LM Smart Control Panel
880LM Smart Control Panel
886LM Motion Control Panel
895MAX 3-Button
895MAX 3-Button
895MAX 3-Button
895MAX 3-Button
893LM 3-Button
2 x 100 Watts, Side to Side
2 x 100 Watts, Front to Back
®
Control Panel Remote Control
Remote Light, Power Lock Deadbolt
485LM Battery
2 x 100 Watts, Remote Fixture
2 x 100 Watts, Side to Side
I-Beam Rail, 2-Speed Sprocket, Sensor Extension Brackets, Chassis Support Bracket 2 x 100 Watts, Side to Side
Motor Warranty
Lifetime
Lifetime
Lifetime
Lifetime
Lifetime
Parts Warranty
5 Years
5 Years
5 Years
5 Years
1 Year
Other Warranty
1 Year Battery (Optional)
Lifetime Belt, 1 Year Battery
Lifetime Belt
1 Year Battery (Optional)
Previous Model
3800
3850
3585
N/A
Additional Components
Lighting
3595
*Top Consumer Features
6
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Premium
Premium
Contractor
Contractor
Contractor
8355
3240
8365-267
8165
8155
8065
1/2 HP AC Belt
1/2 HP AC Screw
1/2 HP AC Chain
1/2 HP AC Chain
1/2 HP AC Belt
1/2 HP AC Chain
Series Model Number Description Timer-to-Close Backwards Compatible Remote (MAX) LCD Programming Menu Soft Start/Stop Battery Backup* Motion Detection Light Activation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
MyQ Technology*
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Security+ 2.0 *
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
®
™
Reduced Standby Power (Approx. 1 Watt) Electronic Limit/ Automatic Force Tri-Band Radio (310, 315 and 390 MHz) Maintenance Alert System Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS ) ®
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Light/Lock Functions
882LM MultiFunction Control Panel
78LM MultiFunction Control Panel
882LM MultiFunction Control Panel
882LM MultiFunction Control Panel
882LM MultiFunction Control Panel
883LM Door Button
893LM 3-Button
373LM 3-Button
893LM 3-Button
891LM 1-Button
891LM 1-Button
891LM 1-Button
2nd 893LM + 877LM Wireless Keyless Entry
Control Panel Remote Control Additional Components
2 x 100 Watts, Front to Back
2 x 100 Watts, Front to Back
2 x 100 Watts, Front to Back
1 x 100 Watts, Front
1 x 100 Watts, Front
1 x 75 Watts, Front
Lifetime
Lifetime
Lifetime
4 Years
4 Years
4 Years
Motor Warranty
1 Year
1 Year
1 Year
1 Year
1 Year
1 Year
Parts Warranty
Lifetime Belt 3280
10 Year Belt N/A
3265-267
3255
3270
Lighting
Other Warranty 1355
Previous Model
7
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
Premium
ELITE SERIES
8550 DC Battery Backup Belt Drive
®
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
LIFTMASTER ELITE SERIES IS HOME TO OUR TOP-OF-THE-LINE GARAGE DOOR OPENERS.
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
®
®
For those looking to replace or upgrade their Garage Door Opener, this series offers the best advances in technology and engineering, while remaining a reliable, secure access solution to any garage.
Powers up when the power is down with the reliability of Battery Backup.
CONNECTIVITY PERFORMANCE • LiftMaster MyQ Technology enables secure ®
• P3 Motors from LiftMaster are reliable, durable ™
monitoring and control of Garage Door Openers and
and powerful—designed specifically for the
houselights with a smartphone, tablet or computer
homeowner’s needs.
(when paired with the Internet Gateway). • Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications on a mobile device, so that the status of the garage door and houselights is always known. • MyQ mobile app is a free download requiring no activation or subscription fees.
• Ideal for vaulted ceilings, connecting to the power source is easier than ever with the 6 ft. Power Cord. • Eliminate the need for manual adjustments due to weather conditions with Auto Force. • Make the installation process faster and easier with Electronic Limit Settings. • 5-year parts warranty.
8
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
8500 DC Battery Backup Capable Wall Mount
8587 3/4 HP AC Chain Drive
8557 3/4 HP AC Belt Drive
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
Get an open-spaced solution for any garage with the sleek Battery Backup Capable Wall Mount Design.
Strong enough to lift the heaviest doors, including carriage house and solid wood, with the chassis support bracket and chain drive of the I-Beam Rail.
One of our quietest Garage Door Openers can move reinforced doors in high-wind areas in near silence with the LiftMaster Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS ). ®
®
SAFETY • Security+ 2.0 safeguards the household—with ™
• Motion Detector activates the Garage Door
every click, a new code is sent to the Garage
Opener lights as soon as movement is detected,
Door Opener so that the door opens only for
so no more fumbling in the dark (lightbulbs
the homeowner. Plus, get increased range with
not included).
reduced interference.
• The Protector System has safety sensors that ®
• When your Customer forgets to close the
project a light beam across the garage door
garage door, Timer-to-Close remembers
opening, automatically reversing the door if anything
and will automatically close the door after a
interrupts the beam when it is closing.
pre‑programmed number of minutes. • Alert-2-Close warning system provides audible and visual warnings when the garage door is about to close while using MyQ Technology or ®
Timer‑to‑Close.
9
ELITE SERIES
8500 DC Battery Backup Capable Wall Mount
®
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
THIS SLEEK, SPACE-SAVING MODEL MOUNTS ON THE WALL BESIDE THE GARAGE DOOR, FREEING UP CEILING SPACE. This LiftMaster Elite Series model comes fully equipped with Security+ 2.0 , MyQ ®
™
®
®
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
Technology and the Timer-to-Close system. It is also available with an optional Battery Backup that continues working even when the power is out. PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• DC Motor is powerful, yet ultra-quiet and maintenance free. • Battery Backup powers up even when the power is out so the garage can be accessed (optional battery 475LM is required). • Wall Mount Design frees the garage ceiling of hanging operators and rails and opens up the space for additional storage—ideal for cathedral or obstructed ceilings. • Remote light delivers 200 Watts of light (or CFL equivalent) with adjustable light time delay. • Soft start/stop ensures smooth operation. • Lifetime motor warranty.
• Power Lock Deadbolt ensures the door cannot be forced open.
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
3-Button Elite Remote Control (895MAX). Program up to three Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or MyQ Light Accessories.
MyQ Control Panel (888LM). Control LiftMaster Garage Door Openers by a smartphone, tablet or computer (when paired with the Internet Gateway). Equipped with the Timer-to-Close and Motion Detection features.
Remote Light (380LM). Garage space is lit up by placing this in any location in the garage within 6 ft. of an outlet. Provides 200 Watts of light with 1/2- to 4-1/2-minute timer.
Power Lock Deadbolt (041A6102). Automatically locks door upon closure, ensuring the door cannot be forced open.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this connects to the home Internet router. Open and close the garage door or gate from anywhere, and control home lighting with a smartphone, tablet or computer.
Battery Backup (475LM). Powers up even when the power is out, so Customers can get into the garage.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
10
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
8550 DC Battery Backup Belt Drive
GET INTO THE GARAGE EVERY TIME, EVEN WHEN THE POWER IS OUT, WITH THIS LIFTMASTER ELITE SERIES MODEL. This revolutionary DC Motor ®
®
Belt Drive offers quiet operation and comes fully equipped with ™
®
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• DC Motor Belt Drive system is powerful, yet ultra-quiet and maintenance free. • Battery Backup powers up even when the power is out so the garage can be accessed. • Energy-efficient operation consumes up to 75% less power in standby mode. • Lifetime motor and belt warranty. • Soft start/stop ensures smooth operation. • 1-year Battery Backup warranty.
• PosiLock locks down the garage door by electronically monitoring against a forced opening. • Your Customer will receive an alert from the Maintenance Alert System when their opener is due for service. (Must be activated by a LiftMaster Dealer.) ®
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
3-Button Elite Remote Control (895MAX). Program up to three Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or MyQ Light Accessories.
Smart Control Panel (880LM). Program remote controls, adjust settings and get system diagnostics. Equipped with the Timer-to-Close and Motion Detection features. Includes time and temperature on LCD panel and maintenance alerts.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
Ceiling Mount (195LM). Give the garage the style it’s been missing by hiding wires and cords with the sleek, black powder-coated Ceiling Mount.
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM). Monitor and close up to four garage doors or gates from any room inside the house.
Remote Light Control (825LM). Control any lamp with a Garage Door Opener remote control or smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this connects to the home Internet router. Open and close the garage door or gate from anywhere, and control home lighting with a smartphone, tablet or computer. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
11
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
Security+ 2.0 , MyQ Technology and the Timer-to-Close feature.
ELITE SERIES
8587 3/4 HP AC Chain Drive
®
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
THIS ULTRA-POWERFUL LIFTMASTER ELITE SERIES GARAGE DOOR ®
®
OPENER IS BUILT TO PROVIDE MAXIMUM POWER TO LIFT THE HEAVIEST GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
DOORS, INCLUDING CARRIAGE HOUSE AND SOLID WOOD DOORS. The Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS ) provides quiet, smooth ®
operation, and the Garage Door Opener comes fully equipped with Security+ 2.0 , MyQ Technology and the Timer‑to‑Close feature. ™
®
PERFORMANCE • 3/4 HP motor with chain drive is built to provide maximum power to lift the heaviest doors, including carriage house and solid wood. • I-Beam Rail System and reinforced chassis bracket provide maximum support. • Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS) provides super-quiet, smooth operation year after year. • Energy-efficient operation consumes up to 75% less power in standby mode. • Enclosed Gear Case protects gears from dirt and dust, which provides longer gear life.
• Get the option of installation customization with the 2-Speed Sprocket, which slows down heavy doors. • Lifetime motor warranty.
SAFETY • PosiLock locks down the garage door by electronically monitoring against a forced opening. • Your Customer will receive an alert from the Maintenance Alert System when their opener is due for service. (Must be activated by a LiftMaster Dealer.) ®
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
3-Button Elite Remote Control (895MAX). Program up to three Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or MyQ Light Accessories.
Smart Control Panel (880LM). Program remote controls, adjust settings and get system diagnostics. Equipped with the Timer-to-Close and Motion Detection features. Includes time and temperature on LCD panel and maintenance alerts.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
Wireless Keyless Entry (877MAX). Open or close the garage door without using a remote control or key. Holds four unique PINs, and users can control up to four Garage Door Openers.
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM). Monitor and close up to four garage doors or gates from any room inside the house.
Remote Light Control (825LM). Control any lamp with a Garage Door Opener remote control or smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this connects to the home Internet router. Open and close the garage door or gate from anywhere, and control home lighting with a smartphone, tablet or computer. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
12
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
8557 3/4 HP AC Belt Drive
THIS LIFTMASTER ELITE SERIES GARAGE DOOR OPENER GIVES YOU ®
®
POWERFUL, YET QUIET, PERFORMANCE. It is designed specifically for heavy-load doors and reinforced doors. The Motor Vibration Isolation ®
Opener comes fully equipped with Security+ 2.0 , MyQ Technology and ™
®
the Timer-to-Close feature. PERFORMANCE • 3/4 HP motor combines a strong pulling force with a steel-reinforced belt to lift heavy doors and reinforced doors in high-wind areas. • Belt Drive System means ultra-quiet performance—ideal if the home has living space above or next to the garage. • Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS) provides super-quiet, smooth operation year after year. • Energy-efficient operation consumes up to 75% less power in standby mode.
• Enclosed Gear Case protects gears from dirt and dust, which provides longer gear life. • Lifetime motor and belt warranty.
SAFETY • PosiLock locks down the garage door by electronically monitoring against a forced opening. • Your Customer will receive an alert from the Maintenance Alert System when their opener is due for service. (Must be activated by a LiftMaster Dealer.) ®
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
3-Button Elite Remote Control (895MAX). Program up to three Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or MyQ Light Accessories.
Smart Control Panel (880LM). Program remote controls, adjust settings and get system diagnostics. Equipped with the Timer-to-Close and Motion Detection features. Includes time and temperature on LCD panel and maintenance alerts.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
Wireless Keyless Entry (877MAX). Open or close the garage door without using a remote control or key. Holds four unique PINs, and users can control up to four Garage Door Openers.
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM). Monitor and close up to four garage doors or gates from any room inside the house.
Remote Light Control (825LM). Control any lamp with a Garage Door Opener remote control or smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this connects to the home Internet router. Open and close the garage door or gate from anywhere, and control home lighting with a smartphone, tablet or computer. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
13
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
System (MVIS ) provides quiet, smooth operation, and the Garage Door
PREMIUM SERIES
8355 1/2 HP AC Belt Drive
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
LIFTMASTER PREMIUM SERIES IS HOME TO OUR MID-TIER GARAGE DOOR OPENERS.
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
®
These products offer a variety of features that provides a wide spectrum of innovative solutions while never compromising the safety and reliability every household needs.
Get quiet, energy-efficient performance with the LiftMaster Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS ). ®
CONNECTIVITY* PERFORMANCE • LiftMaster MyQ Technology enables secure ®
• P3 Motors from LiftMaster are reliable, durable ™
monitoring and control of Garage Door Openers and
and powerful—designed specifically for the
houselights with a smartphone, tablet or computer
homeowner’s needs.
(when paired with the Internet Gateway). • Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications on a mobile device, so that the
• Lifetime motor warranty. • 1-year parts warranty.
status of the garage door and houselights is always known. • MyQ mobile app is a free download requiring no activation or subscription fees.
*Excludes the 3240 1/2 HP AC Screw Drive
14
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
8360 DC Battery Backup Capable Chain Drive
8365-267 1/2 HP AC Chain Drive
A reliable choice equipped with an Extra Remote and Wireless Keyless Entry.
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
Rely on the Battery Backup Capable Chain Drive to power up when the power is down.
3240 1/2 HP AC Screw Drive
One-Piece Screw Drive Rail provides smooth, powerful performance.
SAFETY* • Security+ 2.0 safeguards the household—with ™
every click, a new code is sent to the Garage Door Opener so that the door opens only for the homeowner. Plus, get increased range with reduced interference. • PosiLock locks down the garage door by ®
electronically monitoring against a forced opening. • The Protector System has safety sensors that ®
project a light beam across the garage door opening, automatically reversing the door if anything interrupts the beam when it is closing.
*Excludes the 3240 1/2 HP AC Screw Drive
15
PREMIUM SERIES
8360 DC Battery Backup Capable Chain Drive
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
LIFTMASTER PREMIUM SERIES MODEL PROVIDES INDUSTRIAL®
STRENGTH PERFORMANCE, COMES FULLY EQUIPPED WITH SECURITY+ 2.0 AND MYQ TECHNOLOGY AND IS ALSO AVAILABLE GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
™
®
WITH AN OPTIONAL BATTERY BACKUP SYSTEM THAT CONTINUES WORKING EVEN WHEN THE POWER IS OUT. PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• DC Motor Chain Drive system provides steady performance and industrial-strength lifting power. • Battery Backup powers up even when the power is out so the garage can be accessed (optional battery 485LM is required). • Energy-efficient operation consumes up to 75% less power in standby mode. • Soft start/stop ensures smooth operation. • 1-year Battery Backup warranty.
• Alert-2-Close warning system provides audible and visual warnings when the garage door is about to close while using LiftMaster MyQ Technology or Timer-to-Close. • Motion Detector activates the Garage Door Opener lights as soon as you walk in, so no more fumbling in the dark (lightbulbs not included).
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
3-Button Standard Remote Control (893LM). Program up to three Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or MyQ Light Accessories. With Security+ 2.0 , users are assured of a new code with every use. ™
Motion-Detecting Control Panel (886LM). Automatically turns on the light when motion is detected. Includes Garage Door Opener light control and lockout transmitters for added security.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
Ceiling Mount (195LM). Give the garage the style it’s been missing by hiding wires and cords with the sleek, black powder-coated Ceiling Mount.
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this connects to the home Internet router. Open and close the garage door or gate from anywhere, and control home lighting with a smartphone, tablet or computer.
Remote Light Control (825LM). Control any lamp with a Garage Door Opener remote control or smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
Integrated Battery Backup (485LM). Operates the Garage Door Opener as if the power was still on, plus all safety and security features will be operational.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
16
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
8355 1/2 HP AC Belt Drive
LIFTMASTER PREMIUM SERIES GARAGE DOOR OPENER PROVIDES ®
RELIABLE, ENERGY-EFFICIENT PERFORMANCE YEAR AFTER YEAR. The Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS ) provides quiet, ®
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
smooth operation, and the Garage Door Opener comes fully equipped with Security+ 2.0 and MyQ Technology. ™
®
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• 1/2 HP motor with belt drive system provides quiet, reliable and maintenance-free performance. • Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS) provides super-quiet, smooth operation year after year. • Energy-efficient operation consumes up to 75% less power in standby mode. • 1-year Battery Backup warranty.
• Alert-2-Close warning system provides audible and visual warnings when the garage door is about to close while using LiftMaster MyQ Technology or Timer-to-Close.
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
3-Button Standard Remote Control (893LM). Program up to three Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or MyQ Light Accessories. With Security+ 2.0 , users are assured of a new code with every use. ™
Multi-Function Control Panel (882LM). Program transmitters, keypads and MyQ Light Accessories from the control panel. Includes display lights, Garage Door Opener light control, lockout transmitters and keypad for added security.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
Ceiling Mount (195LM). Give the garage the style it’s been missing by hiding wires and cords with the sleek, black powder-coated Ceiling Mount.
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM). Monitor and close up to four garage doors or gates from any room inside the house.
Remote Light Control (825LM). Control any lamp with a Garage Door Opener remote control or smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this connects to the home Internet router. Open and close the garage door or gate from anywhere, and control home lighting with a smartphone, tablet or computer. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
17
PREMIUM SERIES
3240 1/2 HP AC Screw Drive
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
THIS LIFTMASTER PREMIUM SERIES GARAGE DOOR OPENER PROVIDES ®
OPTIMAL PERFORMANCE NO MATTER THE CLIMATE. This model is GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
maintenance free and specially engineered to run smoothly and quietly. The Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS ) provides quiet, smooth ®
operation. It is also equipped with Security+ Rolling Code Technology. ®
PERFORMANCE • 1/2 HP motor with industrial-strength screw drive provides steady performance and lifting power. • LiftMaster Motor Vibration Isolation System (MVIS) provides super-quiet, smooth operation year after year.
• 200-Watt lighting (or CFL equivalent) with adjustable light time delay for more energy-efficient use. • One-piece screw drive means less friction, so no binding or lubrication is needed.
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
3-Button Remote Control (373LM). Program up to three Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators and Commercial Door Operators. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code with every use.
Multi-Function Control Panel (78LM). Turn Garage Door Opener lights on and off from inside the garage. Includes adjustable light timer, illuminated push button for convenience and lockout button for added security.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
MyQ Control Panel (888LM). Control LiftMaster Garage Door Openers by a smartphone, tablet or computer (when paired with the Internet Gateway). Equipped with the Timer-to-Close and Motion Detection features.
3-Button Mini Remote Control (890MAX). Program up to three Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or MyQ Light Accessories.
Wireless Keyless Entry (877MAX). Open or close the garage door without using a remote control or key. Holds four unique PINs, and users can control up to four Garage Door Openers.
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this connects to the home Internet router. Open and close the garage door or gate from anywhere, and control home lighting with a smartphone, tablet or computer.
®
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
18
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
8365-267 1/2 HP AC Chain Drive
THE ENHANCED LIFTMASTER PREMIUM SERIES GARAGE DOOR OPENER ®
OFFERS SUPERIOR LIFTING POWER. Comes with two Remotes and a Wireless Keyless Entry for added home access.
SAFETY
• 1/2 HP motor with industrial-strength chain drive provides steady performance and lifting power. • 200-Watt lighting (or CFL equivalent) with adjustable light time delay for more energy-efficient use.
• Alert-2-Close warning system provides audible and visual warnings when the garage door is about to close while using LiftMaster MyQ Technology or Timer‑to‑Close. • Your Customer will receive an alert from the Maintenance Alert System when their opener is due for service. (Must be activated by a LiftMaster Dealer.)
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
PERFORMANCE
®
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
3-Button Standard Remote Control (893LM). Program up to three Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or MyQ Light Accessories. With Security+ 2.0 , users are assured of a new code with every use. Comes standard with two remotes.
3-Button Mini Remote Control (890MAX). Program up to three Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or MyQ Light Accessories.
Multi-Function Control Panel (882LM). Program transmitters, keypads and MyQ Light Accessories from the control panel. Includes display lights, Garage Door Opener light control, lockout transmitters and keypad for added security.
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM). Monitor and close up to four garage doors or gates from any room inside the house.
Wireless Keyless Entry (877LM). Open or close the garage door instantly without a remote using one-press activation. Holds four unique PINs, and users can control up to four Garage Door Openers. Temporary codes can be created for friends and service people.
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this connects to the home Internet router. Open and close the garage door or gate from anywhere, and control home lighting with a smartphone, tablet or computer.
™
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
19
CONTRACTOR SERIES
8165 1/2 HP AC Chain Drive
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
THE LIFTMASTER CONTRACTOR SERIES CONTAINS OUR LINE OF BASIC GARAGE DOOR OPENERS.
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
®
These Garage Door Openers offer simple and dependable access solutions. Get rugged, reliable performance for everyday use.
PERFORMANCE SAFETY • P3 Motors from LiftMaster are reliable, durable ™
• Security+ 2.0 safeguards the household—with ™
and powerful—designed specifically for the
every click, a new code is sent to the Garage
homeowner’s needs.
Door Opener so that the door opens only for
• 4-year motor warranty. • 1-year parts warranty.
the homeowner. Plus, get increased range with reduced interference. • PosiLock locks down the garage door by ®
electronically monitoring against a forced opening. • The Protector System has safety sensors that ®
project a light beam across the garage door opening, automatically reversing the door if anything interrupts the beam when it is closing.
20
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
8155 1/2 HP AC Belt Drive
8065 1/2 HP AC Chain Drive
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
Get ultimate dependability with the Belt Drive System and 10-year belt warranty.
A basic solution for any garage.
21
CONTRACTOR SERIES
8165 1/2 HP AC Chain Drive
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
THIS LIFTMASTER CONTRACTOR SERIES GARAGE DOOR OPENER IS ®
THE IDEAL CHOICE FOR VALUE AND RELIABILITY. Its industrial-strength GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
design provides smooth and steady performance. It is also equipped with Security+ 2.0 and MyQ Technology. ™
®
PERFORMANCE • 1/2 HP motor with industrial-strength chain drive provides steady performance and lifting power. • 100-Watt lighting (or CFL equivalent) with adjustable light time delay for more energy-efficient use.
SAFETY • Your Customer will receive an alert from the Maintenance Alert System when their opener is due for service. (Must be activated by a LiftMaster Dealer.)
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
1-Button Remote Control (891LM). Program a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator, Commercial Door Operator or MyQ Light Accessories. With LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 , users are assured of a new code with every use. ™
Multi-Function Control Panel (882LM). Program transmitters, keypads and MyQ Light Accessories from the control panel. Includes display lights, Garage Door Opener light control, lockout transmitters and keypad for added security.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this connects to the home Internet router. Open and close the garage door or gate from anywhere, and control home lighting with a smartphone, tablet or computer.
3-Button Mini Remote Control (890MAX). Program up to three Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or MyQ Light Accessories.
Wireless Keyless Entry (877MAX). Open or close the garage door without using a remote control or key. Holds four unique PINs, and users can control up to four Garage Door Openers. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
22
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
8155 1/2 HP AC Belt Drive
THIS LIFTMASTER CONTRACTOR SERIES GARAGE DOOR OPENER ®
OFFERS RELIABLE AND DEPENDABLE PERFORMANCE. It is also equipped with Security+ 2.0 and MyQ Technology. ™
®
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
PERFORMANCE • 1/2 HP motor with belt drive system provides reliable and maintenance-free performance. • 100-Watt lighting (or CFL equivalent) with adjustable light time delay for more energy-efficient use. • 10-year belt warranty.
SAFETY • Your Customer will receive an alert from the Maintenance Alert System when their opener is due for service. (Must be activated by a LiftMaster Dealer.)
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
1-Button Remote Control (891LM). Program a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator, Commercial Door Operator or MyQ Light Accessories. With Security+ 2.0 , users are assured of a new code with every use. ™
Multi-Function Control Panel (882LM). Program transmitters, keypads and MyQ Light Accessories from the control panel. Includes display lights, Garage Door Opener light control, lockout transmitters and keypad for added security.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this connects to the home Internet router. Open and close the garage door or gate from anywhere, and control home lighting with a smartphone, tablet or computer.
3-Button Mini Remote Control (890MAX). Program up to three Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or MyQ Light Accessories.
Wireless Keyless Entry (877MAX). Open or close the garage door without using a remote control or key. Holds four unique PINs, and users can control up to four Garage Door Openers. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
23
CONTRACTOR SERIES
8065 1/2 HP AC Chain Drive
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
THIS BASIC MODEL OFFERS STRONG LIFTING POWER AND STEADY PERFORMANCE. It is also equipped with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0
™
®
and MyQ Technology. GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
®
PERFORMANCE • 1/2 HP motor with industrial-strength chain drive provides steady performance and lifting power. • 75-Watt lighting (or CFL equivalent) with adjustable light time delay for more energy-efficient use.
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
1-Button Remote Control (891LM). Program a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator, Commercial Door Operator or MyQ Light Accessories. With LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 , users are assured of a new code with every use. ™
Door-Control Button (883LM). Program transmitters, keypad and MyQ Light Accessories from the control panel. Controls one Garage Door Opener and turns lights on and off.
COMPLETE THE PACKAGE
Internet Gateway (828LM). For LiftMaster MyQ-Enabled Garage Door Openers, this connects to the home Internet router. Open and close the garage door or gate from anywhere, and control home lighting with a smartphone, tablet or computer.
3-Button Mini Remote Control (890MAX). Program up to three Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or MyQ Light Accessories.
Wireless Keyless Entry (877MAX). Open or close the garage door without using a remote control or key. Holds four unique PINs, and users can control up to four Garage Door Openers. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
24
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
RAILS FOR OPERATORS
BELT RAILS GARAGE DOOR OPENERS
2777BD 7 ft. Belt Rail 2778BD 8 ft. Belt Rail 2770BD 10 ft. Belt Rail
CHAIN RAILS 1707LM 7 ft. Full Chain Rail 1708LM 8 ft. Chain Rail 1710LM 10 ft. Chain Rail
I-BEAM CHAIN RAILS 3707CH 7 ft. I-Beam Rail 3708CH 8 ft. I-Beam Rail 3710CH 10 ft. I-Beam Rail 3712RV 12 ft. I-Beam Rail 3714RV 14 ft. I-Beam Rail
SCREW DRIVE RAILS 3077SD 7 ft. Screw Rail 3088SD 8 ft. Screw Rail
25
ELITE SERIES®
MEDIUM-DUTY LIGHT-DUTY MODIFICATIONS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
FIRE DOOR ALARM & DETECTION SYSTEMS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
TABLE OF CONTENTS Why LiftMaster ...................................................... 3
Modifications........................................................ 52
LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators...................................................... 5
Modifications At A Glance.........................................................52
®
Safety Information................................................ 6 How to Place Your Orders............................... 8 Elite Series .............................................................10 ®
Logic 5.0 Operators | Power Transmission...............................56 Mechanical Powerheads | Starter Panels..................................70
Fire Door Systems
........................................... 84
Release Devices........................................................................84 Installation Information..............................................................86
GT Gearhead Trolley Operator................................................12
Application................................................................................86
T Trolley Operator....................................................................14
Detection Devices.....................................................................87
APT Trolley Operator..............................................................16 GH Gearhead Hoist Operator.................................................18 H Hoist Operator.....................................................................20 DHJ Door Lock Hoist Jackshaft Operator..............................22 J Jackshaft Operator...............................................................24 DJ Door Lock Jackshaft Operator..........................................26 GSD Gearhead Slide Door Operator......................................28 SD Slide Door Operator..........................................................30
Medium-Duty Series........................................ 32 MT Medium-Duty Series Logic Trolley Operator....................34 MH Medium-Duty Series Logic Hoist Operator......................36 MHS Medium-Duty Series Logic Slow-Speed Hoist Operator..........................................38
MJ Medium-Duty Series Logic Jackshaft Operator...............40 MGJ Medium-Duty Series Logic Gear-Reduced Operator....42
Light-Duty Series............................................... 44 3900 Light‑Duty Series Jackshaft Door Operator..................46 3950 Light‑Duty Series Jackshaft Door Operator for Rolling Sheet Doors..................................................48
ATS Light‑Duty Series Trolley Operator..................................50
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
OPEN YOUR WORLD WITH LIFTMASTER ®
WHY LIFTMASTER
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
For over 45 years, LiftMaster has been exceeding expectations by providing peace of mind through expert service and innovative solutions. ®
This catalog gives you access to our entire product and accessory lines. The latest advances like our MyQ Technology, Security+ 2.0 , Battery Backup and our specially designed P3 Motors allow our products to best serve specific needs while staying safe and connected at all times. ®
™
™
LiftMaster provides products and access solutions for homes and businesses worldwide. We are committed to providing quality products, innovative designs and comprehensive services which go beyond our Customers’ expectations.
3
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
STARTS WHEN YOU NEED IT. STOPS AT NOTHING.
LIFTMASTER COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS ®
LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators are engineered with strength and durability, providing Customers with the reliability of knowing their doors will withstand heavy industrial usage several times an hour. ®
Our Elite Series contains our next generation of Commercial Door Operators, all equipped with MyQ Technology. Now Customers can monitor their properties and operate their doors from any smartphone, tablet or computer. ®
®
LiftMaster guarantees a high level of quality and performance in all our Commercial Door Operators by staying true to our unique features throughout our product line: COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
CONNECTIVITY LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators help you stay connected with your business while you’re away, giving you greater control, information and access.
P3 MOTORS
™
LiftMaster designs our own purpose-built motor to meet the exact requirements needed to open and close your business’s commercial doors.
SAFETY AND SECURITY LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators have security features designed to help safeguard your business, giving you greater peace of mind.
Our line of Commercial Door Operators provides a variety of access solutions that best serves specific needs while never compromising safety and security.
5
SAFETY INFORMATION COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH the following should be read by ANYONE involved in the design, specification, selection or purchase of an industrial Door Operator or automated door system. Automated Door Systems
Entrapment Protection Devices
For the purposes of this Safety Information, an automated door system consists of a vehicular door, an electric Door Operator, control equipment to interface with the Door Operator and safety equipment to protect people and property.
Any Commercial/Industrial Door Operator manufacturer wishing to List and Label product to UL 325 on or after August 29, 2010, must be fully compliant with the requirements mandated by the new UL 325 regulations.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Vehicular Doors A vehicular door is a large, heavy object that moves with the help of a counterbalance and electric motor. A moving door can cause SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! The safety and well-being of others depends on properly selecting products appropriate for the application and installing the products per the manufacturer’s recommendations. In addition, it’s imperative that all door components, including the Door Operator, be installed and serviced by a trained door systems technician. The door itself must be properly balanced and aligned and work freely and smoothly by hand. The Door Operator is not intended to operate a poorly installed, improperly balanced or worn-out door. The use of a Door Operator to attempt to compensate for any door defect can result in a dangerous situation.
Door Operator Selection The proper Door Operator must be selected for the application. Pay attention to all application information in this catalog, including door type, size, voltage and control wiring. IMPROPER SELECTION CAN RESULT IN A DANGEROUS SYSTEM. Be sure you understand the application and limitations of the model Door Operator you select for your door. If you are in doubt, contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. ®
Control Accessories Door Operators can present serious hazards to persons in the immediate area when not controlled in a safe manner or by responsible persons. Choose one or more controls that together will allow complete control of the door. Most importantly, THE DOOR MUST BE ABLE TO BE STOPPED at all times in case of emergency and the control for stopping should be conveniently located and clearly marked and visible. All controls should be located OUT OF REACH OF SMALL CHILDREN. SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH CAN RESULT FROM CHILDREN PLAYING WITH CONTROLS. ALL CONTROLS SHOULD BE LOCATED SO THAT THE PERSON OPERATING THEM CAN SEE THE FULL AREA OF DOOR MOVEMENT, but should not be so close that a person starting the door could be injured due to his/her proximity to the door. Be especially careful in designing systems with automatic controls, that is, controls that can cause the door to operate without warning to persons in the immediate door area. Such controls include, but are not limited to, radio controls, remote mounted access controls, telephone access systems and timing devices. SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND SIGNS WARNING OF THE AUTOMATIC OPERATION ARE A MUST IN THE DESIGN OF SUCH A SYSTEM.
6
The UL 325 standard requires continuous monitoring of primary entrapment devices if the Door Operator is used with any operating mode or feature other than constant pressure on the CLOSE button to lower the door. These types of primary entrapment devices can be either monitored photo eyes or a 2- or 4-wire monitored edge sensor. Other entrapment protection devices will be treated as ancillary. Installation of these types of entrapment protection devices is optional. Examples of these devices are 2-wire non-monitored and pneumatic edge sensors. These devices cannot be substituted for primary entrapment protection devices; instead these devices may be used to supplement the primary devices or constant-pressure-to-close. Such devices can be attached to UL 325 compliant Logic 5.0, Logic 4.0 and Medium-Duty Logic Operators but cannot be used to replace the primary safety devices. There are many types of primary and ancillary entrapment devices available, but LiftMaster Door Operators are designed to communicate with LiftMaster brand monitored primary Entrapment Protection Devices only. Types of LiftMaster photo eyes are the standard commercial/industrial CPS-U, NEMA 4 rated CPS-OPEN4 and CPS-UN4 and Retro‑Reflective CPS-RPEN4 may be installed on a LiftMaster Door Operator in order to achieve any operating mode or feature beyond constant pressure on the close button to lower the door. In addition, LiftMaster also offers the Optical Edge System (OES), CPS-MEI and CPS-EI Edge Interfaces, which permit the attachment of a 2-wire or 4-wire monitored sensing edge to satisfy the requirement for primary entrapment protection. For easy reference, all UL 325 compliant LiftMaster Door Operator installation manuals provide a reference chart stating which entrapment protection devices have been approved for each Door Operator. The UL 325 listing is dependent on testing each Door Operator with each of the approved entrapment protection devices. Only those entrapment protection devices approved by UL for use with the Door Operator as primary entrapment protection devices are referenced in the instruction manual. While LiftMaster Door Operators provide basic constant pressure on the CLOSE button to lower the door without a primary entrapment device, IT IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED THAT AN ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION DEVICE BE USED WITH EVERY DOOR OPERATOR. There are many types of safety entrapment protections devices available; photo eyes, edge sensors, motion detectors and vehicle detectors are some of the more common types of primary and ancillary entrapment protection devices shown in the Accessories section of the Commercial Door Operators and Accessories Price List. Audible and/or visible warning devices are recommended when automatic controls are used in the door operating system. A variety of warning signs and labels are also offered in this section. WITHOUT ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION DEVICES THE DOOR COULD CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH!
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Safe Installation Instructions Door Operators and associated control equipment should only be installed and serviced by qualified professionals. Professional Installers should observe the following safe installation procedures. To ensure that this is the case, provide a copy of this Safety Information Section to the Installer. Read and follow all warnings and instructions within the installation manual.
2.
Install the Door Operator only on a properly balanced and lubricated door. An improperly balanced door may not reverse when required and could result in SEVERE INJURY or DEATH.
3.
All repairs to cables, spring assemblies and other hardware MUST be made by a trained door technician BEFORE installing the Door Operator.
4.
Disable ALL locks and remove ALL ropes connected to the door before installing the Door Operator to avoid entanglement.
5.
Install Door Operator 8 ft. or more above floor. Operators installed below this height must be enclosed with an operator cover.
6.
NEVER connect the Door Operator to a power source until instructed within the manual to do so.
7.
Installation and wiring must be in compliance with all applicable local building and electrical codes.
8.
NEVER wear watches, rings or loose clothing, which could become caught within the door or operator mechanisms, while installing or servicing the Door Operator.
9.
Install control station: • Within sight of the door • Out of reach of children at a minimum height of 5 ft. • Away from ALL moving parts of the door
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
1.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
10. Install the control station far enough from the door to prevent the user from coming in contact with the door while operating the controls. 11. Install the entrapment warning placard on the wall next to the control station in a prominent location that is visible from the door. 12. Place manual release/safety reverse test label in plain view on inside of door. 13. Upon completion of installation, test entrapment protection device. 14. The operation of the door, controls and primary entrapment protection devices should be reviewed with the owner and/or end user of the automated door system. Owner should also be informed of the need to maintain control and entrapment protection on a regular basis. Entrapment protection devices should be checked at least once monthly to ensure that it is working properly. All installation manuals, instructions and safety information should be left with the owner. UL 325 requires all Commercial Door Operators to be either constant pressure to close or be equipped with a primary external Monitored Entrapment Protection Device. Failure to use an appropriate sensor, or failure to install the sensor properly, may expose the Installer and Customer to liability, should an accident occur. LiftMaster offers a wide range of photo eyes and edge sensors that protect people and property while meeting this UL 325 requirement. ®
7
HOW TO PLACE YOUR ORDERS COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Building a Complete Model Number
1
Select the proper model type for your door based on your door type. A brief description of the door type(s) for which a model is intended to be used is included at the beginning of each model page. If you are not sure of the proper model for your door, contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. ®
The model type will become the first part of the complete model number. Example: H (Hoist)
2 COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Select the horsepower rating of your Door Operator by studying the Door Size Selection Guide for the model type you have chosen. This guide is based on the overall area of the door and is a general guideline only for new and properly installed doors. Light‑duty and medium‑duty model types are only available in one horsepower rating. If your door size is beyond the range on the guide for one of these models, go to the standard‑duty or heavy‑duty operator of the same type.
The ORDERING CODE for Horsepower Rating is as follows: 1/3 HP 33 1/2 HP 50 3/4 HP 75 1 HP 10 1-1/2 HP 15 2 HP 20 3 HP 30 5 HP 5HP
How to Choose the Proper Handing for your Commercial Operator Please note when ordering any hoisted operator, knowing the handing of the operator is important. When ordering any hoisted operator with a modification such as the M102, M103 or a GH operator at 3 HP, this information is critical since the drive sprocket cannot be repositioned after production.
1
On all belt drive hoist operators (Models MHS, MH and H) please specify the HOIST LOCATION according to the chart below. This is needed to ensure that the Door Operator is built with the manual hoist on the correct side of the Door Operator for your installation. The Model GH has a quick-change hoist design which allows the hoist wheel to be moved from one side to another in minutes in the field. These units will be supplied with the hoist wheel on the right side standard. It is not necessary to specify left or right when ordering a standard GH model. NOTE: For GH 3HP Models or models with C/N4/N4X prefixes, the drive sprocket is not movable in the field. For these models, please specify the hoist and drive sprocket location at the time of order placement. Example: H501L5R
Drive Sprocket
Hoist
The Horsepower Rating code will become the second part of the complete model number.
Wall Mount
Example: H50 (Hoist 1/2 HP)
3
Select the voltage, phase and frequency according to your installation requirement. The power available at the job site must be of the same voltage, phase and frequency as ordered for the Door Operator. A MISMATCH CAN CAUSE A DANGEROUS SITUATION AND RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE OPERATOR AND/OR INSTALLATION POWER SUPPLY.
Example: H501L5R Drive Sprocket
Hoist
The ORDERING CODE for Voltage, Phase and Frequency is as follows:
Voltage Phase Hz..........................................Code 115V/230V 1 60......................................... 1 208/230/460V 3 60......................................... 3 575V 3 60......................................... 5 The Voltage, Phase and Frequency code will become the third part of the complete model number. Example: H501L5 (Hoist 1/2 HP 115/230V Single Phase Logic 5.0)
Additional Information Required
1 2 3 4 5
On all orders please specify the door TYPE, WIDTH and HEIGHT, and VERTICAL or HIGH LIFT applications. On all side mount operators (Models MJ, J, MGJ, MH, H and GH), please specify HANDING, DOOR SHAFT DIAMETER AND KEYWAY SIZE.
All Door Operators meeting UL 325 include the CPS-U Commercial Photo Eyes as part of the Door Operator standard package price. It is possible to upgrade the Door Operator to other safety devices at time of ordering. Please list the safety device on the order.
Drive Sprocket
Hoist
Front of Hood Mount
2
On all slide Door Operators (Models SD and GSD) please specify RIGHT or LEFT TO OPEN. (View from inside structure looking out.)
An automated vehicular door system includes several components, all of which must be selected in concert with each other and with the requirements of the job if the system is to be a successful one. In addition to the door itself, a system consists of a Door Operator, entry control equipment to interface with the Door Operator and safety equipment to protect people and property from hazards of an electrically powered door. As a general rule, a medium‑duty operator is not recommended for applications requiring more than 50 cycles per day. An industrial belt drive operator should be used in applications with cycles of up to 80–90 per day. High cycle modifications and/ or Gearhead Operators should be used for applications requiring cycles in excess of 90 per day.
Please list any Modifications, Accessories and Omissions as separate line items.
Please indicate any markings required on packing cartons.
8
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
DOOR OPERATOR MODELS
DETERMINE AND SET WIRING TYPE
DOOR OPERATOR MODELS
The LiftMaster Logic 5.0 are equipped with seven field selectable operating wiring formats, allowing for customization of the Door Operator functionality in order to meet the commercial environment needs and requirements. This is accomplished through the positioning of the selectable dial on the desired type. See below for an explanation of these types.
High or Vertical Lift Sectional
Rolling Doors and Grilles
Rolling Sheet Doors
Sliding Doors
ATS
3900
—
3950
—
CONTROL FUNCTION SELECTION SWITCHES
MT
MJ, MGJ
MGJ, MH
MHS
—
Allows for the selection of various control functions by positioning selector dial as indicated. The control functions which may be selected are as follows:
Standard-Duty Up to 25 cycles/hr. at peak periods Up to 80–90 cycles/day
T
H, DHJ, J, DJ
H, DHJ, J, DJ
—
SD
Heavy-Duty 25 cycles/hr. constant high loading in excess of 90 cycles/day
GT
GH
GH
—
GSD
Special Application
APT
—
—
—
—
Usage Light‑Duty 7–8 cycles/hr. Medium-Duty 12 cycles/hr. < 50 cycles/day
C2
Momentary contact to open and stop with constant pressure to close, open override, plus wiring for sensing device to reverse.
B2
Momentary contact to open, close and stop, plus wiring for sensing device to reverse and auxiliary devices to open and close with open override.
D1
Constant pressure to open and close with wiring for sensing device to stop.
E2
Momentary contact to open with override and constant pressure to close. Early release of close button will cause door to reverse (rollback feature), plus wiring for sensing device to reverse.
F2
Fail-safe wiring can be selected with the addition of a CPS-U, CPS-UN4 or failsafe edge and CPS3 card, or other approved LiftMaster Monitored Entrapment Protection Device (LMEP).
T
Momentary contact to open, close and stop, with open override and Timer‑to‑Close. Open button may be connected to activate timer if desired. Auxiliary controls may be connected to open and activate Timer‑to‑Close, or to open and close without activating timer. If timer has been activated, all opening devices will recycle timer. Includes wiring for sensing devices to reverse which will not activate timer. Timer will also work from mid-stop position.
TS
Momentary contact to open, close and stop, with open override and Timer‑to‑Close. Every momentary contact (open, close and stop) with device that causes the door to open will activate Timer‑to‑Close, including sensing devices to reverse. Timer may be deactivated until next opening signal is received by depressing stop button after door has reached open position. Timer will also work from mid-stop position.
Operating Amp Rating (Full Workload) Heavy-Duty Logic 5.0 Operators: GT, GH, GSD
OPERATING AMP RATING (FULL WORKLOAD) HP VOLTAGE – PHASE 60 Hz
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
115-1Ø
11.2
13.6
16.0
20
N/A
N/A
230-1Ø
5.6
6.8
8.0
10
N/A
N/A
208/230-3Ø
3.1
4.0
6.0
7
8
10.6
460-3Ø
1.75
2.0
3.0
3.5
4
4.8
575-3Ø
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.75
3
N/A
Industrial-Duty Logic 5.0 Operators: T, H, DHJ, J, DJ, SD
VOLTAGE – PHASE 60 Hz
OPERATING AMP RATING (FULL WORKLOAD) HP
1/3
1/2
3/4
1
115-1Ø
8.5
11.2
13.6
16.0
230-1Ø
4.2
5.6
6.8
8.0
208/230-3Ø
3.0
3.1
4 .0
6 .0
460-3Ø
1.5
1.75
2 .0
3 .0
575-3Ø
1.3
1.4
1.6
1.8
Medium-Duty Operators: MT, MH, MHS, MJ, MGJ
VOLTAGE – PHASE 60 Hz
OPERATOR AMP RATING (FULL LOAD) 115-1Ø
Note: All control functions require the use of LiftMaster Monitored Entrapment Protection Device (LMEP). See Commercial Door Operator pages for approved. I n order to access the complete feature set of the Logic 5.0 control board. The Logic 5.0 Operator may be used without such safety devices; however, operation will be limited to C2 (with ability to use the Programmable Mid-Stop option), D1 or E2 operation only. LiftMaster safety options are mandatory for T, TS and FSTS control functions.
IMPORTANT NOTES
6.6
1.
Light‑Duty Operators: ATS, 3900, 3950
OPERATOR AMP RATING (FULL LOAD) VOLTAGE – PHASE 60 Hz
FSTS Ideal for Fire Stations—Momentary contact to open, close and stop, with open override. A single-button station (panic button) can be used to activate the open cycle and the Timer‑to‑Close. Only the single-button control will activate the timer.
1/2 HP
ATS2113X
3900, 3950
115-1Ø
5.6
1.5
External interlocks may be used with all functional modes.
2. Auxiliary devices are any devices that have only dry contacts. Examples: photo eyes, loop detector, pneumatic or electrical treadles, radio controls, one button stations, pull cords, etc. 3. Open override means that the door may be reversed while closing by activating an opening device without the need to use the stop button first. 4. When the door is in a stopped position other than fully closed, and a safety input is activated (LMEP or EDGE), the Restricted Close (RC) feature will allow a close command when the close button is pressed and held. The Door Operator will begin closing after 5 seconds. If the close button is released, the door will stop. When in E2 mode, the door will move to the fully open position.
Power supply will need to be delivered to meet product requirements.
9
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Standard Lift Sectional
®
ELITE SERIES
Gearhead Trolley Operator (GT)
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
OUR COMPLETELY UPGRADED ELITE SERIES COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS WORK HARDER SO YOU CAN WORK SMARTER. ®
The Logic 5.0 operators feature our most advanced features, including MyQ COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
Technology and Security+ 2.0 , to help you ™
keep your facility running smoothly and safely at all times.
Gearhead Trolley Operators employ lubricated gears and are optimal for heavy, industrial, high-cycle applications.
CONNECTIVITY PERFORMANCE • MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor ®
• Dual Voltage Connections increase flexibility by
and control your facility operator and lights with
enabling the Installer to select the required voltage
your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater
within phase to meet job-site requirements.
peace of mind (when paired with the Internet Gateway 828LM). • Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push notifications) on a mobile device, ensuring the status of your commercial door. • MyQ Mobile App is a free download with no annual activation fee.
• Control Function Selector Dial enables easy selection and programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to close to specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end user needs. • Continuous-Duty High-Starting Torque Motor performs in demanding industrial overhead and rolling door applications. • Motor Removable without Affecting Limit Switch Settings saves time and money for maintenance. • Mid-Stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed position for energy savings, time savings and convenience.
10
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Gearhead Hoist Operator (GH)
Hoist Operator (H)
Trolley Operators are optimal for use on industrial sectional overhead doors with standard lift.
Gearhead Hoist Operators employ lubricated gears for heavy, industrial, high-cycle applications.
Hoist Operators are optimal for industrial applications, providing a floor-level chain hoist for ease of manual operation.
• Maximum Run Timer reverses or stops door if
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Trolley Operator (T)
SAFETY • Our built-in Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually ™
closing time exceeds expected time frame to limit
eliminates interference so properties are secure and
damage to door and operator.
only designated remote controls will open and close
• Delay-on-Reverse Circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door, reducing wear on the door and operator system. • With a powder‑coated finish, the NEMA 1 rated type electrical box construction is durable enough for most applications. • Warranty: 2 Years.
your commercial door. • LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with ®
UL 325 standards. Approved LiftMaster Monitored Entrapment Protection Devices must be added in order to comply to meet UL 325 standards for momentary contact to close operation. Additional monitored and secondary entrapment devices can be added to suit the needs of the commercial environment. • Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind.
11
GT
ELITE SERIES
Gearhead Trolley Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 GEARHEAD TROLLEY COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS EMPLOY LUBRICATED GEARS AND ARE OPTIMAL FOR HEAVY INDUSTRIAL, HIGH-CYCLE APPLICATIONS. Suspended from the ceiling, the door operators are used on sectional overhead doors with standard lift. GT Operators are directly attached to drive and control the door.
CONNECTIVITY • MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater peace of mind. • Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications. ®
• Heavy-duty wormgear-in-oil gear reducer delivers performance for heavy industrial, high‑cycle applications. • Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to close to specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end user needs. • Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind. • Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed position for energy savings, time savings and convenience. • Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the time of installation with the placement of a connector. • Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase, removable without affecting limit switches. • Adjustable friction clutch helps to protect door and operator from damage should the door meet an obstruction. • Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator. • Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door, reducing wear on the door and operator system. • 3-Button Control Station with Maintenance Alert System (MAS). • Drive reduction, 10:1 first stage using heavy‑duty gears running in oil bath, cast iron housing; #41 chain second stage; #41 output chain on trolley.
SAFETY • Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0 Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference. Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch remote controls. • LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325 standards. • LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for every commercial application. • Emergency Disconnect, disconnects door operator from door for manual lifting in an emergency. ™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION • Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit • Approximate 160 lbs. shipping weight
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.) —
24 ga., 22 ga. Steel
20 ga. Steel
16 ga. Steel
Fiberglass
Alum. Doors
Wood Doors
—
—
—
—
24 ga. Steel Insul.
20 ga. Steel Insul.
16 ga. Steel Insul.
1/2
400
350
320
250
200
3/4
560
500
450
325
250
1
625
575
500
400
300
625
550
475
380
STANDARD SECTIONAL HP
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
• Bearings: sealed roller bearings in gear reducer, flange-mount industrial ball bearings on drive shaft. • Brake: standard on all GT operators. • Construction: NEMA 1 rated type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts. • #41 trolley roller chain standard on GT operators. • Door speed: 6–7 in. per second. • Warranty: 2 Years.
1-1/2
12
—
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS 1/2 HP Solenoid Brake Included Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz GT501L5................................................115/230 1 60 GT503L5................................................208/230/460 3 60 GT505L5*...............................................575V 3 60
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Internet Gateway (828LM)* Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from anywhere via an Internet-enabled device.
3/4 HP Solenoid Brake Included
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)* Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room in your facility.
Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz GT751L5................................................115/230 1 60 GT753L5................................................208/230/460 3 60 GT755L5*...............................................575 3 60
Remote Light Control (825LM)* Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz GT101L5................................................115/230 1 60 GT103L5................................................208/230/460 3 60 GT105L5*...............................................575 3 60
1-1/2 HP Solenoid Brake Included Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz GT151L5................................................115/230 1 60 GT153L5................................................208/230/460 3 60 GT155L5*...............................................575 3 60 *When ordering a 575V, three phase operator, the ORDERING CODE for voltage/phase in the model number is designated as a “5.” Models listed above are equipped for doors up to 12 ft. Track is available for doors up to the following: 14 ft., 16 ft., 18 ft., 20 ft. and 24 ft. (See Accessory Section for track and chain model numbers.)
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP) CPS-UN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4 rated. CPS-RPEN4 Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-OPEN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-U Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment protection device). OES Optical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors, premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for exact fit, NEMA 6 rated. CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire monitored edge. CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire monitored edge. NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M) Provides single button to activate opening one or more commercial doors.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
1 HP Solenoid Brake Included
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY) Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.) 3-Button Remote Control (813LM) Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/ Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes. ™
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft. ®
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
13
T
ELITE SERIES
Trolley Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 TROLLEY COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS ARE OPTIMAL FOR GENERAL INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS. Suspended from the ceiling, the operators are used on sectional overhead doors with standard lift. T Operators are directly attached to drive and control the door.
CONNECTIVITY • MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater peace of mind. • Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications. ®
• Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to close to specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end user needs. • Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind. • Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed position for energy savings, time savings and convenience. • Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the time of installation with the placement of a connector. • Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase, removable without affecting limit switches. • Adjustable friction clutch helps to protect door and operator from damage should the door meet an obstruction. • Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator. • Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door, reducing wear on the door and operator system. • 3-Button Control Station with Maintenance Alert System (MAS). • Drive reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 5L V-belt; second #41 chain; #48 (for 1/3 and 1/2 HP) and #41 (for 3/4 and 1 HP) output
SAFETY • Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0 Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference. Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch remote controls. • LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325 standards. • LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for every commercial application. • Emergency Disconnect, disconnects door operator from door for manual lifting in an emergency. ™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION • Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit • Approximate 130 lbs. shipping weight
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.) —
24 ga., 22 ga. Steel
20 ga. Steel
Fiberglass
Alum. Doors
Wood Doors
—
—
—
—
24 ga. Steel Insul.
20 ga. Steel Insul.
16 ga. Steel Insul.
1/3
310
285
260
175
125
1/2
400
350
320
250
200
3/4
560
500
450
325
275
1
640
625
560
400
310
STANDARD SECTIONAL HP
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
chain on trolley. • Bearings/ bushings: industrial ball bearings on output shaft; heavy‑duty oil-filled bushings on reduction shafts. • Brake: standard on 3/4 and 1 HP Operators (optional on 1/2 HP, not available on 1/3 HP). • Construction: NEMA 1 rated type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts. • Trolley roller chain #48 on 1/3 HP and 1/2 HP, #41 on 3/4 and 1 HP. • Door speed: 11–12 in. per second. • Warranty: 2 Years.
16 ga. Steel
—
NOTE: On steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed. If a heavier back panel is supplied, use the next higher HP rating. A dual trolley modification is recommended for doors 22 ft. or wider. See Modifications at a Glance section.
14
*
* F or models with brakes add 3.5". (Brake standard on 3/4 HP and 1 HP, optional on 1/2 HP)
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
1/3 HP Model....................................................Voltage Phase T331L5...................................................115/230 1 T333L5...................................................208/230/460 3 (For 1/3 HP options not shown, use 1/2 HP operator.)
Hz 60 60
Internet Gateway (828LM)* Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from anywhere via an Internet-enabled device.
1/2 HP
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)* Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room in your facility.
Phase Hz Model....................................................Voltage T501L5...................................................115/230 1 60 T503L5...................................................208/230/460 3 60 T505L5*.................................................575 3 60
Remote Light Control (825LM)* Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz T751L5...................................................115/230 1 60 T753L5...................................................208/230/460 3 60 T755L5...................................................575 3 60
1 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz T101L5...................................................115/230 1 60 T103L5...................................................208/230/460 3 60 T105L5*.................................................575 3 60 *When ordering a 575V, three phase operator, the ORDERING CODE for voltage/phase in the model number is designated as a “5.” Models listed above are equipped for doors up to 12 ft. Track is available for doors up to the following: 14 ft., 16 ft., 18 ft., 20 ft., 24 ft. 1/3 and 1/2 HP operators come equipped with #48 Roller Chain. 3/4 HP and greater come equipped with #41 Roller Chain.
Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M) Provides single button to activate opening one or more commercial doors.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
3/4 HP
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY) Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.) 3-Button Remote Control (813LM) Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/ Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes. ™
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft. ®
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP) CPS-UN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4 rated. CPS-RPEN4 Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-OPEN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-U Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment protection device). OES Optical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors, premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for exact fit, NEMA 6 rated. CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire monitored edge. CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire monitored edge. NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
15
APT
ELITE SERIES
Trolley Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 APARTMENT TROLLEY COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS ARE OPTIMAL FOR HIGH-CYCLE APARTMENT HOUSE APPLICATIONS. These operators employ an auto-reconnect trolley with nylon inserts and a resilient-mount motor for quiet operation. Suspended from the ceiling, the operators are used on sectional overhead doors with a standard lift. APT Operators are directly attached to drive and control the door.
CONNECTIVITY • MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater peace of mind. • Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications. ®
• Resilient mount motor provides quiet operation. • Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to close to specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end user needs. • Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind. • Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed position for energy savings, time savings and convenience. • Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the time of installation with the placement of a connector. • Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase, removable without affecting limit switches. • Adjustable friction clutch helps to protect door and operator from damage should the door meet an obstruction. • Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator. • Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door, reducing wear on the door and operator system. • 3-Button Control Station with Maintenance Alert System (MAS). • Drive reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 5L V-belt; second and third stages #41 chain; #48 output chain on trolley.
SAFETY • Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0 Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference. Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch remote controls. • LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325 standards. • LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for every commercial application. • Emergency Disconnect with auto-reconnect, disconnects operator from door for manual lifting in an emergency and automatically reconnects for convenience. ™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION • Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit • Approximate 130 lbs. shipping weight
STANDARD SECTIONAL
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
SQ. FT.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
• Bearings, industrial ball bearings on output and first reduction shafts; bearings on second reduction shaft. • Brake: standard on APT. • Construction: NEMA 1 rated type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts. • #41 trolley roller chain standard with APT operators. • Door speed: 6–7 in. per second. • Warranty: 2 Years.
16
24 ga., 22 ga. Steel
20 ga. Steel
16 ga. Steel
Alum. Doors
Wood Doors
—
—
Fiberglass Doors
24 ga. Steel Insul.
20 ga. Steel Insul.
16 ga. Steel Insul.
250
225
150
100
—
24" (includes brake)
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS 1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz APT501L5...............................................115/230 1 60 Models listed above are equipped for doors up to 12 ft. Track is available for doors up to the following: 14 ft.,16 ft., 18 ft., 20 ft., 24 ft.
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
Internet Gateway (828LM)* Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from anywhere via an Internet-enabled device. Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)* Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room in your facility. Remote Light Control (825LM)* Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or smartphone via the Internet Gateway. Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M) Provides single button to activate opening one or more commercial doors.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
CPS-UN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4 rated. CPS-RPEN4 Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-OPEN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-U Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment protection device). OES Optical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors, premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for exact fit, NEMA 6 rated. CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire monitored edge. CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire monitored edge. NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY) Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.) 3-Button Remote Control (813LM) Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/ Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes. ™
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft. ®
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
17
GH
ELITE SERIES
Gearhead Hoist Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 GEARHEAD HOIST COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS employ lubricated gears for heavy industrial, high‑cycle applications. These operators include a floor-level chain hoist for ease of manual operation in an emergency or power outage.
CONNECTIVITY • MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater peace of mind. • Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications. ®
• Heavy-duty wormgear-in-oil gear reducer delivers performance for heavy industrial, high‑cycle applications. • Floor-level chain hoist with electrical interlock provides easy disconnect and manual operation in an emergency. • Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to close to specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end user needs. • Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind. • Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed position for energy savings, time savings and convenience. • Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the time of installation with the placement of a connector. • Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase, removable without affecting limit switches. • Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator. • Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door, reducing wear on the door and operator system.
SAFETY • Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0 Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference. Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch remote controls. • LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325 standards. • LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for every commercial application. • Emergency disconnect disconnects door operator from door for manual lifting in an emergency. ™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION • Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit • Approximate 125 lbs. shipping weight
SECTIONAL
ROLLING
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
HP
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
• 3-Button Control Station with Maintenance Alert System (MAS). • Drive reduction, 45:1 first stage using heavy‑duty gears running in oil bath, cast iron housing. Special “all climate” synthetic gear oil for greater low temperature performance; #50 output sprocket chain. • Bearings: sealed roller bearings in gear reducer. • Brake: standard on all GH Door Operators. • Construction: NEMA 1 rated type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts. • Door speed: 8–9 in. per second. • Warranty: 2 Years.
22 ga. Steel
—
20 ga., 18 ga. Steel
16 ga. Steel
—
Alum. Grilles
Alum. Doors
—
Steel Grilles
—
24 ga., 22 ga. Steel
—
—
20 ga. Steel
—
16 ga. Steel
—
Fiberglass
Alum. Doors
Wood Doors
—
—
—
—
—
24 ga. Steel Insul.
—
20 ga. Steel Insul.
16 ga. Steel Insul.
1/2
325
300
275
250
225
175
3/4
480
430
390
340
275
225 300
1
650
560
500
430
325
1-1/2
—
—
680
540
425
375
2
—
—
—
640
560
460
3
—
—
—
875
840
620
5
18
24 ga. Steel
Call your LiftMaster Sales Representative for specifications
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
OPERATORS 1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz GH501L5................................................115/230 1 60 GH503L5................................................208/230/460 3 60 GH505L5*...............................................575 3 60
3/4 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz GH751L5................................................115/230 1 60 GH753L5................................................208/230/460 3 60 GH755L5*...............................................575 3 60 Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz GH101L5................................................115/230 1 60 GH103L5................................................208/230/460 3 60 GH105L5*...............................................575 3 60
1-1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz GH151L5................................................115/230 1 60 GH153L5................................................208/230/460 3 60 GH155L5*...............................................575 3 60
2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz GH201L5................................................115/230 1 60 GH203L5................................................208/230/460 3 60 GH205L5*...............................................575 3 60
3 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED Model....................................................Voltage Phase GH303L5 (L/R)........................................208/230/460 3 NOTE: 3 HP must be ordered Right or Left *When ordering a 575V, three phase operator, the ORDERING CODE for voltage/phase in the model number is designated as a “5.”
Hz 60
5 HP 5HP GH Operator not offered in Logic 5.0, mechanical only. Please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative for more information. ®
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Internet Gateway (828LM)* Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from anywhere via an Internet-enabled device. Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)* Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room in your facility. Remote Light Control (825LM)* Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or smartphone via the Internet Gateway. Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M) Provides single button to activate opening one or more commercial doors. Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY) Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.) 3-Button Remote Control (813LM) Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/ Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes. ™
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft. ®
19
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
1 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
CPS-UN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4 rated. CPS-RPEN4 Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-OPEN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-U Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment protection device). OES Optical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors, premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for exact fit, NEMA 6 rated. CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire monitored edge. CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire monitored edge. NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
H
ELITE SERIES
Hoist Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 HOISTED COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS ARE OPTIMAL FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS. These operators include a floor-level chain hoist to ease manual operation in an emergency or power outage. The door operators are typically mounted to the wall when used with larger sectional overhead doors with vertical or high lift and mounted to the wall or the front of the hood when used with rolling doors and grilles. H Operators are attached to the door jackshaft to indirectly drive the door.
CONNECTIVITY • MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater peace of mind. • Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications. ®
• Floor‑level chain hoist with electrical interlock provides easy disconnect and manual operation in an emergency. • Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to close to specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end user needs. • Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind. • Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed position for energy savings, time savings and convenience. • Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the time of installation with the placement of a connector. • Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase, removable without affecting limit switches. • Adjustable friction clutch helps to protect door and operator from damage should the door meet an obstruction. • Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator. • Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door, reducing wear on the door and operator system.
SAFETY • Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0 Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference. Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch remote controls. • LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325 standards. • LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for every commercial application. • Emergency Disconnect, disconnects door operator from door for manual lifting in an emergency. ™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION • Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit • Approximate 110 lbs. shipping weight
Logic 5.0 16.16
SECTIONAL
ROLLING
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
HP
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
• 3-Button Control Station with Maintenance Alert System (MAS). • Drive reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 5L V-belt; second, third and fourth stages #48 chain; #50 output sprocket chain. • Bearings/bushings: industrial ball bearings on 1 in. output shaft; heavy‑duty oil-filled bushings on reduction shafts. • Brake: standard on 3/4 and optional on 1/2 HP. • Construction: NEMA 1 rated type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts. • Door speed: 8–9 in. per second. • Warranty: 2 Years.
24 ga. Steel
22 ga. Steel
—
20 ga., 18 ga. Steel
16 ga. Steel
Alum. Grilles
—
Alum. Doors
—
Steel Grilles
—
—
—
24 ga., 22 ga. Steel
20 ga. Steel
—
16 ga. Steel
—
Fiberglass
Alum. Doors
Wood Doors
—
—
—
—
—
24 ga. Steel Insul.
—
20 ga. Steel Insul.
16 ga. Steel Insul.
1/3
310
285
260
210
175
125
1/2
400
350
320
280
250
200
3/4
560
500
450
380
325
250
1
640
625
560
475
400
310
*
* F or models with brakes add 2". (Brake standard on 3/4 HP and 1 HP, optional on 1/2 HP)
NOTE: On steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed. If a heavier back panel is supplied, use the next higher HP rating. For doors 22 ft. wide by 20 ft. high and larger contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
20
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
1/3 HP Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz H331L5 (L/R)..........................................115/230 1 60 H333L5 (L/R)..........................................208/230/460 3 60 (For 1/3 HP options not shown, use 1/2 HP operator.)
Internet Gateway (828LM)* Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from anywhere via an Internet-enabled device.
1/2 HP
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)* Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room in your facility.
Phase Hz Model....................................................Voltage H501L5 (L/R)..........................................115/230 1 60 H503L5 (L/R)..........................................208/230/460 3 60 H505L5* (L/R).........................................575 3 60
Remote Light Control (825LM)* Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz H751L5 (L/R)..........................................115/230 1 60 H753L5 (L/R)..........................................208/230/460 3 60 H755L5* (L/R).........................................575 3 60
1 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz H101L5 (L/R)..........................................115/230 1 60 H103L5 (L/R)..........................................208/230/460 3 60 H105L5* (L/R).........................................575 3 60 *When ordering a 575V, three phase operator, the ORDERING CODE for voltage/phase in the model number is designated as a “5.”
DOOR SPROCKET SUBSTITUTIONS Sprocket Description 50B18 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, standard for sectional doors. 50B40 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, recommended for rolling doors. For all other sprocket substitutions, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. ®
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP) CPS-UN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4 rated. CPS-RPEN4 Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-OPEN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-U Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment protection device). OES Optical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors, premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for exact fit, NEMA 6 rated. CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire monitored edge. CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire monitored edge. NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M) Provides single button to activate opening one or more commercial doors.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
3/4 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY) Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.) 3-Button Remote Control (813LM) Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/ Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes. ™
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft. ®
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
21
DHJ
ELITE SERIES
Door Lock Hoist Jackshaft Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 DOOR LOCK HOIST/JACKSHAFT COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS ARE IDEAL FOR SHOPPING MALL APPLICATIONS WITH HEAVIER ROLLING DOORS AND GRILLES. The Door Operators provide a floor-level chain hoist to ease manual operation in an emergency or power outage. These operators include a door lock sensor to prevent damage to the door and operator caused by attempts to automatically open a locked door. The Door Operators are typically mounted to the wall when used with larger sectional overhead doors with vertical or high lift and mounted to the wall, or the front of the hood, when used with rolling doors and grilles. DHJ Operators are attached to the door jackshaft to indirectly drive the door.
CONNECTIVITY • MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater peace of mind. • Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications. ®
• Internal door lock sensor eliminates jamming and damage to door and operator if door is opened when locked. • Floor-level chain hoist with electrical interlock provides easy disconnect and manual operation in an emergency. • Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to close to specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end user needs. • Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind. • Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed position for energy savings, time savings and convenience. • Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the time of installation with the placement of a connector. • Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase, removable without affecting limit switches. • Adjustable friction clutch helps to protect door and operator from damage should the door meet an obstruction. • Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds
SAFETY • Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0 Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference. Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch remote controls. • LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325 standards. • LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for every commercial application. • Emergency Disconnect, disconnects door operator from door for manual lifting in an emergency. ™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION • Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit • Approximate 110 lbs. shipping weight
Logic 5.0 16.16
SECTIONAL
ROLLING
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
HP
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator. • Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door, reducing wear on the door and operator system. • 3-Button Control Station with Maintenance Alert System (MAS). • Drive reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 5L V-belt; second, third and fourth stages #48 chain; #50 output sprocket chain. • Bearings/bushings: industrial ball bearings on 1 in. output shaft; heavy‑duty oil-filled bushings on reduction shafts. • Brake: standard on 3/4 and optional on 1/2 HP. • Construction: NEMA 1 rated type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts. • Door speed: 8–9 in. per second. • Warranty: 2 Years.
24 ga. Steel
22 ga. Steel
—
20 ga., 18 ga. Steel
16 ga. Steel
Alum. Grilles
—
Alum. Doors
—
Steel Grilles
—
—
—
24 ga., 22 ga. Steel
20 ga. Steel
—
16 ga. Steel
—
Fiberglass
Alum. Doors
Wood Doors
—
—
—
—
—
24 ga. Steel Insul.
—
20 ga. Steel Insul.
16 ga. Steel Insul.
*
1/2
350
320
280
250
200
125
3/4
500
450
380
325
250
200
* F or models with brakes add 2". (Brake standard on 3/4 HP and 1 HP, optional on 1/2 HP)
NOTE: On steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed. If a heavier back panel is supplied, use the next higher HP rating. For doors 22 ft. wide by 20 ft. high and larger contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
22
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
1/2 HP Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz DHJ501L5 (L/R)......................................115/230 1 60 DHJ503L5 (L/R)......................................208/230/460 3 60 DHJ505L5* (L/R).....................................575 3 60
3/4 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)* Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room in your facility. Remote Light Control (825LM)* Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
DOOR SPROCKET SUBSTITUTIONS
Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M) Provides single button to activate opening one or more commercial doors.
Sprocket Description 50B40 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, recommended for rolling doors. For all other sprocket substitutions, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY) Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.)
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
3-Button Remote Control (813LM) Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/ Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes.
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz DHJ751L5 (L/R)......................................115/230 1 60 DHJ753L5 (L/R)......................................208/230/460 3 60 DHJ755L5* (L/R).....................................575 3 60 *When ordering a 575V, three phase operator, the ORDERING CODE for voltage/phase in the model number is designated as a “5.”
Internet Gateway (828LM)* Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from anywhere via an Internet-enabled device.
™
CPS-UN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4 rated. CPS-RPEN4 Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-OPEN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-U Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment protection device). OES Optical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors, premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for exact fit, NEMA 6 rated. CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire monitored edge. CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire monitored edge. NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft. ®
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
23
J
ELITE SERIES
Jackshaft Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 JACKSHAFT COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS ARE OPTIMAL FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS. Doors used with this operator should be balanced with the ability to be manually lifted by hand in an emergency or power outage. The door operators are typically mounted to the wall when used with smaller sectional overhead doors with a vertical or high lift and mounted to the wall or the front of the hood when used with rolling doors and grilles. J Operators are attached to the door jackshaft to indirectly drive the door.
CONNECTIVITY • MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater peace of mind. • Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications. ®
• Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to close to specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end user needs. • Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind. • Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed position for energy savings, time savings and convenience. • Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the time of installation with the placement of a connector. • Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase, removable without affecting limit switches. • Adjustable friction clutch helps to protect door and operator from damage should the door meet an obstruction. • Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator. • Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door, reducing wear on the door and operator system. • 3-Button Control Station with Maintenance Alert System (MAS). • Drive reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 5L V-belt; second-
SAFETY • Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0 Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference. Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch remote controls. • LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325 standards. • LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for every commercial application. • Emergency Disconnect, disconnects door operator from door for manual lifting in an emergency. ™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION • Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit • Approximate 95 lbs. shipping weight Logic 5.0 16.16
SECTIONAL
ROLLING
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
1/3
HP
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
third-fourth stages #48 chain; #50 output sprocket chain. • Bearings/bushings, industrial ball bearings on 1 in. output shaft; heavy‑duty oil-filled bushings on reduction shafts. • Brake: standard on 3/4 and 1 HP Operators (optional on 1/2 HP, not available on 1/3 HP). • Construction: NEMA 1 rated type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts. • Door speed: 8–9 in. per second. • Warranty: 2 Years.
24 ga. Steel
22 ga. Steel
—
20 ga., 18 ga. Steel
16 ga. Steel
Alum. Grilles
Alum. Doors
—
Steel Grilles
—
—
24 ga., 22 ga. Steel
—
—
20 ga. Steel
—
16 ga. Steel
—
Fiberglass
Alum. Doors
Wood Doors
—
—
—
—
—
24 ga. Steel Insul.
—
20 ga. Steel Insul.
16 ga. Steel Insul.
310
285
260
210
175
125 200
*
1/2
400
350
320
280
250
3/4
560
500
450
380
325
250
1
640
625
560
475
400
310
* F or models with brakes add 2". (Brake standard on 3/4 HP and 1 HP, optional on 1/2 HP)
NOTE: The J Operator is not recommended for use on large or high rolling doors without chain hoist modification (see Model H). On steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed. If a heavier back panel is supplied, use the next higher HP rating. For doors 22 ft. wide by 20 ft. high and larger contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
24
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
1/3 HP (FOR 1/3 HP OPTIONS NOT SHOWN, USE 1/2 HP OPERATOR.) Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz J331L5 ..................................................115/230 1 60 J333L5 ..................................................208/230/460 3 60 (For 1/3 HP options not shown, use 1/2 HP operator.)
Internet Gateway (828LM)* Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from anywhere via an Internet-enabled device.
1/2 HP
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)* Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room in your facility.
Phase Hz Model....................................................Voltage J501L5 ..................................................115/230 1 60 J503L5 ..................................................208/230/460 3 60 J505L5* ................................................575 3 60
Remote Light Control (825LM)* Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz J751L5 ..................................................115/230 1 60 J753L5 ..................................................208/230/460 3 60 J755L5* ................................................575 3 60
1 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz J101L5 ..................................................115/230 1 60 J103L5 ..................................................208/230/460 3 60 J105L5* ................................................575 3 60 *When ordering a 575V, three phase operator, the ORDERING CODE for voltage/phase in the model number is designated as a “5.”
DOOR SPROCKET SUBSTITUTIONS Sprocket Description 50B18 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, standard for sectional doors. 50B40 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, recommended for rolling doors. For all other sprocket substitutions, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. ®
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP) CPS-UN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4 rated. CPS-RPEN4 Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-OPEN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-U Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment protection device). OES Optical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors, premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for exact fit, NEMA 6 rated. CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire monitored edge. CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire monitored edge. NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M) Provides single button to activate opening one or more commercial doors.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
3/4 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY) Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.) 3-Button Remote Control (813LM) Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/ Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes. ™
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft. ®
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
25
DJ
ELITE SERIES
Door Lock Jackshaft Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 DOOR LOCK JACKSHAFT COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS ARE IDEAL FOR SHOPPING MALL APPLICATIONS WITH LIGHTER ROLLING DOORS AND GRILLES. Doors used with this operator should be small and light enough to be manually lifted by hand in an emergency or power outage. These door operators include a door lock sensor to prevent damage to the door and operator caused by attempts to automatically open a locked door. The door operators are typically mounted to the wall when used with smaller sectional overhead doors with vertical or high lift and mounted to the side or the front of the hood when used with rolling doors and grilles. DJ Operators are attached to the door jackshaft to indirectly drive the door.
CONNECTIVITY • MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater peace of mind. • Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications.
PERFORMANCE • Internal door lock sensor eliminates jamming and damage to door and operator if door is opened when locked. • Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to close to specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end user needs. • Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind. • Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed position for energy savings, time savings and convenience. • Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the time of installation with the placement of a connector. • Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase, removable without affecting limit switches. • Adjustable friction clutch helps to protect door and operator from damage should the door meet an obstruction. • Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator.
• Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door, reducing wear on the door and operator system. • 3-Button Control Station with Maintenance Alert System (MAS). • Drive reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 5L V-belt; second-thirdfourth stages #48 chain; #50 output sprocket chain. • Bearings/bushings: industrial ball bearings on 1 in. output shaft; heavy‑duty oil-filled bushings on reduction shafts. • Brake: standard on 3/4 and optional on 1/2 HP. • Construction: NEMA 1 rated type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts. • Door speed: 8–9 in. per second. • Warranty: 2 Years.
SAFETY • Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0 Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference. Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch remote controls. • LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325 standards. • LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for every commercial application. • Emergency Disconnect, disconnects door operator from door for manual lifting in an emergency. ™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION • Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit • Approximate 95 lbs. shipping weight Logic 5.0 16.16
SECTIONAL
ROLLING
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
HP
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
24 ga. Steel
22 ga. Steel
—
20 ga., 18 ga. Steel
16 ga. Steel
—
Alum. Grilles
Alum. Doors
—
Steel Grilles
—
—
—
24 ga., 22 ga. Steel
20 ga. Steel
—
16 ga. Steel
—
Fiberglass
Alum. Doors
Wood Doors
—
—
—
—
—
24 ga. Steel Insul.
—
20 ga. Steel Insul.
16 ga. Steel Insul.
1/2
400
350
320
280
250
200
125
3/4
560
500
450
380
325
250
200
*
* F or models with brakes add 2". (Brake standard on 3/4 HP and 1 HP, optional on 1/2 HP)
NOTE: The Model DJ Door Operator is designed for use on rolling doors and grilles. It features an internal door lock sensor which detects if the door lock is engaged, stopping operation to eliminate jamming and damage to the door and operator. There is no longer any need for wiring guide-mounted interlocks.
26
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
1/2 HP Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz DJ501L5 ................................................115/230 1 60 DJ503L5 ................................................208/230/460 3 60 DJ505L5* ..............................................575 3 60
3/4 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)* Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room in your facility. Remote Light Control (825LM)* Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
DOOR SPROCKET SUBSTITUTIONS
Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M) Provides single button to activate opening one or more commercial doors.
Sprocket Description 50B40 Sprocket, 1 in. Bore, 1/4 in. keyway, recommended for rolling doors. For all other sprocket substitutions, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY) Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.)
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
3-Button Remote Control (813LM) Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/ Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes.
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz DJ751L5 ................................................115/230 1 60 DJ753L5 ................................................208/230/460 3 60 DJ755L5* ..............................................575 3 60 *When ordering a 575V, three phase operator, the ORDERING CODE for voltage/phase in the model number is designated as a “5.”
Internet Gateway (828LM)* Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from anywhere via an Internet-enabled device.
™
CPS-UN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4 rated. CPS-RPEN4 Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-OPEN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-U Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment protection device). OES Optical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors, premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for exact fit, NEMA 6 rated. CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire monitored edge. CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire monitored edge. NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft. ®
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
27
GSD
ELITE SERIES
Gearhead Slide Door Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 GEARHEAD SLIDING COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS EMPLOY LUBRICATED GEARS FOR HEAVY INDUSTRIAL, HIGH‑CYCLE APPLICATIONS. These operators offer functionality that is similar to GT Operators, but are used on single and bi‑parting sliding doors. These door operators are directly attached to drive and control the door. GSD Operators are mounted directly above the door and open the door in the direction of the operator.
CONNECTIVITY • MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater peace of mind. • Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications. ®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE • Heavy-duty wormgear-in-oil gear reducer delivers performance for heavy industrial, high‑cycle applications. • Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to close to specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end user needs. • Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind. • Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed position for energy savings, time savings and convenience. • Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the time of installation with the placement of a connector. • Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase, removable without affecting limit switches. • Adjustable friction clutch helps to protect door and operator from damage should the door meet an obstruction. • Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator.
• Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door, reducing wear on the door and operator system. • 3-Button Control Station with Maintenance Alert System (MAS). • Drive reduction, 10:1 first stage using heavy‑duty gears running in oil bath; cast iron housing; #41 chain second stage; #41 output chain on trolley. • Bearings: sealed roller bearings in gear reducer, flange-mount industrial ball bearings on drive shaft. • Brake: standard on all GSD operators. • Construction: NEMA 1 type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts. • #41 trolley roller chain standard on GSD operators. • Door speed: 11–12 in. per second. • Warranty: 2 Years.
SAFETY • Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0 Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference. Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch remote controls. • LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325 standards. • LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for every commercial application. • Emergency Disconnect, disconnects door operator from door for manual lifting in an emergency. ™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION • Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit • Approximate 180 lbs. shipping weight (Left Hand Mount Shown)
DOOR SIZE SELECTION GUIDE HP
Maximum Door Weight (lbs.)
Maximum Door Area (sq. ft.)
1/2
1,400
300
3/4
2,200
420
1
2,800
520
1-1/2
3,400
620
NOTE: For bi-parting doors, total weight and total area of both doors combined must be considered. Specify door widths when ordering.
28
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS 1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz GSD501L5 (L/R)......................................115/230 1 60 GSD503L5 (L/R)......................................208/230/460 3 60 GSD505L5* (L/R)....................................575 3 60
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Internet Gateway (828LM)* Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from anywhere via an Internet-enabled device.
3/4 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)* Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room in your facility.
Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz GSD751L5 (L/R)......................................115/230 1 60 GSD753L5 (L/R)......................................208/230/460 3 60 GSD755L5* (L/R)....................................575 3 60
Remote Light Control (825LM)* Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz GSD101L5 (L/R)......................................115/230 1 60 GSD103L5 (L/R)......................................208/230/460 3 60 GSD105L5* (L/R)....................................575 3 60
1-1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz GSD151L5 (L/R)......................................115/230 1 60 GSD153L5 (L/R)......................................208/230/460 3 60 GSD155L5* (L/R)....................................575 3 60 Models listed above are equipped for doors up to 12 ft. Track is available for doors up to the following: 14 ft.,16 ft., 18 ft., 20 ft., 24 ft. *When ordering a 575V, three phase operator, the ORDERING CODE for voltage/phase in the model number is designated as a “5.”
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP) CPS-UN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4 rated. CPS-RPEN4 Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-OPEN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-U Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment protection device). OES Optical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors, premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for exact fit, NEMA 6 rated. CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire monitored edge. CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire monitored edge. NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M) Provides single button to activate opening one or more commercial doors.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
1 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY) Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.) 3-Button Remote Control (813LM) Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/ Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes. ™
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft. ®
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
29
SD
ELITE SERIES
Slide Door Operator
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 SLIDING DOOR COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS ARE FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS. These operators have functionality that is similar to T Operators, but they are used on single and bi-parting sliding doors. These operators are directly attached to drive and control the door. SD Operators are mounted directly above the door and open the door in the direction of the operator.
CONNECTIVITY • MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control your facility door operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater peace of mind. • Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications. ®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE • Control function selector dial allows for easy selection and programming of (7) wiring types, from constant pressure to close to specialized Timer‑to‑Close functionality to meet end user needs. • Timer‑to‑Close conveniently and confidently closes the commercial door automatically after a predetermined amount of time has elapsed for added security and peace of mind. • Mid-stop enables partial opening of door to a preprogrammed position for energy savings, time savings and convenience. • Dual voltage connections increase flexibility by enabling the Installer to select the required voltage within phase to meet job‑site requirements. Within phases, voltage is selectable at the time of installation with the placement of a connector. • Continuous‑duty high-starting torque motor with instant reverse and overload protection. Capacitor start with single phase, removable without affecting limit switches. • Adjustable friction clutch helps to protect door and operator from damage should the door meet an obstruction. • Maximum run timer reverses or stops door if closing time exceeds expected time frame to limit damage to door and operator. • Delay-on-reverse circuit prevents abrupt reversal of door, reducing wear on the door and operator system.
• 3-Button Control Station with Maintenance Alert System (MAS). • Drive reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 5L V-belt; second stage #41 chain; #41 output chain on trolley. • Bearings/bushings: industrial ball bearings on output shaft; heavy‑duty oil-filled bushings on reduction shafts. • Brake: standard on SD operators. • Construction: NEMA 1 rated type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel frame with durable powder‑coat finish, all reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts. • Trolley roller chain, #41 on all SD operators. • Door speed: 11 in. per second. • Warranty: 2 Years.
SAFETY • Security+ 2.0 radio receiver is standard on-board with Logic 5.0 Operators, and virtually eliminates radio frequency interference. Accepts up to (90) 1-button or (30) 3-button remote controls plus up to (30) wireless keypads or an unlimited number of DIP switch remote controls. • LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325 standards. • LiftMaster offers a variety of entrapment protection devices for every commercial application. • Emergency Disconnect, disconnects door operator from door for manual lifting in an emergency. ™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION • Control circuit: 5VDC NEC Class 2 control circuit • Approximate 130 lbs. shipping weight (Left Hand Mount Shown)
DOOR SIZE SELECTION GUIDE HP
Maximum Door Weight (lbs.)
Maximum Door Area (sq. ft.)
1/2
1,300
260
3/4
1,850
340
1
2,400
480
NOTE: For bi-parting doors, total weight and total area of both doors combined must be considered. Specify door widths when ordering.
30
11.63
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS 1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz SD501L5 (L/R)........................................115/230 1 60 SD503L5 (L/R)........................................208/230/460 3 60 SD505L5* (L/R).......................................575 3 60
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Internet Gateway (828LM)* Receive alerts or monitor and activate your commercial door from anywhere via an Internet-enabled device.
3/4 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)* Monitor and open or close up to four commercial doors from any room in your facility.
Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz SD751L5 (L/R)........................................115/230 1 60 SD753L5 (L/R)........................................208/230/460 3 60 SD755L5* (L/R).......................................575 3 60
Remote Light Control (825LM)* Control any lamp with a commercial door operator remote control or smartphone via the Internet Gateway.
Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz SD101L5 (L/R)........................................115/230 1 60 SD103L5 (L/R)........................................208/230/460 3 60 SD105L5* (L/R).......................................575 3 60 Models listed above are equipped for doors up to 12 ft. Track is available for doors up to the following: 14 ft., 16 ft., 18 ft., 20 ft., 24 ft. *When ordering a 575V, three phase operator, the ORDERING CODE for voltage/phase in the model number is designated as a “5.”
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP) CPS-UN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4 rated. CPS-RPEN4 Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-OPEN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-U Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment protection device). OES Optical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors, premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for exact fit, NEMA 6 rated. CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire monitored edge. CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire monitored edge. NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
Mushroom Button Control Station (02401M) Provides single button to activate opening one or more commercial doors.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
1 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED
Red/Green Traffic Light (RGL24LY) Indicates when a commercial door reaches the open position. Provides assurance of safe entering and exiting of the facility, reducing the potential for costly accidents. (TLS1CARD is recommended.) 3-Button Remote Control (813LM) Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control with Security+ 2.0 narrow band on 310/315/390 MHz tri-band. Red/Green/ Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functionality for commercial door operators. Easy‑to‑code 12-position DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes. ™
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway Accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a MyQ ‑Enabled Commercial Door Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and type of building materials. A general range estimate between the Internet Gateway and the commercial door operator is 300 ft. ®
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
31
MEDIUM-DUTY SERIES COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Medium-Duty Series Logic Trolley Operator (MT)
The Medium-Duty line of Commercial Door Operators is designed to deliver exceptional performance for a variety of commercial This low-profile-designed trolley operator was developed for use on standard-lift sectional doors up to 14 ft. high.
applications with lower operational cycle requirements. The complete line meets UL 325 requirements for Monitored COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Entrapment Protection and includes an Medium-Duty Series Logic Gear-Reduced Operator (MGJ)
integrated Security+ radio receiver to keep ®
your facility safe and secure .
This gearhead jackshaft operator is designed for use on industrial sectional doors with high or vertical lift and on small rolling doors and grilles.
PERFORMANCE • Powerful 1/2 HP, single-phase motor with internal automatic reset thermal overload is removable without affecting limit switch settings. • Programmable C2 wiring providing momentary contact to open and stop, with constant contact
• UL 325 compliant Medium-Duty Logic programmable integrated circuit board. • Integrated 90-second maximum run timer. • Warranty: 2 Years.
to close. Momentary contact to close (B2 wiring) can be easily set with the addition of a Monitored Entrapment Protection device.
32
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Medium-Duty Series Logic Slow-Speed Hoist Operator (MHS)
Medium-Duty Series Logic Jackshaft Operator (MJ)
This compact-designed operator includes an emergency chain hoist with an electric interlock for use on small rolling doors, grilles and industrial sectional doors with high or vertical lift.
This slow-speed hoist operator is designed for use on rolling sheet doors.
This jackshaft operator is designed with a compact design for use on industrial sectional doors with high or vertical lift and on small rolling doors and grilles.
SAFETY • Built-in 3-channel, 315 MHz radio receiver accepts
• LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply
up to (20) LiftMaster Security+ or unlimited DIP
with UL 325 standards. Approved LiftMaster
switch remote controls.
Monitored Entrapment Protection Devices must be
®
®
• 3-button remote controls can be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP operation. • Integrated Timer‑to‑Close (TTC) allows
added in order to comply with UL 325 standards for momentary contact-to-close operation. Secondary entrapment devices can be added to suit the needs of the commercial environment.
programming from 5–60 seconds in 5-second increments. Allows for timed automatic door closure after the door reaches the full open position (requires Monitored Primary Entrapment Protection Device).
33
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Medium-Duty Series Logic Hoist Operator (MH)
MT
MEDIUM-DUTY SERIES
Medium-Duty Series Logic Trolley Operator
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
THE MT DOOR OPERATOR IS DESIGNED FOR USE ON STANDARD LIFT SECTIONAL DOORS UP TO 14 FT. HIGH AND UP TO 12 CYCLES PER HOUR.
• High-strength dual L-rail track with exclusive nylon quiet gliding chain guides on rail spacers for quiet, smooth operation. • Includes quick-mount header bracket which provides fast, swing‑up installation. • Programmable C2 or B2 wiring options (B2 requires installed Monitored Entrapment Protection Device) to meet business requirements for commercial door operator control. • Powerful high-starting torque 1/2 HP, single-phase motor with internal automatic reset thermal overload is removable without affecting limit switch settings. • Adjustable friction clutch helps protect against major damage to door and operator should the door meet an obstruction. • Drive Reduction: First stage heavy‑duty 4L V-belt; second stage and third stages #48 chain. • Integrated 90-second maximum run timer. • Heavy-duty solenoid actuated brake standard on model BMT5011U. • Heavy-duty oil-filled bushings. • NEMA 1 type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel frame with durable powder-coated finish, all reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts. • Spring-loaded disconnect for emergency manual operation. • Operator/Motor Control: Solid-State Medium-Duty circuit board • 3-button station for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functions is standard for all door operators. • Warranty: 2 Years.
SAFETY • Built-in 3-channel, 315 MHz radio receiver accepts up to (20) LiftMaster Security+ or unlimited DIP switch remote controls. 3-button remote controls can be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/ STOP operation. • Integrated Timer‑to‑Close (TTC) for timed automatic door closure after the door reaches the full open position for added security and peace of mind. Programmable from 5–60 seconds in 5-second increments. • LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325 standards for Monitored Entrapment Protection. ®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION • Control circuit: 24V NEC Class 2 control circuit
STANDARD SECTIONAL
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
SQ. FT.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
—
24 ga., 22 ga. Steel
20 ga. Steel
16 ga. Steel
—
Fiberglass
Alum. Doors
Wood Doors
—
—
—
—
24 ga. Steel Insul.
20 ga. Steel Insul.
16 ga. Steel Insul.
310
260
225
150
100
NOTE: On steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed.
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES Maximum recommended duty cycle: 12 cycles per hour.
34
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
1/2 HP Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz MT5011U...............................................115 1 60 UNITS WITH SOLENOID BRAKE—Order Model BMT Model....................................................Voltage BMT5011U.............................................115
Phase 1
Hz 60
Solenoid brake cannot be added in the field. ADDITIONAL TRACK—Required for doors higher than 12 ft. For doors up to 14 ft.
CPS-UN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4 rated. CPS-RPEN4 Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-OPEN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-U Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment protection device). OES Optical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors, premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for exact fit, NEMA 6 rated. CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire monitored edge. CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire monitored edge. NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES 3-Button Remote Control, Tri-Colored (333LM) Accommodates commercial door operators requiring OPEN/CLOSE/ STOP functions, Security+ Rolling Code Technology, with easy code selection, 9-position trinary DIP switches with 19,683 changeable codes per channel. ®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
3-Button Control Station (02103) Indoor surface mount, NEMA 1 rated.
3-Button Remote Control (373LM) Program up to three garage door openers, gate operators and commercial door operators. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code with every use. 3-Button Remote Control (893MAX) Provides Security+ 2.0 Technology and also works with Security+ Technology found in the LiftMaster Medium-Duty Commercial Operators, controls up to three LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators and/or MyQ Accessories. Must access Security+ Technology through “Program” mode in remote control. ™
®
®
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
35
MH
MEDIUM-DUTY SERIES
Medium-Duty Series Logic Hoist Operator
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
THE MH DOOR OPERATOR IS DESIGNED FOR USE ON SMALL ROLLING DOORS, GRILLES AND INDUSTRIAL SECTIONAL DOORS WITH HIGH OR VERTICAL LIFT.
• Easy emergency manual operation using the floor-level chain hoist and disconnect with electrical interlock. • Programmable C2 or B2 wiring options (B2 requires installed Monitored Entrapment Protection Device) to meet business requirements for commercial door operator control. • Powerful high-starting torque 1/2 HP, single-phase motor with internal automatic reset thermal overload is removable without affecting limit switch settings. • Adjustable friction clutch helps protect against major damage to door and operator should the door meet an obstruction. • Drive Reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 4L V-belt; second and third stages #48 chain. • Integrated 90-second maximum run timer. • Heavy-duty solenoid actuated brake standard. • Heavy-duty oil-filled bushings. • NEMA 1 type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel frame with durable powder-coated finish, all reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts. • Operator/Motor Control: Solid-State Medium-Duty circuit board. • 3-button station for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functions is standard for all door operators. • Warranty: 2 Years.
SAFETY • Built-in 3-channel, 315 MHz radio receiver accepts up to (20) LiftMaster Security+ or unlimited DIP switch remote controls. 3-button remotes can be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP operation. • Integrated Timer‑to‑Close (TTC) for timed automatic door closure after the door reaches the full open position for added security and peace of mind. Programmable from 5 to 60 seconds in 5-second increments. • LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325 standards for Monitored Entrapment Protection. ®
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION • Control circuit: 24V NEC Class 2 control circuit
SECTIONAL
ROLLING
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
SQ. FT.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
24 ga. Steel
22 ga. Steel
—
20 ga., 18 ga. Steel
16 ga. Steel
—
Alum. Grilles
Alum. Doors
—
Steel Grilles
—
—
—
24 ga., 22 ga. Steel
20 ga. Steel
—
16 ga. Steel
—
Fiberglass
Alum. Doors
Wood Doors
—
—
—
—
—
24 ga. Steel Insul.
—
20 ga. Steel Insul.
16 ga. Steel Insul.
320
275
250
200
160
120
NOTE: On steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed.
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES Maximum recommended duty cycle: 12 cycles per hour.
36
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz MH5011U (L/R).......................................115 1 60
DOOR SPROCKET SUBSTITUTIONS Sprocket Description 41B48 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, standard for rolling doors. 41B32 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, recommended for sectional doors. For all other sprocket substitutions, contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. ®
CPS-UN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4 rated. CPS-RPEN4 Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-OPEN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-U Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment protection device). OES Optical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors, premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for exact fit, NEMA 6 rated. CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire monitored edge. CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire monitored edge. NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES 3-Button Remote Control, Tri-Colored (333LM) Accommodates commercial door operators requiring OPEN/CLOSE/ STOP functions, Security+ Rolling Code Technology, with easy code selection, 9-position trinary DIP switches with 19,683 changeable codes per channel. ®
3-Button Remote Control (373LM) Program up to three garage door openers, gate operators and commercial door operators. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code with every use. 3-Button Remote Control (893MAX) Provides Security+ 2.0 Technology and also works with Security+ Technology found in the LiftMaster Medium-Duty Commercial Operators, controls up to three LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators and/ or MyQ Accessories. Must access Security+ Technology through “Program” mode in remote control. ™
®
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
37
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
3-Button Control Station (02103) Indoor surface mount, NEMA 1 rated.
MHS
MEDIUM-DUTY SERIES
Medium-Duty Series Logic Slow-Speed Hoist Operator
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
THE MHS DOOR OPERATOR IS DESIGNED FOR USE ON ROLLING SHEET DOORS. It features an adjustable friction clutch, high-starting torque motor with overload protection, emergency chain hoist with electric interlock and emergency disconnect chain.
• Easy emergency manual operation using the floor-level chain hoist and disconnect with electrical interlock. • Programmable C2 or B2 wiring options (B2 requires installed Monitored Entrapment Protection Device) to meet business requirements for commercial door operator control. • Powerful high-starting torque 1/2 HP, single-phase motor with internal automatic reset thermal overload is removable without affecting limit switch settings. • Adjustable friction clutch helps protect against major damage to door and operator should the door meet an obstruction. • Drive Reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 4L V-belt; second and third stages #48 chain. • Integrated 90-second maximum run timer. • Heavy-duty oil-filled bushings. • NEMA 1 type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel frame with durable powder-coated finish, all reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts. • Operator/Motor Control: Solid-State Medium-Duty circuit board. • 3-button station for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functions is standard for all door operators. • Warranty: 2 Years.
SAFETY • Built-in 3-channel, 315 MHz radio receiver accepts up to (20) LiftMaster Security+ or unlimited DIP switch remote controls. 3-button remote controls can be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/ STOP operation. • Integrated Timer‑to‑Close (TTC) for timed automatic door closure after the door reaches the full open position for added security and peace of mind. Programmable from 5–60 seconds in 5-second increments. • LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325 standards for Monitored Entrapment Protection. ®
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION • Control circuit: 24V NEC Class 2 control circuit
ROLLING
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.) 24 ga. Steel
22 ga. Steel
—
20 ga., 18 ga. Steel
16 ga. Steel
—
Alum. Grilles
Alum. Doors
—
Steel Grilles
—
—
SQ. FT.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
PERFORMANCE
320
275
250
200
160
120
NOTE: On steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed.
38
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz MHS5011U (L/R).....................................115 1 60
3-Button Control Station (02103) Indoor surface mount, NEMA 1 rated.
DOOR SPROCKET SUBSTITUTIONS Sprocket Description 41B60 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, standard for rolling doors. For all other sprocket substitutions, please call your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES
®
CPS-UN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4 rated. CPS-RPEN4 Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-OPEN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-U Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment protection device). OES Optical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors, premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for exact fit, NEMA 6 rated. CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire monitored edge. CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire monitored edge. NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
®
3-Button Remote Control (373LM) Program up to three garage door openers, gate operators and commercial door operators. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code with every use. 3-Button Remote Control (893MAX) Provides Security+ 2.0 Technology and also works with Security+ Technology found in the LiftMaster Medium-Duty Commercial Operators, controls up to three LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators and/ or MyQ Accessories. Must access Security+ Technology through “Program” mode in remote control. ™
®
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
39
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
3-Button Remote Control, Tri-Colored (333LM) Accommodates commercial door operators requiring OPEN/CLOSE/ STOP functions, Security+ Rolling Code Technology, with easy code selection, 9-position trinary DIP switches with 19,683 changeable codes per channel.
MJ
MEDIUM-DUTY SERIES
Medium-Duty Series Logic Jackshaft Operator
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
THE MJ IS A MEDIUM-DUTY LOGIC JACKSHAFT OPERATOR FEATURING A COMPACT DESIGN FOR USE ON
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• Programmable C2 or B2 wiring options (B2 requires installed Monitored Entrapment Protection Device) to meet business requirements for commercial door operator control. • Powerful high-starting torque 1/2 HP, single-phase motor with internal automatic reset thermal overload is removable without affecting limit switch settings. • Floor-level disconnect provides emergency manual operation. • Adjustable friction clutch helps protect against major damage to door and operator should the door meet an obstruction. • Drive Reduction, first stage heavy‑duty 4L V-belt; second stage and third stages #48 chain. • Integrated 90 second maximum run timer. • Heavy-duty solenoid actuated brake standard. • Heavy-duty oil-filled bushings. • NEMA 1 type electrical box, heavy‑duty 11-gauge steel frame with durable powder-coated finish, all reduction sprockets drilled and pinned to shafts. • Easily field converted for right or left mounting. • Operator/Motor Control: Solid-State Medium-Duty circuit board. • 3-button station for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functions is standard for all door operators. • Warranty: 2 Years.
• Built-in 3-channel, 315 MHz radio receiver accepts up to (20) LiftMaster Security+ or unlimited DIP switch remote controls. 3-button remote controls can be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP operation. • Integrated Timer‑to‑Close (TTC) for timed automatic door closure after the door reaches the full open position for added security and peace of mind. Programmable from 5–60 seconds in 5-second increments. • LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325 standards for Monitored Entrapment Protection. ®
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION • Control circuit: 24V NEC Class 2 control circuit
SECTIONAL
ROLLING
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
SQ. FT.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
INDUSTRIAL SECTIONAL DOORS WITH HIGH OR VERTICAL LIFT AND ON SMALL ROLLING DOORS AND GRILLES.
24 ga. Steel
22 ga. Steel
—
20 ga., 18 ga. Steel
16 ga. Steel
—
Alum. Grilles
Alum. Doors
—
Steel Grilles
—
24 ga., 22 ga. Steel
—
—
20 ga. Steel
—
16 ga. Steel
—
Fiberglass
Alum. Doors
Wood Doors
—
—
—
—
—
24 ga. Steel Insul.
—
20 ga. Steel Insul.
16 ga. Steel Insul.
320
275
250
200
160
120
NOTE: 1. The MJ Operator is not recommended for use on large or high rolling doors without chain hoist modification (see Model MH). 2. O n steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed.
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES Maximum recommended duty cycle: 12 cycles per hour.
40
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz MJ5011U................................................115 1 60 For hoist capability see Model MH.
DOOR SPROCKET SUBSTITUTIONS Sprocket Description 41B32 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, standard for sectional doors. 41B48 Sprocket (specify bore or keyway) recommended for rolling doors. For all other sprocket substitutions, contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. ®
CPS-UN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4 rated. CPS-RPEN4 Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-OPEN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-U Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment protection device). OES Optical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors, premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for exact fit, NEMA 6 rated. CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire monitored edge. CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire monitored edge. NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES 3-Button Remote Control, Tri-Colored (333LM) Accommodates commercial door operators requiring OPEN/CLOSE/ STOP functions, Security+ Rolling Code Technology, with easy code selection, 9-position trinary DIP switches with 19,683 changeable codes per channel. ®
3-Button Remote Control (373LM) Program up to three garage door openers, gate operators and commercial door operators. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code with every use. 3-Button Remote Control (893MAX) Provides Security+ 2.0 Technology and also works with Security+ Technology found in the LiftMaster Medium-Duty Commercial Operators, controls up to three LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators and/ or MyQ Accessories. Must access Security+ Technology through “Program” mode in remote control. ™
®
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
41
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP)
3-Button Control Station (02103) Indoor surface mount, NEMA 1 rated.
MGJ
MEDIUM-DUTY SERIES
Medium-Duty Series Logic Gear-Reduced Operator
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
THE MGJ MEDIUM-DUTY LOGIC GEAR-REDUCED JACKSHAFT OPERATOR IS DESIGNED FOR USE WITH ROLLING GRILLES AND SHUTTERS. It features a compact design, a floor-level disconnect, a high-starting torque motor and a
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• Heavy-duty wormgear-in-oil-bath speed reducer for lasting performance. • Programmable C2 or B2 wiring options (B2 requires installed Monitored Entrapment Protection Device) to meet business requirements for commercial door operator control. • Powerful 1/2 HP, single phase motor with internal automatic reset thermal overload is removable without affecting limit switch settings. • Floor-level disconnect provides emergency manual operation. • Integrated 90 second maximum run timer. • Control circuit, 24V NEC Class 2 control circuit. • NEMA 1 rated type electrical box with baked-on powder-coated finish. • Sealed roller bearings in gear reducer. • Operator/Motor Control: Solid-State Medium-Duty circuit board. • 3-button station for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functions is standard for all door operators. • Warranty: 2 Years.
• Built-in 3-channel, 315 MHz radio receiver accepts up to (20) LiftMaster Security+ or unlimited DIP switch remote controls. 3-button remote controls can be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP operation. • Integrated Timer‑to‑Close (TTC) for timed automatic door closure after the door reaches the full open position for added security and peace of mind. Programmable from 5–60 seconds in 5-second increments. • LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators comply with UL 325 standards for Monitored Entrapment Protection. ®
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION • Control circuit, 24V NEC Class 2 control circuit
SECTIONAL
ROLLING
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
SQ. FT.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
heavy‑duty wormgear reducer.
24 ga. Steel
22 ga. Steel
—
20 ga., 18 ga. Steel
16 ga. Steel
—
Alum. Grilles
Alum. Doors
—
Steel Grilles
—
—
—
24 ga., 22 ga. Steel
20 ga. Steel
—
16 ga. Steel
—
Fiberglass
Alum. Doors
Wood Doors
—
—
—
—
—
24 ga. Steel Insul.
—
20 ga. Steel Insul.
16 ga. Steel Insul.
320
280
260
225
200
150
NOTE: On steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed.
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
For model MGJ, the term “handed” refers to the side of the operator where the drive sprocket is located. (See drawing below — Drive sprocket on left and handed left. Drive sprocket on right and handed right.)
DRIVE SPROCKET MOUNTING LOCATION OPTIONS Ordering Code: Drive Sprocket (Right or Left) Drive Sprocket
Drive Sprocket
Maximum recommended duty cycle: 12 cycles per hour.
For MGJ
42
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
1/2 HP SOLENOID BRAKE INCLUDED Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz MGJ5011U (L/R).....................................115 1 60
3-Button Control Station (02103) Indoor surface mount, NEMA 1 rated.
OPERATOR HANDING Side of Door Left Right
Hood-Mount Wall-Mount MGJ5011UL MGJ5011UL MGJ5011UR MGJ 5011UR
DOOR SPROCKET SUBSTITUTIONS
®
MOUNTING OPTIONS Description 109095 Hood-Mount Bracket (may be welded) 089098 Hood-Mount Bracket (cast)
MONITORED ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION OPTIONS (LMEP) CPS-UN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4 rated. CPS-RPEN4 Retro-reflective, single‑sided monitored photo eye and reflector, polarized beam technology, 50 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-OPEN4 Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, flexible rubber housing, polarized beam technology, 45 ft. range, NEMA 4X rated. CPS-U Thru-beam, dual-sided infrared monitored photo eyes, 30 ft. range, NEMA 1 rated (default primary entrapment protection device). OES Optical Edge System, thru-beam infrared optical sensors, premium rubber door edge that can be cut to length for exact fit, NEMA 6 rated. CPS-EI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 4-wire monitored edge. CPS-MEI Direct connection edge interface device for use with 2-wire monitored edge. NOTE: Safety Device (LMEP) must be chosen at the time of order entry.
3-Button Remote Control, Tri-Colored (333LM) Accommodates commercial door operators requiring OPEN/CLOSE/ STOP functions, Security+ Rolling Code Technology, with easy code selection, 9-position trinary DIP switches with 19,683 changeable codes per channel. ®
3-Button Remote Control (373LM) Program up to three garage door openers, gate operators and commercial door operators. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code with every use. 3-Button Remote Control (893MAX) Provides Security+ 2.0 Technology and also works with Security+ Technology found in the LiftMaster Medium-Duty Commercial Operators, controls up to three LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators and/ or MyQ Accessories. Must access Security+ Technology through “Program” mode in remote control. ™
®
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
43
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Sprocket Description 41B32 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, standard for rolling doors. 41B32 Sprocket, non-standard bore and keyway for rolling doors. 41B20 Sprocket, 1 in. bore, 1/4 in. keyway, standard for sectional doors. For all other sprocket substitutions, contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES
LIGHT-DUTY SERIES
Light‑Duty Series Jackshaft Door Operator (3900)
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
The Light‑Duty line of Commercial Door Operators is designed to deliver safety and reliability for commercial door applications with light operational cycle requirements. The complete line meets UL 325 requirements for Monitored Entrapment COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Protection and includes an integrated Security+ radio receiver to keep your facility ®
safe and secure.
Model 3900 is a Light‑Duty jackshaft operator for commercial sectional applications only. It features a compact design ideal for limited height, cathedral or obstructed ceiling installations.
• Light‑Duty Operators are UL 325 compliant and come equipped with LiftMaster Safety Sensors. ®
• Built-in 3-channel, 315 MHz radio receiver accepts LiftMaster Security+ Remote Controls. • Single-Button Control Station allows for OPEN and CLOSE control with type B2 control wiring. • Warranty: 1 Year.
44
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Light‑Duty Series Trolley Operator (ATS)
Model 3950 is a jackshaft operator for commercial rolling sheet door applications. The compact design of this system makes it ideal for public, boat and RV storage facilities.
This Advanced Trolley System model operator is designed for use on residential or Light‑Duty commercial door applications with standard lift doors.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Light‑Duty Series Jackshaft Door Operator for Rolling Sheet Doors (3950)
45
LIGHT-DUTY SERIES
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
3900
Light‑Duty Series Jackshaft Door Operator
THE 3900 IS DESIGNED FOR USE ON LIGHT‑DUTY COMMERCIAL STANDARD AND HIGH LIFT (5 FT. HIGH LIFT MAX) SECTIONAL DOORS.
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• Heavy-duty 24VDC motor provides quiet operation and a smooth start and stop. • Mounts on the left or right side of the door attaches directly to door torsion bar. • Absolute Positioning Technology limit system enables ease of installation and adjustment to ensure accuracy even after a power failure. • Security+ radio technology accepts (20) remote controls and unlimited DIP switch remote control. • “Smart” radio receiver for one-touch security code programming. • Quick-Connect terminals for faster wire installation. • 6 ft. power cord. • Lifetime motor warranty.
• The Protector System Safety Sensors included. • Meets all UL 325 requirements. • Provides an easy disconnect to allow door to be manually operated in an emergency. ®
®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES For doors up to 14 ft. high or 18 ft. wide or 180 square ft. maximum and measuring up to a maximum high lift of 5 ft. Maximum allowable door weight is 650 lbs. Maximum recommended duty cycle: 10 cycles per hour.
46
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz 3900......................................................120 — 60
1 Push-Button Control Station (APBS1) Cable Tension Monitor (41A6104) Eliminates cable throw and will reverse the door when excessive slack is detected.
COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Power Door Lock (41A6102) Prevents the door from being manually forced open once fully closed. Evercharge Standby Power System (475LM) Powers up even when the power is out. Alternate Mounting Kit (480LM) Designed for doors with low headroom (less than three in.) or obstructions near the end of the torsion bar, like a beam. Remote Work Light (380LM) Commercial space is lit up by placing this in any location within 6 ft. of an outlet. Provides 200 watts of light with 1/2 to 4 1/2 minute timer. 1-Button Remote Control (371LM) Program one commercial door operator with this remote control. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code with every use. ®
3-Button Remote Control (373LM) Program up to three garage door openers, gate operators and commercial door operators. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code with every use. 3-Button Remote Control (893MAX) Provides Security+ 2.0 Technology and also works with Security+ Technology found in the LiftMaster Medium-Duty Commercial Operators, controls up to three LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators and/or MyQ Accessories. Must access Security+ Technology through “Program” mode in remote control. ™
®
®
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
47
LIGHT‑DUTY SERIES
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
3950
Light‑Duty Series Jackshaft Door Operator for Rolling Sheet Doors
THE 3950 DOOR OPERATOR IS DESIGNED FOR USE ON COMMERCIAL ROLLING SHEET DOOR APPLICATIONS ONLY. It may be used on commercial rolling sheet doors with live or dead shaft measuring up to 12 ft. high and up to 14 ft. wide, but not exceeding 650 lbs.
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• Heavy-duty 24VDC motor provides quiet operation and a smooth start and stop. • Mounts on the left or right side of door using standard mounting brackets. An optional mounting bracket (3950MB) provides additional mounting flexibility either outside or inside the door opening. • Absolute Positioning Technology limit system enables ease of installation and adjustment to ensure accuracy even after a power failure. • Security+ radio technology accepts (20) remote controls and unlimited DIP switch remote control. • “Smart” radio receiver for one-touch security code programming. • Single-button control (SBC) allows for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP sequencing for all your door operation needs. • Compact design ideal for storage facilities with limited side room; applications include public, boat and RV storage facilities. • Includes both live and dead shaft door sprockets. • Push button limit settings. • 6-ft. power cord. • Maximum door height 12 ft. • Maximum door width 14 ft. • Maximum allowable door weight is 650 lbs. • Lifetime motor warranty.
• The Protector System Safety Sensors included. • Meets all UL 325 requirements • Provides an easy disconnect to allow door to be manually operated in an emergency. ®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES Maximum recommended duty cycle: 10 cycles per hour.
48
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES
Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz 3900......................................................120 — 60
1 Push-Button Control Station (APBS1)
COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES Chain Guard with Mounting Clip (3950CG) Required for applications where the 3950 is mounted less than 8 ft. from the floor, providing added safety.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Mounting Bracket (3950MB) Provides further installation flexibility for new or retrofit applications. Dead Shaft Sprocket Kit for #41 Chain (3950-41DS) Provides heavier #41 chain in place of standard #48 chain. Evercharge Standby Power System (475LM) Powers up even when the power is out. Alternate Mounting Kit (480LM) Designed for doors with low headroom (less than three in.) or obstructions near the end of the torsion bar, like a beam. Remote Work Light (380LM) Commercial space is lit up by placing this in any location within 6 ft. of an outlet. Provides 200 watts of light with 1/2- to 4 1/2-minute timer. 1-Button Remote Control (371LM) Program one commercial door operator with this remote control. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code with every use. ®
3-Button Remote Control (373LM) Program up to three garage door openers, gate operators and commercial door operators. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code with every use. 3-Button Remote Control (893MAX) Provides Security+ 2.0 Technology and also works with Security+ Technology found in the LiftMaster Medium-Duty Commercial Operators, controls up to three LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators and/or MyQ Accessories. Must access Security+ Technology through “Program” mode in remote control. ™
®
®
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
49
ATS
LIGHT‑DUTY SERIES
Light‑Duty Series Trolley Operator
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
THE ATS (ADVANCED TROLLEY SYSTEM) DOOR OPERATOR IS DESIGNED FOR USE ON RESIDENTIAL OR LIGHT‑DUTY COMMERCIAL DOOR APPLICATIONS WITH STANDARD LIFT. For doors up to 14 ft. high.
PERFORMANCE • High-torque 1/2 HP 115V single-phase motor with instant reverse. • Heavy-duty steel “I beam” configured trolley track for doors up to 8 ft. high standard; 10 ft., 12 ft. and 14 ft. optional. • Security+ radio technology accepts (20) remote controls and unlimited DIP switch remote controls. • “Smart” radio receiver for one-touch security code programming. • Auto-reconnect trolley. • Motor overload protection. • Automatic light delay. • Door speed approximately 8–9 in. per second. • Warranty: 1 Year.
SAFETY • • • •
Automatic safety reverse/automatic door stop. The Protector System non-impact infrared safety device. Meets all UL 325 requirements. Provides easy, emergency manual operation using an easily accessible disconnect. ®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION OPERATOR AMP RATING (FULL LOAD)
—
24 ga., 22 ga. Steel
20 ga. Steel
16 ga. Steel
—
Fiberglass
Alum. Doors
Wood Doors
—
—
—
—
24 ga. Steel Insul.
20 ga. Steel Insul.
16 ga. Steel Insul.
250
210
180
120
80
VOLTAGE – PHASE 60 Hz
STANDARD SECTIONAL
MAXIMUM DOOR AREA (SQ. FT.)
SQ. FT.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
HP
1/2
115-1Ø
5.0
NOTE: On steel-insulated doors, a 24 ga. back panel is assumed.
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES Maximum recommended duty cycle: 8 cycles per hour.
50
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS 1/2 HP–8 FT. DOOR Model....................................................Voltage Phase Hz ATS2113X-8...........................................115 1 60 ATS2113X-10.........................................115 1 60 ATS2113X-12.........................................115 1 60 ATS2113X-14.........................................115 1 60 50111 Extra Center Support Bracket, 1 each
INCLUDED ACCESSORIES Door Control Button (41A4166) Push-button station provides momentary contact to open and close.
COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES Light Lens Cover (108D36)
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
3-Button Remote Control, Tri-Colored (333LM) Accommodates commercial operators requiring OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functions, Security+ Rolling Code Technology, with easy code selection, 9-position trinary DIP switches with 19,683 changeable codes per channel. ®
3-Button Remote Control (373LM) Program up to three garage door openers, gate operators and commercial door operators. With Security+ Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code with every use. 3-Button Remote Control (893MAX) Provides Security+ 2.0 Technology and also works with Security+ Technology found in the LiftMaster Medium-Duty Commercial Operators, controls up to three LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators and/or MyQ Accessories. Must access Security+ Technology through “Program” mode in remote control. ™
®
®
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
WARNING: This door operator is intended for use on vehicular doors. MOTORIZED VEHICULAR DOORS CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! Use entrapment protection equipment and other safety accessories on every door system.
51
MODIFICATIONS COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
POWER TRANSMISSION
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
52
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
Dual Auxiliary (H and J #48 Chain) Dual Auxiliary (H and J #41 Chain) Dual Trolley Drive (#48 Chain) Dual Trolley Drive (#41 Chain) Minimum Depth Modification Center Mount (For Model J) Center Mount (For Model GH) Slow-Speed Door, Belt Slow-Speed Door, Gear High-Cycle Mod. (Model T and SD) Roller Bearing, 3/4 in. (Model T and SD) Roller Bearing (Models APT, T and SD) Roller Bearing, 1 in. (Models J and H) Dual V-Belt Modification Emergency Egress, Flush, 15 ft. Emergency Egress, Flush, 30 ft. Emergency Egress, Extended, 15 ft. Emergency Egress, Extended, 30 ft. Hand Crank (Models H and DHJ) Hand Crank (GH) Bi-Part Sliding Door Modification Fusible Link, Single Slide Fusible Link, Bi-Part Slide Limit and Sprocket Modifications Door-in-Motion Circuit – horn/strobe Limit and Sprocket Mod for MDL Horizontal Mount for GH
MGJ
65-9213 65-92131 65-5208 65-52081 65-5210 65-7001 65-9001 65-5207 65-52071 65-5211 65-12729 65-5211A 65-124164 65-5212 02-515 02-51530 02-516 02-51630 65-6202 65-9201 65-5501 65-5502 65-5503 See M39 90-MOTIONLADA 65-LIMIT16 See M43
DHJ
Manual Hoist, Models J and DJ Manual Hoist, Center Mount Auxiliary Trolley (#48 Chain) Auxiliary Trolley (#41 Chain)
DJ
HJ/DHJ 65-7202 65-9207 65-92071
● ● ●
J
Auto-Reconnect Trolley Kit Solenoid Brake Solenoid Brake, Hoisted Operators Solenoid Brake, Gearhead Operators Friction Clutch Manual Hoist (#48 Chain) Modification Manual Hoist (#41 Chain) Modification Manual Hoist, Model GT
MJ
LOGIC
ARK B Model No. B Model No. B Model No. 65-9212 65-5209 65-52091 65-52092
APT
Part I
GT
Description
T
Part No.
MT/BMT
MODIFICATIONS AT A GLANCE
Suffix
1/3 and 1/2 HP Only
● ● ●
●
NO LONGER APPLICABLE, SEE M2
●
4
● ●
BN
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●
● ● ● ●
CA
● ● ●
CD
● ●
● ● ● ●
BQ
● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
CS EC
● ● ● ● ● ●
DT BH
BZ BI
● ● ● ● ●
●
AZ
●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■
■
AZ
● ● ● ● ●
7 KM
●
AJ
Ref. No. M1 M2 M3 M4 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M12 M13 M13 M15 M15 M17 M17 M19 M20 M21 M22 M23 M24 M25 M26 M27 M28 M29 M29 M30 M30 M31 M32 M33 M34 M35 M39 M40 M42 M43
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0)
● ● ● ● ●
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
Dynamic Brake Modification Variable Speed Decel. at Full Open/Close (with M37) Door-in-Motion Circuit—Horn/Strobe Door-in-Motion Circuit Hazardous Area Mod. (NEMA 7/9) JIC Specifications Automotive Specifications Automotive Specifications Self-Reg. Heater 115V Plug Self-Reg. Heater 230/460V Plug
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
DJ
MECHANICAL
90-9214 V Model No. 90-827 90-MOTIONMADA 90-MOTION N7 Model No. 90-9204 90-9212 90-921214 65-30121 See M108
J
Part II
MJ
TEFC Motor Watertight/Oiltight Control Enclosure Damp Environment Modification Watertight/Oiltight (NEMA 4,12) Corrosion-Resistant (NEMA 4X)
APT
LOGIC
65-20 65-9206 C Model No. N4 Model No. N4X Model No.
GT
Part I
T
Description
MT/BMT
Part No.
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Suffix 3 9
AC
■ ■
AV AY AR EN BY AP CV
Ref. No. M100 M101 M102 M103 M104 M5 M37 M38 M40 M41 M105 M106 M107 M107 M108 M109
PLEASE NOTE: Prices Are Added to List Price of Door Operator: Modifications must be ordered at the same time the door operator is ordered unless a kit part number is shown on the description page. The modification prices shown are published as an “add” to the list price of the door operator and do not reflect the cost of a modification purchased without an operator (for field installation where available), such as a Combination Reversing Starter (CRS). Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for specific details on a particular modification. ®
Costly and Prohibited Combinations: Certain combinations of modifications may together cost more than the sum of the costs for the individual modifications, or may not even be possible. This may also be true when combining certain modifications and accessories. Please carefully read the detailed description of the modifications being considered. If you have any questions, consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative. Modifications are not available for GH 5 HP Door Operators.
53
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
POWER TRANSMISSION
MODIFICATIONS AT A GLANCE
MODIFICATIONS COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
CONTROL WIRING
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
GSD
SD
GH
TS Wiring Type T Wiring Type T1 Wiring Type T2 Wiring Type D1 Wiring Type E2 Wiring Type F2 Wiring Type Delay-on-Reverse Modification Mid-Stop Modification Mid-Stop Field Kit Aux. Con. Blk., K Line (Wire Leads) Aux. Con. Blk., K Line (Term. Conn.) Long Dist. Cont. Wiring, 24VAC Long Dist. Cont. Wiring Field Kit Electrically Interlocked Contactor Courtesy Light, Standard Operator Courtesy Light Field Kit, Std. Operator
■
H
90-TS 90-T 90-T1 90-T2 90-D1 90-E2 90-F2 90-92061 90-9207M 71-909207 90-78002K 90-78002KT 90-5024 5024 90-EI 90-54029 71-2954029
■ ■
MH/MHS
MECHANICAL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
MGJ
Part II
DHJ
Commercial Protector System Auxiliary Contact Option Board Timer Light Status Option Card Aux. Mini, Limit Sws. (Wire Leads) Aux. Mini, Limit Sws. (Term. Conn.) Two-Door Interlock System Reverse Limits FDR Plug-In Option Card Non-Resettable Counter 40VA Transformer
DJ
CPS AUXCARD TLS1CARD 90-9210MOC 90 9210MTOC 65-ID 90-RL FDRCARD 90-503000 90-2140VAL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
J
Door-in-Motion Circuit for MDL Door-in-Motion Field Kit for MDL Non-Resettable Ctr. Mod. for MDL Non-Resettable Counter Field Kit Int. Har. for AFCB Rel. Dev. for MDL Single Button Cont. for MDL Single Button Cont. Field Kit
MJ
LOGIC
90-MLMotion 71-MLMotion 90-503000ML 71-503000ML 90-MLAFCB 90-MLSBC 71-MLSBC
APT
Part I
GT
Description
T
Part No.
MT/BMT
MODIFICATIONS AT A GLANCE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Suffix
Ref. No.
EX
M46 M46 M47 M47
KN
M48
JA
M49 M49 M50
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
■
● ● ● ●
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
■ ■
■ ■
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
● ● ● ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ●
M51 M52 2
M62
5
M63
6
M67
1
M70
CM
M71
AD
M53
KJ
M54
M66 M69
● ● ● ●
GJ
M55
KT
M56
KQ
M57
KR
M58
AE
M59 M60
DS
M61 M61
GA
M64
GB
M65
BM
M68 M68
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
KP
M72
CX
M76 M76
PLEASE NOTE: Prices Are Added to List Price of Operator: Modifications must be ordered at the same time the door operator is ordered unless a kit part number is shown on the description page. The modification prices shown are published as an “add” to the list price of the door operator and do not reflect the cost of a modification purchased without an operator (for field installation where available), such as a Combination Reversing Starter (CRS). Consult your Liftmaster Sales Representative for specific details on a particular modification. ®
Costly and Prohibited Combinations: Certain combinations of modifications may together cost more than the sum of the costs for the individual modifications, or may not even be possible. This may also be true when combining certain modifications and accessories. Please carefully read the detailed description of the modifications being considered. If you have any questions, consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative. Modifications are not available for GH 5 HP Door Operators.
54
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0)
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
CRS, CB, NEMA 4 rated, Size 0, 600V CRS, CB, NEMA 12 rated, Size 0, 250V CRS, CB, NEMA 12 rated, Size 0, 480V CRS, CB, NEMA 12 rated, Size 0, 600V CRS, CB, NEMA 7/9 rated, Size 0, 250V CRS, CB, NEMA 7/9 rated, Size 0, 480V CRS, CB, NEMA 7/9 rated, Size 0, 600V External Reset OL, N1, 4, 12 Size 1 Starter, NEMA 1, 4, 12 Size 1 Starter, NEMA 7/9 100 VA Transformer, NEMA 1, 4, 12
DHJ
90-80046 90-80122 90-80124 90-80126 90-80072 90-80074 90-80076 90-2504 90-1004 90-1007 90-100
DJ
CRS, CB, NEMA 4 rated, Size 0, 480V
J
90-80044
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
MJ
WMS, NEMA 1, Screw Cover WMS, NEMA 1 rated, Hinged Cover WMS, NEMA 4 rated, Hinged Cover WMS, NEMA 12 rated, Hinged Cover CRS, NFDS, NEMA 1 rated, Size 0 CRS, NFDS, NEMA 4 rated, Size 0 CRS, NFDS, NEMA 12 rated, Size 0 CRS, FDS, NEMA 1 rated, Size 0 CRS, FDS, NEMA 4 rated, Size 0 CRS, FDS, NEMA 12 rated, Size 0 CRS, CB, NEMA 1 rated, Size 0, 250V CRS, CB, NEMA 1 rated, Size 0, 480V CRS, CB, NEMA 1 rated, Size 0, 600V CRS, CB, NEMA 4 rated, Size 0, 250V
APT
MECHANICAL CONTROL
90-3001 90-3002 90-3004 90-3012 90-6002 90-6004 90-6012 90-7001 90-7004 90-7012 90-80012 90-80014 90-80016 90-80042
GT
Part II
T
Description
Suffix
Ref. No.
BA
M130
B
M131
AA
M132
BL
M132A
AQ
M133
DK
M134 M135
BW
M136
CP
M137
BX
M138
FA
M139
EG
M140
EP
M141
HO
M142
DL
M143
HP
M144
GC
M145
EH
M146
GD
M147
HQ
M148
HR
M149
LE
M150
EN
M152
AG
M153
LC
M154
BD
M155
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Part No.
MT/BMT
MODIFICATIONS AT A GLANCE
55
MODIFICATIONS COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC 5.0 OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M1 AUTO-RECONNECT TROLLEY (FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT) ARK
Spring-loaded trolley features nylon inserts for quiet operation. Auto-reconnect feature eliminates the need to manually re-attach the door arm to the trolley after emergency disconnect. For use on model MT and model T #48 roller chain (1/3 and 1/2 HP only). Standard on APT operators; cannot be used with manual hoist, auxiliary trolley, dual trolley or high-cycle modifications. NOTE: Internal-mounted brake is shown. External-mounted brake is installed outside the pulley belt.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
T ●
GT
MT/BMT ●
M2 SOLENOID BRAKE FOR 1/2 HP T, J, H, DJ, DHJ (MAY BE INTERNAL OR EXTERNAL-MOUNTED) Model 65-1/2BRAKE
Add a “B” prefix to your operator model number to have a brake factory installed. Field Installation Kits: 71-EB1PH External-Mounted Brake Kit for single phase operators 71-EB3PH External-Mounted Brake Kit for three phase 208V, 230V and 460V operators 71-EB575-1 External-Mounted Brake Kit for three phase 575V operators Internal-mounted brakes are mounted behind the pulley. Internal brakes are a factory modification only. External-mounted brakes are mounted in front of the pulley. External brakes may be factory or field installed. To service the belt on an operator with an external-mounted brake, the brake must be removed. Brake provides up to 5 ft.-lb. of braking torque @ 1725 RPM motor shaft. • Cannot be used with manual hoist, auxiliary trolley, dual trolley or high-cycle modifications. • No factory-installed brake kits available on 1/3 HP operators. • Brake standard on APT, SD and all Gearhead Logic 5.0 Operators. • Brake standard on all 3/4 HP and higher Logic 5.0 Operators.
GSD
SD
GH
●
H
●
MH/MHS
DHJ
●
MGJ
DJ
MJ
APT
J
●
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S) MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M3 AND M4 (NO LONGER APPLICABLE), SEE M2
All Logic 5.0 Gearhead operators have factory installed brakes as standard on all models.
56
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0) LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M6 FRICTION CLUTCH MODIFICATION 65-9212
Used to adjust transmission of torque from motor to gear reducer for slip during starting. Mounted between motor and gear reducer; therefore, it does not provide protection for overloading of gear reducer, nor will it slip if door encounters an obstruction during travel. Must be factory installed. • Not available on 3 HP, NEMA 4X or with the NEMA 7/9 Hazardous Area Modification (M105). NOTE: Not recommended for NEMA 4 rated door operators.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
● COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
M7 MANUAL HOIST MODIFICATION—#48 CHAIN 1/3 AND 1/2 HP TROLLEY OPERATORS (FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT) 65-5209
Provides hand chain operation for manually opening/closing the door. A chain wheel is coupled to a cross-header shaft, which in turn is coupled to the front idler of the drawbar. The front idler pulley is replaced by a #48 sprocket, thus allowing the chain wheel to drive the door arm. For use with door operators with #48 Drive Chain only. Brake release cable included. NOTE: Indicate door width and height when ordering.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M8 MANUAL HOIST MODIFICATION—#41 CHAIN 3/4 AND 1 HP TROLLEY OPERATORS (FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT) 65-52091
Identical to (M7) except a #41 sprocket replaces the front idler pulley, allowing this version to be used with door operators with #41 drive chain. Includes floor-level brake release cable. Also for 1/3 and 1/2 HP trolley door operators with upgraded #41 chain. NOTE: Indicate door width and height when ordering.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M9 MANUAL HOIST FOR GT OPERATORS – #41 CHAIN 65-52092
Identical to (M8) except a power train disconnect mechanism is provided in the door operator. This is necessary on gear-reduced Door Operators (model GT) because the gear reducer cannot be back-driven from the output. A power train release cable is included. Must be factory installed. NOTE: Indicate door width and height when ordering.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
57
MODIFICATIONS COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M10 MANUAL HOIST MODIFICATION—MODEL J J/DJ Model No.
Order Operator Model HJ or DHJ
Provides hand chain operation for manually opening or closing the door. For use with door operators that will be used on rolling grilles and doors where an emergency egress is required and where a chain hoist is necessary for emergency manual operation. The door disconnect mechanism for manual push-up, already built in to the model J, is retained as well.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DJ ●
DHJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
●
M12 MANUAL HOIST MODIFICATION FOR CENTER MOUNT (FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT) 65-7202
Provides reduced-drive disconnect hand chain hoist for manually opening or closing doors. May be used with or without a commercial door operator and connected to the door shaft with sprocket and chain drive. Since the door shaft rotates when the door is moved, the chain wheel is engaged or disengaged by a floor-level disconnect chain. Includes an interlock switch for commercial door operator control circuit. NOTE: Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for use with MT, T, APT and GT. ®
NOTE: Bearing plate and door shaft are not supplied with this modification.
NOTE: Bearing plate and door shaft are not supplied with this modification.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
●
MGJ
DJ
●
DHJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
M13 AUXILIARY TROLLEY MODIFICATION #48 CHAIN AND #41 CHAIN (FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT) 65-9207 #48 Chain 65-92071 #41 Chain
If a side-mount Door Operator is used on a standard lift door without this modification, door cables may unravel and jump off cable drums, allowing the door to fall. This modification provides drawbar-type operation on standard lift doors where a side-mount door operator is preferred over a drawbar operator. The output shaft of the side-mount operator is connected to the cross-header shaft (supplied) at the front end of a drawbar arrangement. Includes up to 12 ft. track. For operators utilizing #48 chain, typically 1/3 and 1/2 HP operators, use model (65-9207). For 3/4 HP and higher operators, use model (65-92071). If the door is 22 ft. or wider, use a Dual Auxiliary Trolley Modification (M15). NOTES: 1. Requires that limits be reversed on Door Operator when ordered with a Logic 5.0 Door Operator. When ordering with Mechanical Powerheads, the (M67) Reverse Limits Modification should also be ordered. 2. Door width required when ordering. 3. Indicate door height when ordering. For doors over 12 ft. high, add rail and chain upcharge.
58
●
GSD
●
SD
GH
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
H
●
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S) MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0) LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M15 DUAL AUXILIARY TROLLEY MODIFICATION #48 CHAIN AND #41 CHAIN (FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT)
CHAIN COUPLING CONNECTING SHAFT DOUBLE IDLER ASSEMBLY
65-9213 #48 Chain 65-92131 #41 Chain 65-92132 #41 Chain GH 1-1/2 and 2 HP only 65-92133 #41 Chain GH 3 HP only
EXTENSION SHAFT
If a side-mount door operator is used on a standard lift door without this modification, door cables may unravel and jump off cable drums, allowing the door to fall. This modification provides drawbar-type operation on very wide (over 22 ft.) standard lift sectional doors where a side-mount door operator is preferred over a drawbar operator. The output shaft of the side-mount operator is connected to a cross-header shaft, which in turn is coupled to the drive shafts of two auxiliary trolley systems. Includes up to 12 ft. of track. For door operators utilizing #48 chain, typically 1/3 and 1/2 HP Door Operators, use model (65-9213). For 3/4 HP and higher door operators, use model (65-92131).
GH, H, J OPERATOR DISCONNECT BRACKET
48B14 Sprocket 1" BORE 1" Diameter Shaft
NOTES:
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
1. Requires limits be reversed on operator when ordered with a Logic 5.0 operator. When ordering with Mechanical Powerheads, the (M67) Reverse Limits Modification should also be ordered.
Be sure shaft is flush with sprocket. Do not let shaft protrude beyond sprocket.
Drill 1/4" Hole - Pin with 1/4" X 1-1/2” Roll Pin
2. Requires Delay-on-Reverse feature, which is standard with Logic 5.0 operators. When ordered with Mechanical Powerheads, the (M60) Delay-on-Reverse Modification should also be ordered, see (Part II). 3. Door width required when ordering. 4. Indicate door height when ordering. For doors over 12 ft. high, add rail upcharge. ADDITIONAL TRACK—Required for doors higher than 12 ft.
●
GSD
●
SD
GH
●
ft.
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
M17 DUAL TROLLEY DRIVE MODIFICATION #48 CHAIN AND #41 CHAIN (FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT) 65-5208 #48 Chain 65-52081 #41 Chain
This model provides stabilization of drive system on very wide (over 22 ft.) standard lift sectional doors utilizing drawbar door operators. Will also greatly minimize the risk of damage to the top section of the door which might otherwise occur on very wide doors driven by a single, centered drawbar system. The front idler pulley of the drawbar operator is replaced by a #48 sprocket, which acts as the drive for the second drawbar system. The two drawbar systems are coupled together by a cross-header shaft. Includes up to 12 ft. of track. For door operators utilizing #48 chain, typically 1/3 and 1/2 HP door operators, use model 65-5208. For 3/4 HP and higher and GT Door Operators, use model (65-52081). NOTES: 1. Door width required when ordering. 2. Indicate door height when ordering. For doors over 12 ft. high, add rail upcharge. 3. Requires Delay-on-Reverse feature, which is standard with Logic 5.0 Door Operators. When ordered with Mechanical Powerheads, the (M60) Delay-on-Reverse Modification should also be ordered. See Part II.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
●
MJ
GT
●
APT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
59
MODIFICATIONS COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M19 MINIMUM DEPTH MODIFICATION 65-5210
Allows the powerhead unit of a drawbar door operator to be mounted at the side of the rail instead of on the end. Reduces the overall length dimension of a standard drawbar door operator by 18 in. If used in conjunction with a Damp Environment Modification (M102) or Watertight/Oiltight Modification (M101), the overall length is reduced by only 12 in. For standard overall length dimension, refer to drawbar product sheet. Must be factory installed.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
M20 CENTER-MOUNT MODIFICATION FOR MODEL J (FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT) 65-7001
An additional stage of speed reduction is provided in the door operator to reduce the output speed to 24 RPM. This allows the unit to be directly coupled in the center of the door shaft. NOTE: Used only on sectional doors. Shaft coupling is not provided with this modification.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M21 CENTER-MOUNT MODIFICATION FOR MODEL GH 65-9001
Modifications to the chain hoist assembly allow the GH Door Operator to be vertically mounted over the center of the door shaft and the chain hoist to be rerouted to the side jamb. Must be factory installed. NOTE: Used only on sectional doors and must be ordered right- or left-handed.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M22 SLOW-SPEED DOOR MODIFICATION FOR MODELS T AND SD 65-5207
Required on belt drive drawbar or slide door operators to slow the door speed down from 1 ft./sec. to about 0.6 ft./sec. A third sprocket/ chain reduction is provided in the powerhead. Must be factory installed.
●
60
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S) MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
●
●
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0) LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M23 SLOW-SPEED DOOR MODIFICATION FOR MODELS GT AND GSD 65-52071
Required on gear-reduced drawbar or slide door operators to slow the door speed down from 1 ft./sec. to 0.6 ft./sec. The speed reduction is achieved within secondary reduction of the door operator. The door operator powerhead is mounted in the normal manner. Must be factory installed. NOTE: The slower door speed allows a proportional increase in door size for the same HP model. With this modification, a GT50 will operate the same size door as a GT75 will at normal speed.
●
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
● COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
M24 HIGH-CYCLE MODIFICATION FOR MODEL T AND SD 65-5211
Helps to extend the life of 1/2 HP belt drive door operator that are used on doors where frequency of use is expected to be more than 100 cycles per day. Consists of heavy‑duty roller bearings on all shafts and upgrades to #41 drive chain. Must be factory installed. NOTE: Not necessary on gear-reduced operators. Not available on side-mount Belt Drive Door Operators.
●
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M25 ROLLER BEARING MODIFICATION FOR MODELS T AND SD 65-12729
Helps to extend the life of the drive system of T and SD Door Operators. Consists of heavy‑duty roller bearings on both shafts in the operator frame. Must be factory installed.
●
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M26 ROLLER BEARING MODIFICATION FOR SLOW SPEED MODELS T, APT AND SD 65-5211A
Helps to extend the life of the drive system of slow speed T, APT and SD Door Operators. Consists of heavy‑duty roller bearings on all 3 shafts in the operator frame. Must be factory installed.
●
●
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
61
MODIFICATIONS COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M27 ROLLER BEARING MODIFICATION MODELS J AND H 65-124164-HL 65-124164-HR 65-124164-J
Model H left hand Model H right hand Model J
Helps to extend the life of the drive system of belt drive side-mount door operators. Consists of heavy‑duty roller bearings on all shafts. Must be factory installed.
●
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
65-5212
Provides a second belt to increase belt life and meet architectural specifications. Must be factory installed.
●
●
●
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M29 EMERGENCY EGRESS MODIFICATION FLUSH HANDLE PANIC RELEASE (FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT) 02-515 15 ft. of cable 02-51530 30 ft. of cable
Provides a public means for manual operation of a storefront grille. Attractive faceplate mounts flush on store wall and contains pullhandle to disconnect the door operator from the grille, thereby allowing the grille to be opened manually or by spring tension. Faceplate is silk-screened with user instructions. Comes with 15 ft. or 30 ft. of cable.
GSD
SD
GH
H
●
MH/MHS
DJ
●
MGJ
J
●
DHJ
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M30 EMERGENCY EGRESS MODIFICATION EXTENDED HANDLE PANIC RELEASE (FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT) 02-516 15 ft. of cable 02-51630 30 ft. of cable
Provides a public means for manual operation of a storefront grille. Attractive faceplate mounts flush on store wall and contains an EXTENDED pull-handle to disconnect the door operator from the grille, thereby allowing the grille to be opened manually or by spring tension. Faceplate is silk-screened with user instructions.
62
GSD
SD
GH
H
●
MH/MHS
DJ
●
MGJ
J
●
DHJ
MJ
APT
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S) MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
M28 DUAL V-BELT MODIFICATION
●
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0) LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M31 HAND CRANK MODIFICATION FOR MODELS H AND DH 65-6202
Replaces operator hand chain wheel and chain with hook-and-eyelet connection for extended floor-level hand crank. In addition to door operator modification, crank and connecting hardware are provided. Requires 1/2 in. electrical conduit or pipe (not supplied) in a length sufficient to allow floor-level operation. Must be factory installed. NOTE: Cannot be used if door operator is mounted horizontally.
●
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
65-9201V 65-9201H
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
M32 HAND CRANK MODIFICATION (GH SERIES) Vertically Mounted Operator Horizontally Mounted Operator
Replaces operator hand chain wheel and chain with hook-and-eyelet connections for extended floor-level hand crank. In addition to door operator modification, crank and connecting hardware are provided. Requires 1/2 in. electrical conduit or pipe (not supplied) in a length sufficient to allow floor-level operation. Must be factory installed. NOTE: Must specify vertical or horizontal mount at time of order. (Horizontal mount pictured.)
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M33 BI-PART SLIDING DOOR MODIFICATION (FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT) 65-5501
Required on slide door operators where one door operator is used to open two bi-parting doors, one sliding left and the other sliding right to open. Includes a modified second slider and a second door bracket mechanism. door operator powerhead is not affected. However, door operator horsepower must be selected using the area (in square feet) of the entire door opening. On narrow openings it may be necessary to speed up the limit shaft for proper operation. Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for additional cost. ®
NOTE: Overall width of door opening must be provided.
SD
GSD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
M34 FUSIBLE LINK MODIFICATION FOR SINGLE SLIDE DOOR (FIELD INSTALLED HARDWARE KIT) 65-5502
Used to mechanically release a sliding fire door from the door operator. A fusible link holds a cylindrical weight attached to the manual door release of a slide door operator. When the fusible link melts, the weight drops and releases the door. The door can then close by means of gravity (inclined track design) or by counterweight (by others). May not meet all building or regulatory codes; please consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for additional specifications.
SD
GSD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
63
MODIFICATIONS COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M35 FUSIBLE LINK MODIFICATION FOR BI-PARTING SLIDE DOOR 65-5503
Identical to (M34) except two release mechanisms are provided, one for each door of a bi-part sliding fire door (see illustration).
SD
GSD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
Many applications require non-standard door speeds or limit travel. By changing the door, operator or limit sprockets supplied with a commercial door operator, we are able to adjust the speed at which a door opens and closes. Also, by modifying limit sprockets, larger doors that require longer limit travel may also be addressed. Most commonly requested limit modification is the (65-LIMIT18). Please consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative with your specific application for pricing and specifications. ®
DHJ
●
●
GSD
DJ
●
SD
J
●
GH
MJ
●
H
APT
●
MH/MHS
GT
●
MGJ
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
●
●
M40 DOOR-IN-MOTION CIRCUIT-LOGIC 90-MOTIONLADA Logic Operators with Horn/Strobe
The motion modification is to be used when the installation requires an ADA-compliant horn/strobe when door is in motion for Mechanical/Logic Door Operators. This is usually specification-driven. This provides 24VDC power when the operator is running. As only 10VA extra capacity has been provided for with the included transformer upgrade, the number of horn/strobe devices that can be connected is limited to one (1). Horn/Strobe (29-17906, white) included.
GH
SD
GSD
●
H
●
MH/MHS
●
MGJ
DHJ
●
DJ
APT
●
J
GT
●
MJ
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S) MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
M39 LIMIT AND SPROCKET MODIFICATIONS
●
●
●
●
M43 HORIZONTAL MOUNT MODIFICATION FOR GH 65-92021R 65-92021L 65-92021NR 65-92021NL 65-92022R 65-92022L 65-92022NR 65-92022NL
DIMENSIONS
HORIZONTAL MOUNT 1 HP (RH) HORIZONTAL MOUNT 1 HP (LH) HORIZONTAL MOUNT NEMA 4 1 HP (RH) HORIZONTAL MOUNT NEMA 4 1 HP (LH) HORIZONTAL MOUNT 2 HP (RH) HORIZONTAL MOUNT 2 HP (LH) HORIZONTAL MOUNT NEMA 4 2 HP (RH) HORIZONTAL MOUNT NEMA 4 2 HP (LH)
Note: Left (LH) and Right (RH) indicates the hoist and drive sprocket handing. This modification alters the orientation of the electrical box on a GH Door Operator. This modification is used when the GH Door Operator is to be shelf mounted (motor and reducer are mounted horizontally instead of mounting vertically) and there will be insufficient room above the operator to access the electrical box. The electrical box orientation changes so that it faces into the room, instead of the ceiling, providing easy access. 20.31
B
C
Dimension
HP
Phase
A
B
C
D
1/2
1
11.88
25.09
14.60
3.55
3/4
1
12.88
26.09
14.60
3.55
1
1
13.13
26.34
14.60
3.55
1-1/2
1
13.13
26.34
15.60
4.05
1/2
3
11.38
25.59
14.60
3.55
3/4
3
11.38
25.59
14.60
3.55
1
3
12.38
25.59
14.60
3.55
1-1/2
3
12.88
26.09
15.60
4.05
2
3
13.13
26.34
15.60
4.05
NOTES: 1) Output Shaft: 1 in. dia with 1/4 in. key for 1/2 thru 1 HP door operators 1-3/16 in. dia with 5/16 in. key for 1/2 for 1-1/2 and 2HP door operators 2) Mounting Centers: X=4-3/4 in. Y=5-1/2 in. for 1/2 through 2 HP door operators X=3-17/32 in. Y=9-1/16 in. for 3 HP door operators
D X
A Y
64
13.76
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0) LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M42 LIMIT AND SPROCKET MODIFICATIONS FOR MEDIUM-DUTY LOGIC 65-LIMIT16
Alternative limit sprocket with 16 teeth in lieu of 9-tooth sprocket. Many applications require non-standard door speeds or limit travel. By modifying limit sprockets, larger doors that require longer limit travel may also be addressed. Must be factory installed.
GSD
SD
■
GH
■
H
MH/MHS
■
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
90-503000ML 71-503000ML
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
M47 NON-RESETTABLE COUNTER MODIFICATION FOR MEDIUM-DUTY LOGIC Non-Resettable Counter Field Kit
A 6-digit non-resettable 24VAC electro mechanical counter is mounted in the Door Operator control enclosure. The device counts the number of times the CLOSE coil is energized (M wiring), or whenever the operator reaches an auxiliary open limit switch (medium‑duty wiring). This corresponds to the number of complete door cycles of use (counts both partial or complete cycles as one cycle). This modification, when combined with other modifications, may not fit inside a standard door operator’s electrical box and an upgraded electrical enclosure may be required. Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative if you have any questions or if the door operator has 120V control circuits. May be factory or field installed. To order a kit for field installation on an existing Door Operator, use kit part number shown. ®
MT/BMT
T
GT
APT
MJ
J
DJ
DHJ
MGJ
MH/MHS
H
GH
SD
GSD
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
■
M48 INTERFACE HARNESS FOR AFCB RELEASE DEVICE FOR MEDIUM-DUTY LOGIC 90-MLAFCB
Provides a point-to-point interface for connecting a Medium-Duty Logic Door Operator to the LM21-AFCB fire door release mechanism. Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative if you have any questions.
GSD
SD
■
GH
■
H
MH/MHS
DHJ
DJ
J
■
MGJ
■
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
M49 SINGLE-BUTTON CONTROL FOR MEDIUM-DUTY LOGIC 90-MLSBC 71-MLSBC
Single-Button Control Field Kit
This modification kit provides an additional input for single-button control functionality. The input will function as a Close input when the door operator is stopped at the Open limit. The input will function as an Open input at all other times. Required on Medium-Duty Logic door operators for single-button control with external radio receivers. Recommended factory installed, but field modification kits are available.
■
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
65
MODIFICATIONS COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M62 AUXILIARY LIMIT SWITCH—WIRE LEADS 90-9210MOC K90-9210M2L5
OPEN and CLOSE Field Kit (Two Switches)
Provides two limit switches, for use by others, to control auxiliary devices such as lights, heaters, dock levelers or other equipment. The switches can be used to turn on or off such equipment when the door is fully opened or fully closed. Each switch is SPDT (form C), is rated 10 Amps at 125/250VAC and is provided with three wire leads for wire nut connection to the field wiring. Recommended factory installed, but field modification kits are available. Not available with the Hazardous Area Modification (M105) or Variable Speed Modification (M37). NOTE: This modification is available for both Logic Door Operators and Mechanical Powerheads.
MT/BMT
T
GT
APT
MJ
J
DJ
DHJ
MGJ
MH/MHS
H
GH
SD
GSD
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
M63 AUXILIARY LIMIT SWITCHES, TERMINAL BLOCK CONNECTIONS 90-9210MTOC K90-9210MT2L5
OPEN and CLOSE Field Kit (Two Switches)
Same as (M62) except terminal block connection points instead of wire leads are provided for field wiring. Recommended factory installed, but field modification kits are available. Not available with Hazardous Area Modification (M105) or Variable Speed (M37) Modifications. This modification, when combined with other modifications, may not fit inside a standard door operator’s electrical box, and an upgraded electrical enclosure may be required. NOTE: This modification is available for both Logic Door Operators and Mechanical Powerheads (see Part II).
MT/BMT
T
GT
APT
MJ
J
DJ
DHJ
MGJ
MH/MHS
H
GH
SD
GSD
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
M66 TWO-DOOR INTERLOCK SYSTEM (AIRLOCK) Formerly ordered as 65-ID, order M62 or M63
Used for two-door systems when only one door can be open at a time, as in a security application such as a sally port. Provides a limit switch and terminals in the door operator for interdependent operation; one door will not electrically operate unless the other door is closed. Requires four wires between the two door operators. This modification must be added to each operator of the pair. If the interconnection wires will be over 50 feet long, please consult the factory. If more than two doors are to be interlocked, please consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative. Recommended factory installed, but field modification kits are available. ®
NOTE: This modification is available for both Logic Door Operators and Mechanical Powerheads. (see Part II).
M67 REVERSE LIMITS 90-RL
In this modification, the OPEN and CLOSE limit switches are physically interchanged and the motor rotation is reversed. This modification is necessary if the door operator will have to run in the opposite direction from normal operation, such as in a through-the-wall installation, on certain rolling fire doors or if the door operator is mounted upside down. If necessary, this modification may be performed in the field, but it is not recommended due to the likelihood of disrupting the control wiring. NOTE: This modification may be ordered for Logic 5.0 Door Operators, Medium-Duty Logic and Mechanical Powerheads. For Logic 5.0 operators, the safety limit switch will be reversed and the motor direction switch on the Logic 5.0 board will be set to reverse. For Medium-Duty Logic and Mechanical Powerhead Door Operators, all three limit switches (OPEN, CLOSE and SAFETY) and the motor wiring will be reversed.
66
SD
GSD
●
GH
●
H
J
●
MH/MHS
MJ
●
MGJ
APT
●
DHJ
GT
●
DJ
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S) MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
●
●
●
●
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0) LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M69 FDR PLUG-IN OPTION CARD FDRCARD
For use in conjunction with the LiftMaster Logic 5.0-equipped Door Operator. The FDRCARD facilitates field connections between the release device and the door operator by reducing the standard 10-wire interconnection to the basic 4-wire phone card. Both the FDRCARD and the LM21-AFCB (purchased through manufacturers of fire doors) are equipped with an RJ-11 phone jack as standard to accept the phone cord. ®
●
GSD
●
SD
GH
●
H
DHJ
●
MH/MHS
DJ
●
MGJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
M70 NON-RESETTABLE COUNTER MODIFICATION
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
90-503000 71-90503000L5 Non-Resettable Counter Field Kit
A 6-digit non-resettable 24VAC counter is mounted in the door operator control enclosure. The device counts the number of times the operator reaches an auxiliary Open limit switch (Logic 5.0 wiring) or whenever the Close coil is energized (M wiring). This corresponds to the number of complete door cycles of use (counts both partial and complete cycles as one cycle). This modification, when combined with other modifications, may not fit inside a standard door operator’s electrical box and an upgraded electrical enclosure may be required. Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative if you have any questions or if the operator has 120V control circuits. Not available with Hazardous Area Modification (M105). Recommended factory installed, but field kits are available. NOTE: This modification is available for both Logic Door Operators and Mechanical Powerheads (see Part II).
GH
SD
GSD
●
H
●
MH/MHS
●
MGJ
DHJ
●
DJ
APT
●
J
GT
●
MJ
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
●
●
M71 40VA TRANSFORMER MODIFICATION 90-2140VAL
Upgrades the transformer in the door operator from 20VA to 40VA. This modification allows for additional control circuit power for auxiliary equipment such as loop detectors and other devices. Must be factory installed. NOTE: A 40VA transformer is standard on 575V models only.
GH
SD
GSD
●
H
●
MH/MHS
●
MGJ
DHJ
●
DJ
APT
●
J
GT
●
MJ
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
●
●
67
MODIFICATIONS COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M100 TEFC MOTOR (TOTALLY ENCLOSED, FAN COOLED) 65-20
A standard door operator is supplied with an ODP (Open, Drip-Proof) motor. The TEFC modification replaces the ODP motor with a fully enclosed motor for applications where the door operator is expected to be located in a harsh environment (moisture, spray, flying particles, dirt). A fan is attached to the back of the motor for cooling purposes but is not enclosed itself. Must be factory installed. NOTE: This modification is typically sufficient to satisfy specifications that call for a TENV (Totally Enclosed, Non-Ventilated) motor. Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for assistance. ®
NOTE: (M100) TEFC Motor and (M101) Watertight/Oiltight Control Enclosure Only are not offered as paired modifications. If both modifications are required, please order (M102) Damp Environment Modification.
GH
SD
GSD
●
H
DHJ
●
MH/MHS
DJ
●
MGJ
J
MJ
GT ●
APT
T ●
●
●
●
●
M101 WATERTIGHT/OILTIGHT CONTROL ENCLOSURE ONLY 65-9206
In this modification all electrical control equipment on the Door Operator is enclosed in a Watertight/Oiltight Control Enclosure. If the door operator is supplied with a solenoid brake, the solenoid itself is not considered part of the electrical control equipment (it has no electrical contact points) and is therefore supplied in a general-purpose enclosure only. If a separate wall-mounted starter is required to meet application specifications or environmental conditions, this modification may be required to enclose door operator limits and interlock switches. In this case, please add both the wall-mounted starter and (M101) Modification to the base door operator list price. Must be factory installed. This modification does not affect the standard Open Drip-Proof (ODP) motor. NOTE: The price for this modification does not include Watertight/Oiltight Enclosures for push-button stations or other similar remote control stations. NOTE: (M100) TEFC Motor and (M101) Watertight/Oiltight Control Enclosure Only are not offered as paired modifications. If both modifications are required, please order the (M102) Damp Environment Modification.
GH
SD
GSD
●
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
●
MJ
GT
●
APT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
●
●
●
M102 DAMP ENVIRONMENT MODIFICATION* C Model No.
Provides a TEFC motor (M100), Watertight/Oiltight Control Enclosure (M101), Watertight/Oiltight 3-Button Control Station and nickelplated chain in place of all standard roller chains on the door operator. Must be factory installed. NOTE: When ordering this modification, the solenoid brake is removed, except when used with Gearhead Operators. NOTE: All door operators with this modification include the price of NEMA 4 rated photo eyes. If an Optical Edge System (OES) is ordered in place of photo eyes, an upcharge will be added. Specify your choice of safety device at the time of order entry. • Not available on 1/3 HP. *Formerly known as Carwash Modification.
68
●
GSD
●
SD
GH
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
H
●
DJ
J
●
MJ
GT
●
APT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S) MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0) LOGIC OPERATORS | POWER TRANSMISSION
M103 WATERTIGHT/OILTIGHT/DUST-TIGHT MODIFICATION (NEMA 4, 12) N4 Model No.
Provides more complete protection against water spray, oil and other fluids than the Damp Environment Modification (M102). Includes a TEFC motor (M100), Watertight/Oiltight Control Enclosure (M101), Watertight/Oiltight 3-Button Control Station, nickel-plated chain and a Dynamic Brake replacing the solenoid brake. See (M5) Dynamic Brake Modification for a description of this brake. This allows the brake to also be contained in a Watertight/Oiltight Enclosure. A Delay-on-Reverse Circuit (M60) is included with this modification. Must be factory installed. IMPORTANT: Must identify handing of drive sprocket and hoist. NOTE: All door operators with this modification include CPS-UN4 Photo Eyes. If an Edge Interface Device is ordered in place of a CPSUN4, a list price reduction will occur. Specify your choice of safety device at the time of order entry.
●
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
●
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
M104 CORROSION-RESISTANT MODIFICATION (NEMA 4X) N4X Model No.
Provides Watertight/Oiltight and corrosion-resistant components wherever possible on the door operator. Includes a Wash Down or Dirty Duty motor which is far superior to a TEFC motor in highly corrosive environments. Also includes NEMA 4X rated operator control enclosure, NEMA 4X rated 3-button control station, Dynamic Brake (M5), Delay-on-Reverse Circuit (M60), nickel-plated chain and corrosion-resistant coating on other door operator components wherever possible. Must be factory installed. IMPORTANT: Must identify handing of drive sprocket and hoist.
●
GSD
●
SD
GH
●
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
●
MJ
GT
●
APT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
●
NOTE: Recommend stainless steel hand chain and sash chain for highly corrosive environments. 65-SSHAND 65-SSHAND46 65-SSSASH
34 ft. hand chain—stainless steel 46 ft. hand chain—stainless steel 12 ft. sash chain—stainless steel
Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for stainless steel chain pricing. ®
69
MODIFICATIONS COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
DOOR OPERATOR MODIFICATIONS Part II references the Variable Speed Door Operators, NEMA 7/9 rated door operators and a select group of GH and GT Mechanical (contactor-style) Powerhead units that may be used in conjunction only with Wall Mount Starter and Combination Reversing Starter panels. The modifications noted in Part II are available only in conjunction with the panels and powerhead units, as noted. The separate starter modifications provide a wall-mountable enclosure designed to house all electrical control equipment not integral to the powerhead. These modifications are required to meet certain architectural specifications, or when it is not possible to fit optional components into the standard operator-mounted electrical enclosure. The modifications in this section are based upon ordering the separate starter with a Mechanical Powerhead. If you require a starter without a powerhead, please consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for proper pricing and application assistance. Also, modifications (M152, M153 and M155) apply to powerheads that include one of the following separate starter modifications, (M131–M147). (M154) applies to powerheads that include one of the following separate starter modifications, (M148-M150).
Available Powerhead Units All powerhead units listed below are Mechanical (contactor-style) Powerhead units. All modifications that follow are for use in conjunction with a starter panel and powerhead unit only, and are not applicable to Logic 5.0 Door Operators. As noted, all powerhead units shown below must be used in conjunction with a starter panel and are not intended for separate purchase. To calculate an overall list price, add together the individual list prices for the appropriate starter panel, powerhead unit and applicable modifications. For assistance, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative.
AVAILABLE POWERHEAD UNITS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
In most cases, the Wall-Mounted Starter will contain the transformer(s), control relays and other optional components wired to terminals inside the enclosure. The motor, limit assembly and limit switches, internal interlock switch and solenoid brake often remain on the door operator or in the door operator electrical box. Except for the (M130) modification, the separate starters have the electrical components mounted on a removable subpanel for easy maintenance. Terminal points are provided for the field wiring between the powerhead and the wall starter. Wiring for all control stations and safety equipment is intended to be located on terminals within the separate starter. Note: All Wall-Mount Starter and Combination Reversing Starter Panels, (M106–M107) and (M130–M155), may be ordered with or without a UL 508 label. Pricing shown for these panels assumes non-UL-labeled product. Contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative for a quote on the UL 508 labeled panel.
70
Model
Volts
Phase
Hz
GH5011M
115
1
60
GH5021M
230
1
60
GH5023M
208/230
3
60
GH5043M
460
3
60
GH5053M
575
3
60
GH1011M
115
1
60
GH1021M
230
1
60
GH1023M
208/230
3
60
GH1043M
460
3
60
GH1053M
575
3
60
GH2023M
208/230
3
60
GH2043M
460
3
60
GH2053M
575
3
60
GH3023M
208/230
3
60
GH3043M
460
3
60
GH3053M
575
3
60
GT5011M
115
1
60
GT5021M
230
1
60
GT5023M
208/230
3
60
GT5043M
460
3
60
GT5053M
575
3
60
GT1511M
115
1
60
GT1521M
230
1
60
GT1523M
208/230
3
60
GT1543M
460
3
60
GT1553M
575
3
60
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0) MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M5 DYNAMIC BRAKE MODIFICATION 90-9214
Provides active electrical braking in the form of DC current to stop the motor. Acts as a stopping brake only, not a holding brake. This modification is considered most useful on gear-reduced door operators (GT, GH) where the gear reducer may help act as a holding brake or where a solenoid brake is not desired. It is also recommended for use when extremely high braking requirements are anticipated. May be used in conjunction with a solenoid brake. Normally provided in a separate wall-mounted enclosure to be mounted near, and field connected to the door operator. A dynamic brake is standard on NEMA 4, 12 rated (M103), NEMA 4X rated (M104), NEMA 7/9 rated (M105) and Variable Speed (M37) modifications, and includes a Delay-on-Reverse Circuit (M60). Because of space requirements this modification cannot be used with many options without also adding a Wall-Mounted Starter. Must be factory installed. Starter panel modification only. NOTE: See NEMA 4 rated modifications for Logic 5.0 options.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
■
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M37 VARIABLE SPEED MODIFICATION V Model No.
Replaces AC motor and control circuit in a door operator with a DC variable speed drive control and permanent magnet DC motor. May be supplied for either 115VAC 1Ø or 230VAC 1Ø power. Allows adjustment of door speed over a wide range; consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for specific applications. Dual-speed applications may be possible with faster open cycle and slower close cycle. Must consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for specific applications and additional costs for this added feature. Acceleration adjustment gives “ramp up” or soft starts to allow operation of very heavy doors. Dynamic brake and current limit circuits replace mechanical brake and clutch respectively, minimizing the number of moving parts that may wear out. Suitable for continuous‑duty and high-cycling applications. Please note that this modification will usually affect the horsepower selection for a given model. Higher speeds require higher horsepower for the same door. Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for specific horsepower rating information on your application. Not for use on Logic 5.0 Door Operators; Mechanical Operators only.
®
WARNING: Safety equipment must be used with door operators employing this modification (see CDO Accessory section). NOTE: Not available in conjunction with any Hazardous Area Modification (M105), on any door operator above 1 HP or on any door operator requiring 3-phase power. Specify door speed when ordering. Must be factory installed.
■
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
71
MODIFICATIONS COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M38 DECELERATION AT FULL OPEN/ CLOSE
M53 TS WIRING TYPE (TIMER SECURE) 90-TS
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
NOTE: Door will not “ramp down” when using stop button or reversed in mid-travel.
M54 T WIRING TYPE GSD
SD
■
■
M40 DOOR-IN-MOTION CIRCUIT— MECHANICAL
NOTE: For Logic 5.0, see modification (M51).
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
■
M56 T2 WIRING TYPE 90-T2
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
GSD
MT/BMT
■
SD
GH
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S) H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
72
■
Same as T1, but gives the ability to isolate the OPEN button station, allowing a transmitter to cycle the timer, while another open device would not. Starter panel modification only.
NOTE: T, TS, D1, E2 and F2 wiring types are standard features on Logic 5.0 Door Operators.
■
MJ
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
90-MOTION
The 90-Motion modification provides two auxiliary contact blocks and a 3-position terminal block to power an auxiliary device while the door is in motion. Auxiliary device and power supplied by others. Starter panel modification only.
APT
Will function the same as TS wiring above. Also provides a second set of contact points for A/V devices. Has the ability to provide a 9-second pre-warning before timed door closure. Starter panel modification only.
APT
M41 DOOR-IN-MOTION CIRCUIT
GT
90-T1
MT/BMT
■
■
M55 T1 WIRING TYPE
GT
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
T
This modification is to be used when the installation requires an ADA-compliant horn/ strobe when door is in motion for Mechanical/Logic Door Operators. This is usually specification driven. This provides 24VDC power when the door operator is running. As only 10VA extra capacity has been provided for with the transformer upgrade, the number of horn/strobe devices that can be connected is limited to one (1). Horn/Strobe (29-17906, white) included. Starter panel modification only.
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
90-MOTIONMADA Mechanical Operators with Horn/Strobe
■
Momentary contact to open, close and stop, with Open Override and Timer‑to‑Close. OPEN button may be connected to activate timer, if desired. Auxiliary controls may be connected to open and activate Timer‑to‑Close, or to open and close without activating timer. If timer has been activated, all opening devices will recycle timer. Timer may be deactivated permanently by use of an optional timer defeat switch (50402). Includes wiring for sensing devices to reverse but not reactivate timer. Starter panel modification only.
MT/BMT
■
GH
90-T
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Many applications require non-standard door speeds or limit travel. By changing the door, operator or limit sprockets supplied with a commercial door operator, we are able to adjust the speed at which a door opens and closes. Also, by modifying limit sprockets, larger doors that require longer limit travel may also be addressed. Please consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative with your specific application for pricing and specifications. Not for use on Logic 5.0 Door Operators; mechanical operators only.
GT
®
Momentary contact to open, close and stop, with Open Override and Timer‑to‑Close. The timer is easily adjustable in 1-second increments from 1 second to 17 minutes via DIP switches. Every momentary contact (OPEN, CLOSE and STOP) that causes the door to open will activate Timer‑to‑Close, including sensing devices to reverse. Timer may be deactivated permanently by use of an optional timer defeat switch (50402). Starter panel modification only.
T
Available only on door operators with Variable Speed Modification (M37). Provides an adjustable “ramp down” or soft stop at the full-open and full-close position. Recommended on very heavy doors, doors requiring speeds faster than normal or where high door usage is expected. Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for recommendations for your application. Must be factory installed.
MT/BMT
90-827
■
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0) MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M57 D1 WIRING TYPE
M60 DELAY-ON-REVERSE MODIFICATION
90-D1
Constant contact to open and close with the wiring for sensing device to stop. If a safety edge will be used, it should be an electric edge so that the door cannot restart in the close direction if the edge is obstructed. Starter panel modification only.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
■
Factory Installed 1 Delay Reverse Kit for 1Ø Operators Factory Installed 3 Delay Reverse Kit for 3Ø Operators Delay Reverse Field Kit for 1Ø Operators Delay Reverse Field Kit for 3Ø Operators
Modifies door operator control circuit so that the door must stop for one second before reversing or restarting, in either direction. Prevents shock loading of the door and operator, resulting in longer life. Recommended for heavy doors and where frequent reversing may be expected due to high usage. May be factory or field installed. To order a kit for field installation on an existing operator, use the kit part number shown. Starter panel modification only; standard feature on Logic 5.0 Door Operators. NOTE: Required for (M15) Dual Auxiliary Modification and (M17) Dual Trolley Drive Modification.
M58 E2 WIRING TYPE
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT ■
■
■
GSD
SD
GH
M61 MID-STOP MODIFICATION H
■
M59 F2 WIRING TYPE 90-F2
Required for use with 4-wire “fail-safe” type electrical edges on mechanical door operators. Must be factory installed. Not for use on Logic 5.0 Door Operators; starter panel modification only.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
GSD
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
■
SD
GH
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S) H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
Mid-Stop Field Kit
Provides a limit switch for stopping the door at a field adjustable, preset mid-position while opening. For field installation, use the kit part number shown. Not available with the Hazardous Area (M105) or Variable Speed (M37) Modifications. When combined with a Timer‑to‑Close, please consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative. Override of the mid-stop is possible by constant pressure on the OPEN button. Door will not stop at mid-stop when closing. Will not work with single-button radio control. May be factory or field installed. To order a kit for field installation on an existing door operator, use the kit part number shown. Not available with Hazardous Area (M105) or Variable Speed (M37) Modifications. Starter panel modification only; standard feature on Logic 5.0 Door Operators.
T
■
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
90-9207M 71-909207
MT/BMT
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
73
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Momentary contact to open with Open Override and constant contact to close. Release of the CLOSE button will cause the door to reverse (roll-back feature) plus wiring for sensing device to reverse. A 2-button NEMA 1 rated control station is included. Starter panel modification only.
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
90-E2
MT/BMT
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
90-92061 90-92063 71-9092061 71-9092063
MODIFICATIONS COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M64 AUXILIARY CONTACT BLOCK WITH WIRE LEADS, K LINE
M68 LONG-DISTANCE WIRING (24VAC)
Provides additional contacts on the reversing contactor to control auxiliary devices such as lights or audible devices that are to be on or off when the door is moving in a particular direction. A maximum of two contact blocks can be supplied, one on the OPEN cycle and one on the CLOSE cycle. Each contact block has one normally OPEN (form A) and one normally CLOSED (form B) contact that can be used independently or paired to make a form C contact and is rated 10 Amps at 125/250 VAC. Four wire leads are provided for wire nut connection to the field wiring. When ordering, specify whether the contact block will be on the OPEN or the CLOSE side of the contactor. Must be factory installed. Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for field modification kits. Not available with Hazardous Area (M105), Dynamic Brake (M5) or Variable Speed (M37) Modifications. Starter panel modification only. Not for use with Logic 5.0 Door Operators; use (M51) modification instead.
A necessity when controls are to be located more than 100 ft. from the door operator. Allows up to 1,000 ft. of control wiring between controls and door operator with 16-gauge wire. May be factory or field installed. When not ordered at the same time as the door operator, use the kit part number shown. Not necessary or available with Hazardous Area (M105) or Variable Speed (M37) Modifications. Starter panel modification only; not required for Logic 5.0 Door Operators.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
NOTE: Since the reversing contactor is mechanically interlocked as a matter of standard procedure, this modification is necessary only to meet certain stringent architectural specifications. Must be factory installed. Starter panel modification only; not available for Logic 5.0 Door Operators.
GH
SD
GSD
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
H
■
DJ
J
■
MJ
GT
■
APT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
■
■
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S) APT
GT
MT/BMT
This modification, when combined with other modifications, may not fit inside a standard door operator’s electrical box and an upgraded electrical enclosure may be required. Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative if you have any questions. Starter panel modification only. Not for use with Logic 5.0 operators; use (M51) modification instead.
GT
■
Additional control circuit components are supplied with this modification to prevent the open coil of the reversing contactor from being electrically energized when the close coil is held in, and vice versa.
Same as (M64) except terminal block connection points instead of wire leads are provided for field wiring. Must be factory installed. Not available with Hazardous Area (M105) or Variable Speed (M37) Modifications.
T
■
90-EI
90-78002KT
74
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
M72 ELECTRICALLY INTERLOCKED CONTACTOR
M65 AUXILIARY CONTACT BLOCK TERMINAL BLOCK CONNECTIONS, K LINE
■
WARNING: It is strongly recommended that all controls be located so that the person operating the control has a clear view of the door opening and the moving door.
GSD
SD
■
Long-Distance Wiring Kit Field Kit (24VAC)
NOTE: Not necessary on Logic Door Operators. Logic Controls are rated for 1,000 ft. control runs utilizing 18-gauge wire.
MT/BMT
■
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
90-5024 50-24
T
90-78002K
■
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0) MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M76 COURTESY LIGHT MODIFICATION—STANDARD OPERATOR 90-54029
Provides a light socket on the door operator control enclosure. The light will turn on when the door starts to open and remains on for several minutes via the thermal switch. Similar to the courtesy light in a standard residential garage door opener. Accepts up to a 100watt bulb that is not included and requires a separate 115V power supply for the light if the door operator is not a 115V unit. The light delay is not adjustable and is affected by the temperature. Average time light stays on is approximately 90 seconds. May be factory or field installed. To order a kit for field installation, use the kit part number shown above. Starter panel modification only; not available for Logic 5.0 Door Operators or Hazardous Area Modification (M105).
GH
SD
GSD
■
H
■
MH/MHS
DHJ
■
MGJ
DJ
■
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
■
■
■ COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
M105 HAZARDOUS AREA MODIFICATION (NEMA 7/9)— WALL-MOUNT VERSION IMPORTANT NOTE: Chamberlain/LiftMaster does not have third-party regulatory listing or certification for the complete electric operator with this Hazardous Area Modification. Ask your LiftMaster Sales Representative for the LiftMaster Positional Document for “Hazardous Area Modification. The use of Intrinsically Safe Control Circuits.” ®
N7 Model No. Modifies a door operator to meet specifications for hazardous locations defined by NEC Article 501, Class I, Divisions 1 and 2, Group D, and Article 502, Class II, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups F and G. The modification includes a hazardous area motor and separate Wall Mount Starter with intrinsically safe control circuit. Since the control circuit is intrinsically safe, control circuit components (limit switches, control station) are housed in general-purpose enclosures in accordance with NEC Article 504. A Dynamic Brake and Delay-on-Reverse Circuit are included with this modification. No friction clutch or solenoid brake is supplied on any door operator with this modification. The door operator must be factory supplied with this modification, not field modified. Specific NEC Article 501 and 502 specifications are required when ordering this modification. This modification comes wired B2; if another application is required, please consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative. NOTE: This modification is not compatible with many other modifications and accessories, such as photo eyes, auxiliary limits and radio controls. Typically used accessories include 2-Wire Electric Edges, Pneumatic Edges, 3-Button Stations and Door Interlocks. Please consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative if you have any questions regarding compatibility. Hazardous Area Modification for 3HP GH requires an additional price premium, not available on 5 HP. 90 Group C Motor Upgrade This modification provides a NEMA 7/9 rated motor for Class 1, Division 1, Group C environments in lieu of the standard motor provided on the NEMA 7/9 rated door operators, which are rated for Class I, Division 1, Group D and Class II, Division 1, Groups F and G.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
75
MODIFICATIONS COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M106 JIC SPECIFICATIONS MODIFICATION 90-9204
Modifies a door operator to generally meet JIC (Joint Industry Conference) specifications for electrical equipment in industrial locations (some minor exceptions are taken). Includes a TEFC motor, Oiltight/Dust-tight rotary limit switches, Oiltight/Dust-tight 3-Button Control Station and a separate wall-mounted Combination Reversing Starter. The starter is an industrial size 1 with a Fusible Disconnect Switch in a NEMA 12 rated enclosure. The control circuit is 115VAC and the door operator supply voltage is available on 115V, 230V or 460V 1Ø and 3Ø operators. Must be factory installed.
GSD
SD
■
M107 AUTOMOTIVE SPECIFICATIONS MODIFICATION (FORMERLY GM SPECIFICATIONS MODIFICATION) 90-9212 90-921214
Includes 14-Gauge Tagged and Numbered Wire
Modifies a door operator to generally meet GM (General Motors) specifications for electrical equipment in industrial locations (some minor exceptions are taken). Includes a LiftMaster stock totally enclosed motor, NEMA 12 rated rotary limit switches, NEMA 12 rated 3-button control station and a separate wall-mounted Combination Reversing Starter. The starter is a NEMA size 1 with a Fusible Disconnect Switch (flange-mount type) in a NEMA 12 rated enclosure and a 120VAC control circuit. Must be factory installed. ®
NOTE: Available on 460VAC 3Ø door operators only. Consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative for availability on other voltages.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M108 SELF-REGULATING HEATER, 115V (PLUG TYPE) 65-30121 65-301212
For 2 and 3 HP GH Operators For 1/2 and 1 HP GH Operators. (Includes required upgraded gear reducer )
An immersion heater is inserted in the drain opening of the gear reducer. Heater is self-regulating and keeps gear oil warm to prevent sluggish operation or overloading in cold weather. Heater will shut off above 45Fº. Requires 115V power. For door operators requiring 208V, 230V and 460V, a transformer kit (90-TRNSFRMR-2), enclosed in a separate box, is available. For 575V door operators, order the (90-TRNSFRMR-5). Plug type gear reducer heater must be factory installed. NOTE: Starter Panel and Mechanical Powerhead modification only. Contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative for availability on Logic 5.0 Door Operators.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S) MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
■
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M109, FORMERLY SELF-REGULATING HEATER, 230/460V, PLUG TYPE SEE M108.
76
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0) MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M130 WALL MOUNT STARTER, NEMA 1 SCREW COVER ENCLOSURE 90-3001
The enclosure for this modification will be a wall-mounted version of the standard door operator electrical box rated for NEMA 1 rated applications. All electrical components correspond to standard parts from associated door operator (no upgrades included). Must be factory supplied. See below for enclosure variations.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
M131 WALL MOUNT STARTER, NEMA 1 HINGED COVER ENCLOSURE 90-3002
Identical to (M130) except NEMA 1 rated screw cover enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 1 rated hinged cover enclosure. The starter itself is an industrial size 0 but may be upgraded to a size 1 see (M153) and the control transformer is rated 50VA but may be upgraded to 100VA see (M155).
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M132 WALL MOUNT STARTER, NEMA 4 HINGED COVER ENCLOSURE 90-3004
Identical to (M131) except NEMA 1 rated hinged cover enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 4 rated hinged cover enclosure.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M132A WALL MOUNT STARTER, NEMA 12 HINGED COVER ENCLOSURE 90-3012
Identical to (M131) except NEMA 1 rated hinged cover enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 12 rated hinged cover enclosure.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
77
MODIFICATIONS COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M133 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, NONFUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH (NFDS), NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE 90-6002
This Combination Reversing Starter modification provides for a Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch (NFDS) with external handle, which shuts off the power to the starter and door operator when the cover is opened. The starter and other optional components are prewired to terminals in the wall-mountable enclosure. The starter itself is an industrial size 0 but may be upgraded to a size 1 see (M153) and the control transformer is rated 50VA but may be upgraded to 100VA see (M155). Terminal points are provided both for the interwiring between door operator/starter and for the connection of control stations and safety equipment. Price includes an automatically resettable overload relay which may be converted to manual reset, but cover of starter must be opened to reset. For external manually resettable overload see (M152). This modification must be factory supplied. See below for enclosure variations.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
■
■
M134 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, NFDS, NEMA 4 ENCLOSURE 90-6004
Identical to (M133) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 4 rated enclosure.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M135 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, NFDS, NEMA 12 ENCLOSURE 90-6012
Identical to (M133) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 12 rated enclosure.
■
78
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S) MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0) MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M136 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, FUSIBLE DISCONNECT SWITCH (FDS), NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE 90-7001
This Combination Reversing Starter modification provides for a Fusible Disconnect Switch (FDS) with external handle, which shuts off the power to the starter and door operator when the cover is opened. Fuses are not supplied. The starter and other optional components are prewired to terminals in the wall-mountable enclosure. The starter itself is an industrial size 0 but may be upgraded to a size 1 see (M153) and the control transformer is rated 50VA but may be upgraded to 100VA see (M155). Terminal points are provided both for the inter-wiring between operator/starter and for the connection of control stations and safety equipment. Price includes an automatically resettable overload relay which may be converted to manual reset, but cover of starter must be opened to reset. For external manually resettable overload see (M152). This modification must be factory supplied. See below for enclosure variations.
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
■
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M137 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, FDS, NEMA 4 ENCLOSURE 90-7004
Identical to (M136) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 4 rated enclosure.
SD
GSD
SD
GSD
■
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M138 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, FDS, NEMA 12 ENCLOSURE 90-7012
Identical to (M136) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 12 rated enclosure.
■
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
79
MODIFICATIONS COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M139 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER—SIZE 0, 250VAC CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH, NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE The Combination Reversing Starter with Circuit Breaker (CB) modification provides all control equipment that is not mechanically connected to the door operator powerhead in a separate Wall Mount NEMA 1 rated enclosure. The limit switches and brake solenoid (when supplied) remain on the door operator In addition to the normal control equipment (starter, control transformer, control relays), a Circuit Breaker with external handle is supplied, which shuts off the main power to the unit (and door operator also) when the cover is opened. The circuit breaker is rated for up to 250VAC incoming power; therefore, this version of the modification may be used only with door operators where the incoming power is less than 250VAC. The starter itself is an industrial size 0 but may be upgraded to size 1 see (M153) and the control transformer is rated 50VA but may be upgraded to 100VA see (M155). Terminal points are provided both for the inter-wiring between operator/starter and for the connection of control stations and safety equipment. Price includes an automatically resettable overload relay which may be converted to manual reset, but cover of starter must be opened to reset. For external manually resettable overload see (M152). This modification must be factory supplied. See below for enclosure and voltage rating variations.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M140 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER—SIZE 0, 480VAC CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH, NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE 90-80014
Identical to (M139) except circuit breaker is rated for up to 480VAC (for use with operators where the incoming power is 480VAC or less).
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M141 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER—SIZE 0, 600VAC CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH, NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE 90-80016
Identical to (M139) except circuit breaker is rated for up to 600VAC (for use with Door Operators where the incoming power is 600VAC or less).
■
80
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S) MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
90-80012
■
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0) MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
NEMA 4
NEMA 12
M142 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, 250VAC CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH, NEMA 4 ENCLOSURE
M145 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, 250VAC CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH, NEMA 12 ENCLOSURE
Identical to (M139) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 4 rated enclosure.
Identical to (M139) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 12 rated enclosure.
90-80042
90-80122
■
■
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M143 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, 480VAC CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH, NEMA 4 ENCLOSURE
M146 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, 480VAC CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH, NEMA 12 ENCLOSURE
Identical to (M139) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 4 rated enclosure and circuit breaker is rated for up to 480VAC (for use with door operators where incoming power is 480VAC or less).
Identical to (M139) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 12 rated enclosure and circuit breaker is rated for up to 480VAC (for use with door operators where incoming power is 480VAC or less).
90-80044
90-80124
■
■
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S) MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M144 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, 600VAC CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH, NEMA 4 ENCLOSURE
M147 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, 600VAC CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH, NEMA 12 ENCLOSURE
Identical to (M139) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 4 rated enclosure and circuit breaker is rated for up to 600VAC (for use with door operators where incoming power is 600VAC or less).
Identical to (M139) except NEMA 1 rated enclosure is replaced with a NEMA 12 rated enclosure and circuit breaker is rated for up to 600VAC (for use with door operators where incoming power is 600VAC or less).
90-80046
90-80126
■
■
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S) MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
81
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MODIFICATIONS COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M148 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER—SIZE 0, 250VAC CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH, NEMA 7/9 ENCLOSURE 90-80072
The control circuit is intrinsically safe in accordance with NEC Article 504, therefore allowing control components (limit switches, control stations and safety edges) to be housed in general-purpose enclosures. A Dynamic Brake see (M5) with a Delay-on-Reverse Circuit see (M60) and automatic resetting overload are provided as standard. All components used in this modification are either UL listed or Factory Mutual (FM) approved. This equipment meets specifications for hazardous areas defined by NEC Article 501, Class I, Divisions 1 and 2, Group D, and Class II, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups F and G. All of the control stations and the safety edge would be connected to terminals in the limit enclosure on the door operator. The starter itself is an industrial size 0 but may be upgraded to a size 1 see (M154). This modification does not include a Hazardous Area Modification (M105) on the door operator; you must order (M105) in addition to this modification and it must be factory supplied. See (M149 and M150) for alternate voltage ratings. NOTE: This modification is not compatible with many other modifications in this catalog and is limited in control options. Please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative if you have any questions regarding compatibility. This modification must be factory installed. ®
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M149 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, 480VAC CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH, NEMA 7/9 ENCLOSURE 90-80074
Identical to (M148) except circuit breaker is rated for up to 480VAC (for use with door operators where incoming power is 480VAC or less).
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M150 COMBINATION REVERSING STARTER SIZE 0, 600VAC CIRCUIT BREAKER DISCONNECT SWITCH, NEMA 7/9 ENCLOSURE 90-80076
Identical to (M148) except circuit breaker is rated for up to 600VAC (for use with door operators where incoming power is 600VAC or less).
■
82
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S) MT/BMT
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
This modification provides a NEMA 7/9 rated wall-mounted separate starter with a hinged cover. The separate starter enclosure is a 250VAC Circuit Breaker and includes an external disconnect handle that shuts off the power to the Starter and door operator when the cover is opened. The enclosure holds the electrical control equipment that is not mechanically connected to the Door Operator powerhead. The limit switches, internal interlock switch (when supplied) and motor remain in the standard electrical enclosure on the door operator. The circuit breaker is rated for up to 250VAC, and is for use with door operator where incoming power is 250VAC or less.
■
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
● Available Modification (See specific item for details) ■ Available, but not in conjunction with the Logic Control Board (Logic 5.0) MECHANICAL POWERHEADS | STARTER PANELS
M152 EXTERNAL RESET OVERLOAD NEMA 1, 4, 12
M155 100 VA TRANSFORMER UPGRADE NEMA 1, 4, 12
Provides an external through-cover reset button for the overload relay for Wall Mount or Combination Reversing Starters see (M131–M147) for the given NEMA ratings. Must be factory installed.
Upgrades the transformer in operators with wall-mounted or Combination Reversing Starters (M131–M147) from the standard 50VA to a 100VA. Provides 50VA of additional control circuit power for auxiliary equipment such as loop detectors, photo eyes and motion detectors. Must be factory installed. Not available with a Dynamic Brake (M5) or any of the NEMA 7/9 rated separate starters (M148–M150).
90-100
■
GSD
SD
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
GH ■
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
M153 INDUSTRIAL SIZE 1 STARTER NEMA 1, 4, 12
APT
GT
GSD
SD
■
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
T
■
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MT/BMT
90-2504
90-1004
Upgrades the reversing starter in a NEMA 1, 4 or 12 rated Combination Reversing Starter from an industrial size 0 to a size 1. May provide longer starter life in applications where large-horsepower door operators experience high usage and frequent reversing. Must be factory installed.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
M154 INDUSTRIAL SIZE 1 STARTER NEMA 7, 9 90-1007
Upgrades the reversing starter in a NEMA 7/9 rated Combination Reversing Starter from an industrial size 0 to a size 1. May provide longer starter life in applications where large-horsepower door operators experience high usage and frequent reversing. Must be factory installed. Available on (M148–M150) modifications only.
■
GSD
SD
GH
H
MH/MHS
MGJ
DHJ
DJ
J
MJ
APT
GT
T
MT/BMT
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
■
83
FIRE DOOR SYSTEMS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LiftMaster Fire Door Systems control the closure of a rolling fire door, counter fire door, fire shutter or track door in an emergency situation, and serve as physical barriers to stop the spread of fire and smoke from one area to another. Fire doors and shutters are found in virtually all types of commercial buildings, including manufacturing facilities, warehouses, hospitals, stadiums, sports arenas, convention centers and food court areas. These release devices are an integral part of the door’s or shutter’s fusible link release assembly, providing fail-safe performance.
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
®
Ultimately, LiftMaster Fire Door Release Devices are designed to minimize property damage and provide increased safety for all building occupants. They provide a time-delayed release of the door for a period of up to 60 seconds to permit passageway clearance prior to door closure. Optional Battery Backup can ensure the door will not be released as a result of power failure (in non-alarm conditions) for up to 72 hours. For added safety of the individuals in or around the opening, a voice annunciator, strobe or horn notification device can be installed to provide a verbal, visual or auditory warning message prior to door closure. Models are available for use with both non-motorized and motorized door applications. For motorized door applications, select models can be used to create a fully automated door closing system when used in conjunction with a standard commercial door operator by providing features typically found on expensive, special-order fire door operators. ADVANCED FIRE CONTROL RELEASE DEVICE (LM21AFCB) • UL 864 Revision 9 compliant. • Programmable DIP switch delay setting—either 10, 20, 30 or 60 seconds delay of door release to permit passage clearance. • Internal Battery Backup system. • Obstruction cycling—works in conjunction with the door’s electrical safety edge, reversing the door if an obstruction is encountered. • Motor voltage sensing. • Test key switch—permits floor-level testing of the system. • Model LM21AFCBVB is equipped with a voice board to broadcast a pre-recorded evacuation message.
EXTENDED PERFORMANCE RELEASE DEVICE (LM21XPBB) • UL 864 Revision 9 compliant. • Programmable DIP switch delay setting—either 10, 20, 30 or 60 seconds delay of door release to permit passage clearance. • Inputs for normally open 2- or 4-wire detectors and normally closed 4-wire detectors. • Trouble and alarm relays for communication with the fire alarm control panel, if required. • Audible trouble sounder to indicate when the release device is not operational. • On-board diagnostic LEDs for easy troubleshooting. • Testing function allows routine fire door testing without requiring activation of the smoke detector • Model LM21XPBBVB is equipped with a voice board to broadcast a pre-recorded voice evacuation message.
HIGH-PERFORMANCE RELEASE DEVICE (LM21XP) • UL 864 Revision 9 compliant. • Programmable DIP switch delay setting—either 10, 20, 30 or 60 seconds delay of door release to permit passageway clearance. • Close door detection—prevents door release if the door is kept in the closed position and eliminates door reset service calls or potential system damage. • On-board diagnostic LEDs for early troubleshooting. • Testing function allows routine fire door testing without requiring activation of the central alarm system; easy reset function returns the device to a standby state.
84
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
PRODUCT FEATURE
BENEFITS
RELEASE DEVICES LM21XP
XPBB
●
●
AFCB
Non-Motorized Door
Door closing system for chain/crank hoist operated doors or manually operated doors.
Motorized Door
Fully automated door closing system when used in conjunction with mechanical or solidstate door operators.
Time-Delayed Activation
User selectable feature that delays door closing to allow time for passage clearance. Factory default 10 seconds, maximum 60 seconds.
●
●
●
Testing Function
Allows routine fire door testing without requiring activation of the smoke detector or central alarm system.
●
●
●
Close Door Detection
Prevents door reversal if the door is kept in the closed position. Eliminates door reset service calls or potential system damage.
●
●
●
Two Smoke Detector Loops
Normally open and normally closed for smoke or heat detectors.
●
●
Power for Detection Devices
Provides power (24VDC) for up to four 2‑wire smoke detectors.
On-Board Diagnostic LEDs
Allow monitoring of alarm inputs, outputs and ground fault.
Trouble and Alarm Relays
For the transmission of alarm and trouble signals to the fire alarm control panel.
Multiple Power Options
Release device operates on 120VAC, 24VAC or 24VDC.
Form C Dry Contact Type Activation
For activation of auxiliary devices.
Internal Battery Backup with Charging System
Provides power to release device to prevent door release during long power outages. Also provides power for up to 4 smoke/heat detectors and 2 horn/strobes.
●
●
24VDC Alarm Output
Provides power (24VDC) for up to two notification devices such as a horn/strobe or speaker strobe.
●
●
Motor Voltage Sensing
Monitors voltage to the door operator and activates a mechanical door release upon loss of power to the door operator.
●
Obstruction Cycling
Works with the door’s safety edge system to reverse the door if obstructed. Will attempt door closure up to 3 times before allowing the door to rest upon an obstruction or gravity drop (user‑selectable).
●
Remote Test Switch
Disables the obstruction cycling feature to allow testing of a door without a mechanical release.
●
Optional Response Upon Power Loss
Select between door closure by mechanical release immediately upon loss of power or standard operation from Battery Backup power.
●
DIP Switch Selection
Safety feature functions are user‑selectable.
●
Optional Voice Board
Provides one of two verbal warnings when the fire door is closing. Can be used in conjunction with up to 2 speaker/strobes.
●
●
Two Standard Voice Warnings
Selected by DIP switch settings, indicating that an emergency condition exists and that the door opening should be cleared prior to closure.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
●
● ●
85
FIRE DOOR SYSTEMS
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
INSTALLATION INFORMATION Each LiftMaster Fire Door Release Device serves as an interface between the smoke detection system and the fire door. As the central control, the Fire Door Release System receives and interprets all signals to instruct the fire door and all warning devices to act appropriately. ®
NON-MOTORIZED FIRE DOOR SYSTEM
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
LM21XPBB Release Device Smoke Detector
MOTORIZED FIRE DOOR SYSTEM
LM21AFCB Release Device
Fusible Link Assembly
Smoke Detector
Fusible Link Assembly
Chain Hoist
Notification Appliance (Strobe, Horn/Strobe, Speaker/Strobe, etc.)
Door Operator/ Motor Notification Appliance (Strobe, Horn/Strobe, Speaker/Strobe, etc.)
Test Key Switch
LiftMaster offers a choice of 3 different models, FOR BOTH MOTORIZED AND NON-MOTORIZED APPLICATIONS. For motorized application, the appropriate release device works in conjunction with a standard, commercial electromechanical or solid-state operator to create an enhanced, yet economical, fire door operating system. All devices ensure the continued protection and code compliance for the fire door or shutter by enabling routine operation inspections without activating the primary alarm system and without disturbing building occupants. These devices are C-UL-US, FM and CSFM listed and are compliant with the NFPA 80 requirement for all fail-safe door holder/release devices.
APPLICATION: RELEASE DEVICE AS COMPONENT OF FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
Alarm Signal Notification Appliance
APPLICATION: RELEASE DEVICE AS STANDALONE SYSTEM Alarm Initiation Devices Alarm Initiation Devices
Alarm Initiation Devices Alarm Initiation Devices Alarm Signal End Of-Line End Of-Line Notification Device Device Appliance
End Of-Line Device
Alarm Initiating Alarm Initiating Device Circuit Device Circuit
Alarm Initiating Alarm Initiating Device Circuit Device Circuit
Alarm Notification Alarm Notification Appliance CircuitAppliance Circuit Fire Alarm Control System
Main Power Main Power andby Power Standby Power
86
Relay Module Fire Alarm Control System
End Of-Line Device
Release Device Release Device Relay Module
Trouble Signal Trouble Signal Notification Appliance Notification Appliance Alarm Signal Alarm Signal Notification Appliance Notification Appliance
Release Device Release Device
Main Power
Main Power Alarm Signal Alarm Signal Notification Appliance Notification Appliance
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
FIRE DETECTION DEVICES PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTORS Model....................................................Voltage LM8100..................................................120V LM2W-B.................................................12/24 VDC LM4W-B.................................................12/24 VDC
PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTORS WITH THERMAL SENSORS
HEAT DETECTORS Model.....................................................Voltage LMTH-135..............................................120V LMTH-194..............................................120V
Transformer (90-TRNSFRMR-2/90-TRNSFRMR-5) Used in conjunction with an AFCB model when line voltages other than 120VAC are present at the door installation. Transformers are mounted within an UL508 approved enclosure and are available in the following options: ––90-TRNSFRMR-2 (208VAC 1 and 3 Phase, 230/460VAC 3 Phase) ––90-TRNSFRMR-5 (575VAC 3 Phase) FDRCARD - Plug-in Option Card Facilitates field connections between the LM21AFCB and the For use in conjunction with the LiftMaster Elite Series operators; the FDRCARD facilitates field connections between the LM21AFCB and the operator by reducing the standard 10-wire interconnection to a basic 4-wire phone cord. Both the FDRCARD and the AFCB are equipped with an RJ-11 phone jack as standard to accept the phone cord. The FDRCARD also eliminates the need for ordering the operator with auxiliary open and close limits, which are required for all non-logic operators. ®
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
Model....................................................Voltage LM8100-T.................................................120V LM2WT-B..................................................12/24 VDC LM4WT-B..................................................12/24 VDC
COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES
NOTIFICATION DEVICES HORN Model....................................................Voltage LMEH120ADA............................................120V 50-30894..................................................12/24 VDC
SPEAKER STROBE Model.....................................................Voltage LM-8SP..................................................120V
STROBE Model....................................................Voltage LML1V75OADA..........................................120V 50-30577..................................................120V
HORN STROBE Model.....................................................Voltage LMHS1V75ADA.......................................120V LMHS2475WPADA..................................12/24 VDC
87
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
88
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
SWING GATE OPERATORS
SLIDE GATE OPERATORS BARRIER AND OVERHEAD GATE OPERATORS ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS MODIFICATIONS
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS Why LiftMaster ...................................................... 3 ®
LiftMaster Gate Operators.............................. 5 Safety Information................................................ 6
Barrier and Overhead Gate Operators................................................... 52 Mega Arm/Mega Arm Tower.....................................................54 Mega Arm Sprint/Sprint Tower..................................................56
Designing Automated Vehicular Gate Systems.................................... 8
BG770.......................................................................................58
How to Order........................................................10
HCT...........................................................................................62
Linear Actuators, Underground and Column Mount Swing Gate Operators...12
Access Control Systems............................... 66
LA400DC...................................................................................14
EL2000......................................................................................68
LA412DC...................................................................................16
EL25..........................................................................................70
LA500DC...................................................................................18
TAC1..........................................................................................72
FROG........................................................................................20
dwellingLIVE .............................................................................74
FERNI........................................................................................22
dwellingLIVE Credentialed Access..........................................74
Swing Gate Operators.................................... 24
BG790.......................................................................................60
IPAC...........................................................................................66
®
dwellingLIVE Visitor Management,
RSW12VDC...............................................................................26
Attended Gates.......................................................................76
CSW24VDC...............................................................................28
dwellingLIVE Visitor Management,
CSW200UL................................................................................30
Unattended Gates...................................................................77
SW490.......................................................................................32
dwellingLIVE Front Desk.........................................................78
Slide Gate Operators....................................... 34 BX243........................................................................................36 RSL12VDC................................................................................38 CSL24VDC................................................................................40 SL3000UL..................................................................................42 SL585........................................................................................44
dwellingLIVE Mobile Patrol......................................................79 dwellingLIVE Community Website..........................................79 KPR2000...................................................................................80 MINIkey Stand Alone.................................................................81 Wireless Commercial Keypad...................................................82 PPLX Stand Alone.....................................................................83
SL595........................................................................................46
Modifications........................................................ 84
VSL595......................................................................................48
Solar Daily Cycle Rate Charts..................... 86
HS670........................................................................................50
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
OPEN YOUR WORLD WITH LIFTMASTER ®
WHY LIFTMASTER
®
For over 45 years, LiftMaster has been exceeding expectations by providing peace of mind through expert service and innovative solutions. ®
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
This catalog gives you access to our entire product and accessory lines. The latest advances like our MyQ Technology, Security+ 2.0 , Battery Backup and our specially designed P3 Motors allow our products to best serve specific needs while staying safe and connected at all times. ™
™
LiftMaster provides products and access solutions for homes and businesses worldwide. We are committed to providing quality products, innovative designs and comprehensive services which go beyond our Customers’ expectations.
3
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
SWING OR SLIDE IT’S AN OPEN-AND-SHUT CASE
LIFTMASTER GATE OPERATORS ®
LiftMaster Gate Operators and Access Control Systems are engineered to be reliable, powerful and innovative, providing Customers the comfort of knowing their gates will always open and close when needed. ®
Built with Battery Backup, MyQ Technology, P3 Motors and Security+ 2.0 , our products ensure quick, reliable property access by virtually eliminating interference. Plus, our entire line of Gate Operators has been newly updated and designed to meet or exceed UL 325 safety standards and requirements. ®
™
™
LiftMaster guarantees a high level of quality and performance in all our Gate Operators and Access Control Systems by staying true to four unique features throughout our product line: BATTERY BACKUP LiftMaster has a patented system to ensure that your Gate Operator continues to operate during power outages.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
CONNECTIVITY LiftMaster Gate Operators and Access Control Systems help you stay connected with your property while you’re away, giving you greater control, information and access.
P3 MOTORS
™
LiftMaster designs our own purpose-built motor to meet the exact requirements needed to open and close your gate.
SAFETY AND SECURITY LiftMaster Gate Operators and Access Control Systems have security features designed to help safeguard your home, giving you greater peace of mind.
Whether your needs are Residential or Commercial, our line of Gate Operators and Access Control Systems provides a variety of access solutions that best serves your Customers’ specific needs while never compromising the safety and security they desire.
5
SAFETY INFORMATION GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
WARNING
The following should be read by anyone involved in the design, specification, selection or purchase of an industrial gate operator or automated gate system. Automated Gate Systems
Safe Installation Procedures
For the purposes of this Safety Information, an automated gate system consists of a vehicular gate, an electric gate operator, control equipment to interface with the gate operator and safety equipment to protect people and property.
Gate operators and associated control equipment should only be installed and serviced by qualified professionals. Professional installers should observe the following safe installation procedures. To ensure that this is the case, provide a copy of this Safety Information Section to the Installer.
Vehicular Gates
1.
POWER SHOULD ALWAYS BE DISCONNECTED whenever installing, wiring, or servicing a gate operator or automated gate system. Not only is the chance of electric shock thus reduced, but the MOVING CHAINS IN MOST GATE OPERATORS CAN CATCH CLOTHING OR FINGERS AND CAUSE SEVERE INJURY.
2.
Installation and wiring must be in compliance with local building and electrical codes. If no local code exists, install in compliance with the National Electrical Code.
Gate Operator Selection
3.
The proper gate operator must be selected for the application. Pay attention to all application information in this catalog, including gate operator type, size, voltage and control wiring. IMPROPER SELECTION CAN RESULT IN A DANGEROUS SYSTEM. Be sure you understand the application and limitations of the model gate operator you select for your gate. If you are in doubt, contact a LiftMaster Representative.
All manual gate locks should be disabled to avoid damage to the gate or gate operator should the lock become engaged after the gate operator is installed.
4.
Clutches should be adjusted to the minimum force setting required to operate the gate smoothly, and still allow slippage with minimum force. However, A CLUTCH IS NOT INTENDED AS, AND SHOULD NOT BE SUBSTITUTED FOR, A SAFETY DEVICE TO PROTECT PEOPLE AND PROPERTY.
A vehicular gate is a large, heavy object that moves with the help of an electric motor. A moving gate can cause SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH! The safety and well-being of others depends on the design of a safe system. The gate itself must be properly installed, work freely and smoothly in both directions and be constructed to industry standard ASTM F2200.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Gate operators are not intended for pedestrian use.
®
Control Accessories
5.
Gate operators can present serious hazards to persons in the immediate area when not controlled in a safe manner or by responsible persons. Choose one or more controls that together will allow complete control of the gate.
The manual operation system must be functioning properly. IF THE GATE CANNOT BE MANUALLY OPERATED IN AN EMERGENCY, SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH MAY RESULT!
6.
All controls should be located OUT OF REACH OF SMALL CHILDREN. SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH CAN RESULT FROM CHILDREN PLAYING WITH CONTROLS.
All warning signs and warning labels are required to be posted as indicated in the Gate Operator Installation Manual, and over the protest of the property owner.
7.
The gate operator, controls, and safety equipment should be tested at the conclusion of the installation to be sure they are functioning properly.
8.
The operation of the gate, controls and safety equipment should be reviewed with the owner and/or end user of the automated gate system. They should also be informed of the need to maintain control and safety equipment on a regular basis. Safety equipment should be checked at least once monthly to ensure that it is working properly. All installation manuals, instructions and safety information should be left with the owner.
9.
Moving gates have pinch points and entrapment zones that can be extremely dangerous to pedestrians, especially small children. EVEN THOUGH YOU ARE PLANNING TO USE SAFETY EQUIPMENT, THESE POINTS AND ZONES SHOULD BE GUARDED. If you are unsure about your ability to identify the particular hazards of your gate operator system, call LiftMaster for assistance. UNGUARDED PINCH POINTS AND ENTRAPMENT ZONES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH!
ALL CONTROLS SHOULD BE LOCATED NO LESS THAN 6 FT. FROM ANY MOVING PART OF THE GATE SO THAT THE PERSON OPERATING THE CONTROLS CAN SEE THE FULL AREA OF GATE MOVEMENT, but should not be so close that a person starting the gate could be injured due to their proximity to the gate. Be especially careful in designing systems with automatic controls, that is, controls that can cause the gate to operate without warning to persons in the immediate gate area. Such controls include, but are not limited to, radio controls, remote mounted access controls, telephone access systems and timing devices. SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND SIGNS WARNING OF THE AUTOMATIC OPERATION ARE A MUST IN THE DESIGN OF SUCH A SYSTEM.
Safety Accessories IT IS A REQUIREMENT THAT SAFETY EQUIPMENT BE USED WITH EVERY GATE OPERATOR. There are many types of safety devices available; sensing edges and photo eye controls are some of the more common types of entrapment protection devices shown in the ACCESSORIES section of this catalog. Audible and/or visible warning devices are recommended when automatic controls are used in the gate operating system. A variety of warning signs and labels are also offered in this section. WITHOUT SAFETY EQUIPMENT THE GATE COULD CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH!
6
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Operated Gate Systems to Comply with UL 325 and ASTM F2200 •
A separate pedestrian entry/exit must be clearly visible to
promote • Install entrapment protection devices such that both primary and secondary devices protect all entrapment zones. pedestrian usage. It must be located so persons do Install entrapment protection devices that protect allpedestrian usage. It must be locatedcome • A separate pedestrian entry/exit must be clearly visible to promote so persons not come in contact with the vehiculargate gate while it is moving. in do contact with the vehicular while it is moving. entrapment zones. • Refer to your operator's Instruction Manual for full details
Refer to your Gate Operator’s Instruction Manual for full details.
User controls mounted at least 6 ft. away from gate
Swing Gate Public Side
Closed Gate
A
Pedestrian gate clearly located
B
Photo eyes Photo eye (public side)
A
If space is greater than 4 in. (10cm), entrapment protection in this area is required. If space is less than 16 in. (41cm), entrapment protection in this area is required.
B Opened Gate
•
not
ZONE
TR
EN
ENTR Edge sensor
NT
APME ZONE
Reflector for photo eye
Secure Side
Attach WARNING signs on both sides of the gate.
(ASTM F2200: 7.1.1.1 and 7.1.1.2)
Pedestrian gate clearly located
User controls mounted at least 6 ft. away from gate
With the hinge mounted on the corner of the pilaster, the entrapment area A is eliminated and protection is not required for this area.
Base of Swing and Slide Gate
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Slide Gate
Closed Gate
Opened Gate
T
N ME AP
All gates must have smooth bottom edges. No protrusions should exist. If gate hardware or sensors protrude, they must have smooth surfaces free of any sharp cutting edges that do not exceed ½ in. beyond the base of the gate. (ASTM F2200: 4.8)
Public Side 6 ft. (1 .8m) m inimu m Attach WARNING signs on both sides of the gate
OK
Not Allowed
Guard posts Non-pinch rollers (4x)
See “Slide Gate Openings”
V track (gate rail)
Physical stop
Photo eye (4x)
Edge sensor on Leading Edge of gate
Edge sensor on Trailing Edge of gate te d Ga Han Left ing open
See “Slide Gate Openings”
ENT
PM TRA
Slide Gate Gaps
E
ZON
EN
Photo eye (entrapment protection shown in four locations). Physical stop — weld stops at both ends of gate rail.
Secure Side
Slide Gate Openings
A gap, measured in the horizontal plane parallel to the roadway, between a fixed stationary object nearest the roadway (such as a gate support post) and the gate frame when the gate is in either the fully open position or the fully closed position, shall not exceed 2 ¼ in. (57mm). Exception: All other fixed stationary objects greater than 16 in. (406mm) from the gate frame shall not be required to comply with this section. (ASTM F2200: 6.1.4)
Openings of a horizontal slide gate must be smaller than 2 1/4 in. (57mm) or else be guarded or screened. These design rules apply to both the moving gate as well as the portion of adjacent fence that the gate covers in the open position. (UL325: 56.8.4.a.2 and ASTM F2200: 6.1.2) See Illustrations below.
XXX XXX
XXX
XXXXXX
XXX
Gate Frame and Adjacent Fence Area
If gaps (xxx) between vertical bars of the gate or fence are less than 2 1/4 in. (57mm), no further screening is required.
Gate Frame and Adjacent Fence Area
6 ft. (1.8m) minimum
•
Operated Gate Systems to Comply with UL325 and ASTM F2200
Only install the gate operator used for vehicular traffic. • Only install the operator on gateson usedgates for vehicular traffic.
6 ft.(1.8m) minimum
•
For gaps (xxx) equal to or larger than 2 1/4 in. (57mm), a wire mesh screen must be applied to the gate. Wire mesh screen openings must be smaller than 2 1/4 in. (57mm). The minimum height of wire mesh screen: 6 ft. (1.8m).
7
DESIGNING AUTOMATED VEHICULAR GATE SYSTEMS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
AN AUTOMATED VEHICULAR GATE OPERATOR SYSTEM INCLUDES SEVERAL COMPONENTS, ALL OF WHICH MUST BE SELECTED IN CONCERT WITH EACH OTHER AND WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE JOB IF THE SYSTEM IS TO BE SUCCESSFUL. IN ADDITION TO THE GATE ITSELF, A SYSTEM CONSISTS OF A GATE OPERATOR, ENTRY CONTROL EQUIPMENT TO INTERFACE WITH THE GATE OPERATOR AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT TO PROTECT PEOPLE AND PROPERTY FROM HAZARDS OF AN ELECTRICALLY POWERED GATE. NOTE: A single cycle is considered one full open and closing. The number of cycles is considered the number of times the open limit is actuated in one hour.
1
GATE OPERATOR MODEL SELECTION—The gate operator models described in this catalog are grouped according to the type of gate for which they are intended to be used and the expected frequency of usage.
Gate Operator Type—It is important to select the proper type and size of gate operator for your gate. Remember, mismatch between gate and operator can result in a malfunctioning or dangerous system. We also offer an extensive array of gate operator modifications for those instances where a standard machine is not the right choice.
Contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative for more information about the application of any LiftMaster Gate Operator.
3
SAFETY ACCESSORY SELECTION—All gate operators will accept safety accessories to protect vehicles and equipment from motorized gates. One of the best choices for safety equipment is a sensing edge, commonly called a safety edge. One or more of these is strongly recommended on all motorized gates, but primarily on slide gates. The edge mounts on leading edges of the gate and on stationary fence posts and must be wired into the control box of the operator. If the gate strikes an obstruction while opening or closing, the sensing edge will compress and either cause the gate to either stop or reverse depending on the connection to the operator.
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Gate Operator Size—This catalog uses gate width charts to aid in the proper sizing of a gate operator. However, it should be noted that these charts are only estimates and can vary greatly between applications.
Photo eyes are also very common in residential, commercial or industrial installations. For more information on these devices, consult a LiftMaster Sales Representative.
Gate Operator Usage—Both the gate and the gate operator must be designed to stand up to the intended usage of the system. A gate that opens 25 times an hour cannot use a gate operator designed for more limited duty cycles.
Other types of safety accessories that are offered include audible or visible warning devices to warn of a moving gate or one that is about to start moving. Finally, all installations are required to have Warning Signs in place to warn pedestrians of the dangers of operating vehicular gates. Many signs and labels are included with each gate operator. These should be carefully placed according to the accompanying instructions. Additional or replacement signs are offered in the Accessories Section.
Generally speaking, gate operators that utilize wormgear reduction systems will stand up to severe usage much better than belt-reduced gate operators.
NOTE: Please review application with requirements of UL 325 and ASTM F2200 to ensure a proper installation.
2
ENTRY CONTROL DEVICES—LiftMaster offers a wide variety of entry control devices that are compatible with the gate operators. These entry control devices may be found in this catalog. Most entry control devices require a choice to be made between convenience and security. Push buttons are easy for just about anyone to use, but that is precisely why they may be undesirable in certain installations. Key control stations are a popular alternative, requiring the use of a key to open or close the gate. Another commonly used device is the card reader, similar to key controls in style in that the user must carry something to gain access through the door. However, access control and telephone entry systems that use card readers offer the added advantage of being able to issue many different cards to different users or different classes of users, cards which can be easily invalidated when necessary. A somewhat different approach is achieved by using digital keypads, which offer a comparable degree of security and flexibility to card readers, but which do not require the user to carry anything. However, he or she must remember the four- or five-digit entry code to use the keypad. Very often gates will be operated primarily by people in vehicles. When this is the case, radio controls and other outdoor, pedestal-mount control devices are desirable. Automatic controls can be used when conditions dictate. The most common of this type is the auto-close timer, which will cause the gate to close automatically after a preset time interval whenever it is left open. Another variety is the 7-day time clock, which can be programmed to open the gate automatically at different times of the day.
8
4
GATE OPERATOR CLASSIFICATIONS—There are four gate operator classifications. Class I is considered the most stringent class achievable and can be used in all of the other classes of installation.
Class I: Residential A gate operator intended for use in a home. A home is defined as a one to four singlefamily dwelling, or a garage or parking area associated therewith. Class II: Commercial or General Public Access A gate operator intended for use in a commercial location. Commercial locations include gated communities, hotels, garages, retail stores or other buildings that service the general public. Class III: Industrial or Limited Access A gate operator intended for use in an industrial location. Industrial locations include factories, loading dock areas or other locations not intended to service the general public. Class IV: Restricted Access A gate operator intended for use in a guarded industrial location. Guarded industrial locations include airport security areas or other restricted access locations not servicing the general public, in which unauthorized access is prevented via supervision by security personnel.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATOR ENTRAPMENT
Class Class Class IV III I and II
UL 325 Installation Class
Slide Gate Operator Primary Type A A, B1 or B2 A, B1, B2 or D
Secondary Type B1, B2 or D A, B1, B2, D or E A, B1, B2, D or E
Swing and Gate Barrier (Arm) Operator Primary Type A or C A, B1, B2 or C A, B1, B2, C or D
CONTROL WIRING Max. Distance (Ft.)
Wire Gauge
1,000
18
1,200
16
2,000
14
Secondary Type A, B1, B2, C or D A, B1, B2, C, D or E A, B1, B2, C, D or E
Formula (V) x (D) L = (2K) x (I) L = Maximum one-way distance V = Voltage drop (5%) D = Cross-section area of conductor (diameter)
What are the obstruction sensing types?
K = Resistivity of conductor (ohms) I = Motor F.L.A. (running)
There are six types of obstruction sensing systems.
Type B1: Connections provided for a non-contact sensor. A non-contact device such as a photo eye can be used as a secondary protection. Type B2: Connections provided for a contact sensor. A contact device such as an edge device can be used for secondary protection.
WIRE GAUGE
DIAMETER
OHMS/1,000 FT.
16 14 12 10 8
1/20 in. 1/16 in. 1/12 in. 1/10 in. 1/8 in.
4Ω 2.5Ω 1.6Ω 1Ω 0.6Ω
Type C: Inherent adjustable clutch or pressure relief valve. Type D: Connections provided for a control requiring continuous pressure to open and close the gate.
Power Wiring
Type E: Built-in audio alarm. Examples include sirens, horns or buzzers.
NOTE: Calculated using NEC guidelines. Local codes and conditions must be reviewed for suitability of wire installation. Primary/Secondary units must be installed on separate circuits.
Wiring specifications can be found in applicable Gate Operator Owner’s Manual.
9
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Type A: Inherent obstruction sensing system, self-contained within the gate operator. This system must sense and initiate the reverse of the gate within two seconds of contact with a solid object.
HOW TO ORDER GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Building a Model Number Four (4) selections must be made to specify each gate operator model.
1
Select the proper model type for your gate based on your gate type. A brief description of the gate type(s) for which a model is intended to be used is included at the beginning of each model page. If you are not sure of the proper model for your gate, refer to “Designing Automated Vehicular Gate Systems,” or contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. ®
The LiftMaster identifier and model type will become the first part of the complete model number. Example: SL585
2
Select the horsepower rating of your operator by studying the recommended capacities guide for the model type you have chosen. This guide is based on the overall area of the gate and is a general guideline only for new and properly installed gates. If your gate size is beyond the range on the guide for one of these models, go to the standard-duty or heavy-duty gate operator of the same type. The ORDERING CODE for horsepower rating is as follows:
1/2 HP
50
1 HP
100
2 HP
200
The horsepower rating code will become the second part of the model number.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Example: SL58550
3
Select the voltage and phase according to your installation requirement. The power available at the jobsite must be of the same voltage, phase and frequency as ordered for the gate operator. A MISMATCH CAN CAUSE A DANGEROUS SITUATION AND RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE OPERATOR AND/OR INSTALLATION POWER SUPPLY. The ORDERING CODE for voltage, phase and frequency is as follows:
115VAC, 1Ø, 60Hz
11
230VAC, 1Ø, 60Hz
21
208VAC, 1Ø, 60Hz
81
208VAC, 1Ø, 60Hz
83
230VAC, 3Ø, 60Hz
23
460VAC, 3Ø, 60Hz
43
575VAC, 3Ø, 60Hz
53
The voltage, phase and frequency code will become the third part of the model number. Example: SL5855011
4
The fourth and final part of the model number is the gate operator type—Heater or Non Heater.
Example: SL5855011H3 (Heater Model) or SL5855011G3 (Non Heater) Additional Information Required:
1. On all orders, please specify the gate TYPE and WIDTH. 2. Please list any modifications, accessories and omissions as separate line items. 3. Please indicate any markings required on packing cartons. NOTE: Heater sold as add-on kit for RSL12VDC, RSW12VDC, CSL24VDC, CSW24VDC. Not all gate operators come in all horsepower and voltages listed on this page. Consult the individual operator pages of this catalog for specifics.
10
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
11
LINEAR ACTUATORS, UNDERGROUND AND COLUMN MOUNT SWING GATE OPERATORS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
WITH STREAMLINED DESIGNS, THIS SET OF SWING GATE OPERATORS CAN EASILY MOUNT TO A GATE, BE INSTALLED UNDERGROUND OR BE INCORPORATED INTO A GATE WITH COLUMNS. They’ll keep a property looking great while
LA500DC Residential/Light Commercial DC Linear Actuator
Our most powerful Swing Gate Operator delivers unsurpassed performance and secure access to your property.
providing exceptional performance. Make an
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
entrance — or exit.
12
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
LA412DC Residential DC Linear Actuator
LA400DC Residential DC Linear Actuator
The most solar-optimized Swing Gate Operator on the market delivers unmatched performance, power and reliability when and where you need it.
This is one of our best selling Swing Gate Operators that features Battery Backup, MyQ Technology and Security+ 2.0 .
FROG Residential Underground Swing Gate Operator
FERNI Residential Column-Mount Swing Gate Operator
Our invisible access solution is ideal for ornamental swing gates.
A versatile solution for residential swing gates, this gate operator is ideal for gate automation applications involving large pillars.
®
™
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS 13
LA400DC
LINEAR ACTUATOR SWING GATE OPERATOR
Residential DC Linear Actuator
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
ONE OF OUR MOST POPULAR SWING GATE OPERATORS JUST GOT EVEN BETTER AT DELIVERING UNSURPASSED PERFORMANCE AND SECURE ACCESS TO YOUR PROPERTY. CONNECTIVITY
SAFETY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control your gate operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater peace of mind • Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications on your mobile device so that you always know the status of your gate operator • Wireless Dual Gate Communication saves unsightly driveway scars by eliminating expensive conduit for dual gate communication
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely –– 3-channel receiver — OPEN/CLOSE/STOP – Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher – Receiver stores up to (50) remote controls • Fire department compliance—Auto Open on AC fail or battery depletion • Bi-part delay • Synchronized close • Keyed manual disconnect • Timer-to-Close • UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
®
PERFORMANCE
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
• Battery Backup provides up to 400 cycles or 97 days of standby power when the power is out • Soft start/stop operation • Commercial duty cast aluminum housing • Wormgear reduction precision machined all metal gear • Electronic limit setting • 2-digit LED diagnostic display • 2 auxiliary power outlets • Party Pass—selectable hold-open feature
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS • Power: 24VDC or solar power (standard control box) • Accessory Power: 24VDC 500mA output. Industrial-strength surge suppression. Switched and unswitched power. • Gate Travel Speed: 90-degree opening in 15–17 seconds • Gate Operator Weight: Actuator arm 18.8 lbs., standard control box 12.6 lbs. • Warranty: 2 Years
3.75"
5.5"
BATTERY BACKUP OPERATIONS Battery
Cycles
Standby Time
(2) 7Ah
400
97 Days
37.5"
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES 850 lbs.
Recommended Cycles per Day: 100 Duty Cycle: Continuous
850 750
750 lbs.
20"
650
650 lbs.
550
550 lbs. 0
16"
10 ft.
12 ft.
14 ft.
16 ft.
13" Standard Control Box
14
16" Extra Large Control Box
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Model Description LA4001PKGDC Single Arm Package LA400DC Primary 24VDC Actuator Arm LA400DCS Secondary 24VDC Actuator Arm LA400CONTDC Standard 24VDC Control Box
Internet Gateway (828LM)* Receive alerts or monitor and activate gate from anywhere in the world via an Internet-enabled device.
OPTIONAL SOLAR FEATURE Industry-leading solar-ready ultrareliable system delivers power when you need it most to operate the gate and is extremely power efficient at all other times to maximize solar performance. Homeowners may qualify for 30% solar tax credit. Choosing the right package depends on geographical location, number of cycles per day and accessories used. See LiftMaster Solar Daily Cycle Rate Chart for more details. ®
210W 20W 24V Solar Kit includes (2) 10W 12V solar panels and (1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
OPTIONAL EXPANSION BOARD • Plug-In Loop Detector inputs (with optional expansion board) • 3-second pre-motion warning alarm • Advanced Traffic Management Control secures your property –– Anti-Tailgate stops the gate from closing when vehicle pulls onto interrupt loop or breaks photo eye beam. Gate continues down once vehicle backs up. –– Quick Close: gate closes immediately after vehicle leaves interrupt loop. • Inputs for 3 additional safety devices • 2 Auxiliary Programmable Relays
*Internet Gateway accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a MyQ -Enabled Gate Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and type of exterior building materials. A general range estimate is 300 ft.
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
LiftMaster Monitored Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (CPS‑RPEN4GM) Single-sided means no expensive trenching or wiring. LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detector (LOOPDETLM) 8 sensitivity settings, including boost. Requires optional expansion board. ®
Expansion Board (K1D8080-1CC) Additional programming features, external loops, plug-in loops, auxiliary relays and inputs for additional controls and safety eyes.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Solar Package Description XLSOLARCONTDC XL Metal Control Box For single and dual solar gate applications, with solar harness. Compatible with LA400DC/ LA412DC/LA500DC. (Batteries not included)
Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)* Monitor and open or close the gate from any room in your house or facility.
LiftMaster Value Pack (CPSR-VALPAK) Includes (1) CPS‑RPEN4GM photo eye, (2) LOOPDETLM loop detectors and (2) 892LT Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls. ™
LiftMaster Low Power Loop Detector (LD7LP) 10–30 VAC/DC low power failsafe loop detector. ®
Push-to-Open Bracket (50-19503) Allows the gate to swing out from the property. Single Piece Sensing Probe (CP3) 6–31 VAC or 10–40 VDC. 150microA (standby) 25–30mA (detect) current draw. Automatic sensitivity 100 ft. lead length, 1-piece design. 7Ah 12V Battery (MBAT) 33Ah 12V Battery (A12330SGLPK) Solar Panel (SOLPNL10W12V) 10W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware. 10 ft. of cable. Solar Panel (SOLPNL20W12V) 20W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware. 10 ft. of cable. Solar Harness Kit (K94-37236) For use with 7Ah and 33Ah batteries.
®
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors.
Remote Light Switch (823LM)* Controls lights remotely, in your garage, yard or home. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
15
LA412DC
LINEAR ACTUATOR SWING GATE OPERATOR
Solar Residential DC Linear Actuator
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
THE MOST SOLAR-OPTIMIZED SWING GATE OPERATOR ON THE MARKET DELIVERS UNMATCHED PERFORMANCE, POWER AND RELIABILITY WHEN AND WHERE YOU NEED IT TO QUICKLY AND SAFELY ACCESS YOUR PROPERTY. CONNECTIVITY
SAFETY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control your gate operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater peace of mind • Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications on your mobile device so that you always know the status of your gate operator • Wireless Dual Gate Communication saves unsightly driveway scars by eliminating expensive conduit for dual gate communication
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely –– 3-channel receiver — OPEN/CLOSE/STOP – Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher – Receiver stores up to (50) remotes • Fire department compliance—Auto Open on AC fail or battery depletion • Bi-part delay • Synchronized close • Keyed manual disconnect • Timer-to-Close • UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
PERFORMANCE • Solar-optimized ultra-reliable system with industry-leading power management technology delivers power when you need it most to operate your gate and minimizes power draw at all other times • Receive up to 126 days of standby time without recharging • Soft start/stop operation • Commercial duty cast aluminum housing • Wormgear reduction precision machined all-metal gear • Electronic limit setting • 2-digit LED diagnostic display • Party Pass—selectable hold-open feature
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS • Power: Solar-powered system accepts up to 30W 12V solar panel • Accessory Power: 24VDC 500mA output. Switched and unswitched power. • Gate Travel Speed: 90-degree opening in 23–24 seconds • Gate Operator Weight: Actuator arm 19 lbs., standard control box 13 lbs. • Warranty: 2 Years
3.75"
5.5"
37.5"
BATTERY BACKUP OPERATIONS Battery
Cycles
Standby Time
(2) 7Ah
400
97 Days
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES 850 lbs.
650
650 lbs.
550
550 lbs.
16
20"
750
750 lbs.
0
16"
See Solar Daily Cycle Rate Chart for cycles per day by region
850
13" Standard Control Box
10 ft.
12 ft.
14 ft.
16" Extra Large Control Box
16 ft.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS Model Description LA4121PKGDC Single Arm 10W Solar Package (includes 10W solar panel)
SOLAR FEATURE Industry-leading solar-ready ultrareliable system delivers power when you need it most to operate the gate and is extremely power efficient at all other times to maximize solar performance. Homeowners may qualify for 30% solar tax credit. Choosing the right package depends on geographical location, number of cycles per day and accessories used. See LiftMaster Solar Daily Cycle Rate Chart for more details. ®
Solar Package Description LA412XL20W Single Arm 20W XL Solar Package
• Plug-In Loop Detector inputs (with optional expansion board) • 3-second pre-motion warning alarm • Advanced Traffic Management Control secures your property –– Anti-Tailgate stops the gate from closing when vehicle pulls onto interrupt loop or breaks photo eye beam. Gate continues down once vehicle backs up. –– Quick Close: gate closes immediately after vehicle leaves interrupt loop • Inputs for 3 additional safety devices • 2 Auxiliary Programmable Relays
Internet Gateway (828LM)* Receive alerts or monitor and activate gate from anywhere in the world via an Internet-enabled device. Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)* Monitor and open or close the gate from any room in your house or facility. 2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
LiftMaster Monitored Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (CPS‑RPEN4GM) Single-sided means no expensive trenching or wiring. LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detector (LOOPDETLM) 8 sensitivity settings, including boost. Requires optional expansion board. ®
Expansion Board (K1D8080-1CC) Additional programming features, external loops, plug-in loops, auxiliary relays and inputs for additional controls and safety eyes.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
OPTIONAL EXPANSION BOARD
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
LiftMaster Value Pack (CPSR-VALPAK) Includes (1) CPS‑RPEN4GM photo eye, (2) LOOPDETLM loop detectors and (2) 892LT Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls. ™
Push-to-Open Bracket (50-19503) Allows the gate to swing out from the property. LiftMaster Low Power Loop Detector (LD7LP) 10–30 VAC/DC low power failsafe loop detector. ®
Single Piece Sensing Probe (CP3) 6–31 VAC or 10–40 VDC. 150microA (standby) 25–30mA (detect) current draw. Automatic sensitivity, 100 ft. lead length, 1-piece design. 7Ah 12V Battery (MBAT) 33Ah 12V Battery (A12330SGLPK) Solar Panel (SOLPNL10W12V) 10W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware. 10 ft. of cable. Solar Panel (SOLPNL20W12V) 20W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware. 10 ft. of cable.
*Internet Gateway accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a MyQ -Enabled Gate Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and type of exterior building materials. A general range estimate is 300 ft.
Solar Harness Kit (K94-37236) For use with 7Ah and 33Ah batteries.
®
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors.
Remote Light Switch (823LM)* Controls lights remotely, in your garage, yard or home. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
17
LA500DC
LINEAR ACTUATOR SWING GATE OPERATOR
Residential/Light Commercial DC Linear Actuator
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
OUR MOST POWERFUL SWING GATE OPERATOR DELIVERS UNSURPASSED PERFORMANCE AND SECURE ACCESS TO YOUR PROPERTY. Our industry-leading power management technology extends Battery Backup for up to 24 days without recharging. No other company can offer you that peace of mind. CONNECTIVITY
SAFETY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control your gate operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater peace of mind • Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications on your mobile device so that you always know the status of your gate operator • Wireless Dual Gate Communication saves unsightly driveway scars by eliminating expensive conduit for dual gate communication
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely –– 3-channel receiver — OPEN/CLOSE/STOP – Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher – Receiver stores up to (50) remote controls • Fire department compliance—Auto Open on AC fail or battery depletion • Pre-motion warning alarm • Bi-part delay • Synchronized close • Keyed manual disconnect • Timer-to-Close • UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
PERFORMANCE • Battery Backup provides up to 500 cycles or 24 days of standby power when the power is out • Continuous-duty DC motor • Soft start/stop operation • Commercial duty cast aluminum housing • Wormgear reduction precision machined all-metal gear • Electronic limit setting • 2-digit LED diagnostic display • 2 auxiliary power outlets • Party Pass—selectable hold-open feature
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS • Power: Full time AC run operation 120V/230V Single Phase • Accessory Power: 24VDC 500mA output. Industrial-strength surge suppression. Switched and unswitched power. • Gate Travel Speed: 90-degree opening in 15–17 seconds • Gate Operator Weight: Actuator arm 35 lbs., standard control box 13 lbs. • Warranty: 2 Years
6.0"
40.0"
BATTERY BACKUP OPERATIONS Battery
Cycles
Standby Time
(2) 7Ah
500
24 Days
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES Swing Rating 1,600 lbs.
Recommended Cycles per Day: 300 Duty Cycle: Continuous
1,600
16"
20"
1,200
1,200 lbs.
800
800 lbs.
600
13"
400 lbs. 0
18
Standard Control Box 8 ft.
12 ft.
16 ft.
16" Extra Large Control Box
18 ft.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS Model Description LA5001PKGDC Single Arm Package LA5001PKGXLMDC Single Arm Package with XL AC Run Control Box LA500DC Primary 24VDC Actuator Arm LA500DCS Secondary 24VDC Actuator Arm LA500CONTDC Standard 24VDC Control Box LA500CONTXLMDC XL Metal 24VDC Control Box
OPTIONAL SOLAR FEATURE Industry-leading solar-ready ultrareliable system delivers power when you need it most to operate the gate and is extremely power efficient at all other times to maximize solar performance. Homeowners may qualify for 30% solar tax credit.
See LiftMaster Solar Daily Cycle Rate Chart for more details. ®
Solar Package Description XLSOLARCONTDC XL Metal Control Box For single and dual solar gate applications, with solar harness. Compatible with LA400DC/ LA412DC/LA500DC. (Batteries not included) 210W 20W 24V Solar Kit includes (2) 10W 12V solar panels and (1) K94-37236 solar battery harness LA500XL20W
Single Arm 20W XL Solar Kit
INCLUDED EXPANSION BOARD • Plug-In Loop Detector inputs • 3-second pre-motion warning alarm • Advanced Traffic Management Control secures your property –– Anti-Tailgate stops the gate from closing when vehicle pulls onto interrupt loop or breaks photo eye beam. Gate continues down once vehicle backs up. –– Quick Close: gate closes immediately after vehicle leaves interrupt loop • Inputs for 3 additional safety devices • 2 Auxiliary Programmable Relays
Internet Gateway (828LM)* Receive alerts or monitor and activate gate from anywhere in the world via an Internet-enabled device. Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)* Monitor and open or close the gate from any room in your house or facility. 2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
LiftMaster Monitored Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (CPS‑RPEN4GM) Single-sided means no expensive trenching or wiring. LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detector (LOOPDETLM) 8 sensitivity settings, including boost. Requires optional expansion board. ®
LiftMaster Value Pack (CPSR-VALPAK) Includes (1) CPS‑RPEN4GM photo eye, (2) LOOPDETLM loop detectors and (2) 892LT Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Choosing the right package depends on geographical location, number of cycles per day and accessories used.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
™
LiftMaster Maglock (MG1300) Includes MG1300 maglock and transformer. 7Ah 12V Battery (MBAT) 33Ah 12V Battery (A12330SGLPK) Solar Panel (SOLPNL10W12V) 10W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware. 10 ft. of cable. Solar Panel (SOLPNL20W12V) 20W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware. 10 ft. of cable. Solar Harness Kit (K94-37236) For use with 7Ah and 33Ah batteries. Remote Light Switch (823LM)* Controls lights remotely, in your garage, yard or home. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a MyQ -Enabled Gate Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and type of exterior building materials. A general range estimate is 300 ft. ®
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors.
19
FROG
UNDERGROUND SWING GATE OPERATOR
Residential Underground Swing Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
IDEAL FOR ORNAMENTAL SWING GATES, THIS GATE OPERATOR PROVIDES AN INVISIBLE ACCESS SOLUTION. PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• • • • • • • •
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely – Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher – Receiver stores up to (50) remote controls • Manual disconnect • UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
Continuous-duty DC motor Soft start/stop operation Ultra-reliable, maintenance-free direct gear drive system Watertight DC operator system Steel access plate that is flush with the driveway surface Electronic limit setting Surge protection Adjustable speed control
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION DIMENSIONS
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
SPECIFICATIONS • Power: 120V AC, 2 Amps • Accessory Power: 24VAC, 2 Amps • Gate Travel Speed: 90-degree opening in 16–45 seconds • Gate Operator Weight: FROG1PKG: 78 lbs. FROGS: 62 lbs. • Warranty: 3 Years
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES Swing Rating 1,800 lbs.
16.0"
Recommended Cycles per Day: 25
6.25" 13.0"
1,770
1,320
1,400 lbs.
Gate Operator dimensions in underground case 800
1,000 lbs.
0
6.6 ft.
8.2 ft.
11.5 ft.
12.6"
9.45"
20
5.7"
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS Model Description FROG1PKG FROG Swing Gate Operator System FROGS FROG Secondary Swing Gate Operator System
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Control Panel (ZLJ24U) Control panel for two-leaf swing gates featuring signaling display and self-diagnosis of safety devices. Steel Casing with Lever Release (FROGCFR) FROG steel casing with lever release. Lever Release (001A4364) Lever to release cover to access motor. CAME Thru-Beam Photo Eyes (DIR10M) Pair of photo eyes with 32.8 ft. sensing distance, NC close. NEMA 4 rated. 2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage door(s). It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
LiftMaster Low Power Loop Detector (LD7LP) 10–30 VAC/DC low power failsafe loop detector. ®
LiftMaster Maglock (MG1300) Includes MG1300 maglock and transformer. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors.
21
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
LiftMaster Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (RETROAB) 12VDC and 24VAC/DC. 20mA/40mA standby/detect current. UL listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13 rated. 30 ft. sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood, bracket, 3 in. reflector and 6 ft. cable leads.
FERNI
COLUMN MOUNT SWING GATE OPERATOR
Residential Column-Mount Swing Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
A VERSATILE SOLUTION FOR RESIDENTIAL SWING GATES. IDEAL FOR GATE AUTOMATION APPLICATIONS INVOLVING LARGE PILLARS. DESIGN ALLOWS FOR FLEXIBLE MOUNTING OPTIONS. PERFORMANCE • • • • • • •
Continuous-duty DC motor Soft start/stop operation Compact articulating arm mounts neatly on column or fence post Single and dual gate applications Electronic limit setting Surge protection Adjustable speed control
SAFETY • Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely – Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher – Receiver stores up to (50) remote controls • Manual disconnect • Partial open feature • Timer-to-Close • UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines ™
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS • Power: 120V AC, 2 Amps • Accessory Power: 24VAC, 2 Amps • Gate Travel Speed: 90-degree opening in 12–45 seconds • Gate Operator Weight: FERNI1PKG: 48 lbs. FERNIS: 32 lbs. • Warranty: 3 Years
13.68"
7.16"
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES Swing Rating 1,800 lbs.
1,770
1,320
1,400 lbs.
880
1,000 lbs.
0
6.61"
Recommended Cycles per Day: 25
6.6 ft.
8.2 ft.
13 ft.
12.6"
9.45"
22
5.7"
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS Model Description FERNI1PKG FERNI Swing Gate Operator System FERNIS FERNI Secondary Swing Gate Operator System
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Control Panel (ZLJ24U) Control panel for two-leaf swing gates featuring signaling display and self-diagnosis of safety devices. CAME Thru-Beam Photo Eyes (DIR10M) Pair of photo eyes with 32.8 ft. sensing distance, NC close. NEMA 4 rated. CAME Photo Eye Cover (DIRZ) Photo eye aluminum alloy impact cover. 2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage door(s). It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
LiftMaster Low Power Loop Detector (LD7LP) 10–30 VAC/DC low power failsafe loop detector. ®
LiftMaster Maglock (MG1300) Includes MG1300 maglock and transformer. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors.
23
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
LiftMaster Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (RETROAB) 12VDC and 24VAC/DC. 20mA/40mA standby/detect current. UL listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13 rated. 30 ft. sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood, bracket, 3 in. reflector and 6 ft. cable leads.
SWING GATE OPERATORS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
CSW24VDC Elite Series Commercial High‑Traffic DC Swing Gate Operator ®
SLEEK AND POWERFUL, SWING GATE OPERATORS CAN EASILY AND RELIABLY GIVE YOU ACCESS TO THE MOST IMPRESSIVE GATES. Their rugged construction and drive trains will provide years of reliable performance.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Engineered for more than a million cycles in high‑traffic heavy-duty applications, the CSW24VDC Gate Operator is ideal for the most demanding swing gate environments.
24
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
RSW12VDC Residential/Light Commercial DC Swing Gate Operator
CSW200UL Elite Series Commercial High-Traffic AC Swing Gate Operator
Ideal for large heavy gates, with a sturdy pad mount design, this gate operator delivers accurate control of the gate and unsurpassed performance.
Built for high-traffic applications and engineered for safety, this model is the first choice for heavy‑traffic applications such as large gated communities, residential developments, commercial complexes and private estates.
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
SW490 Industrial Swing Gate Operator
Powerful performance for industrial swing gate applications. Utilizing a weather-resistant, powder‑coated steel enclosure, a wormgear reducing drive and high-starting torque motor, this gate operator offers you years of reliable and powerful performance.
25
SWING GATE OPERATOR
RSW12VDC
Residential/Light Commercial DC Swing Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
IDEAL FOR LARGE HEAVY GATES, THE RSW12VDC’S STURDY PAD MOUNT DESIGN DELIVERS ACCURATE CONTROL OF THE GATE AND UNSURPASSED PERFORMANCE. Industry-leading power management technology extends Battery Backup for up to 63 days without recharging, providing greater security and reliability. No one else can offer you that peace of mind. CONNECTIVITY
SAFETY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control your gate operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater peace of mind • Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications on your mobile device so that you always know the status of your gate operator • Wireless Dual Gate Communication saves unsightly driveway scars by eliminating expensive conduit for dual gate communication
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely –– 3-channel receiver — OPEN/CLOSE/STOP – Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher – Receiver stores up to (50) remote controls • Fire department compliance—Auto Open on AC fail or battery depletion • Bi-part delay • Synchronized close • Manual disconnect • Timer-to-Close • Non-Scissoring Gate Arm with Emergency Release Handle • UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
PERFORMANCE • Battery Backup provides up to 147 cycles or 63 days of standby power when the power is out • Continuous-duty DC motor • Soft start/stop operation • High-density UV-resistant polycarbonate 2-piece cover • Two commercial oil bath gear boxes with 900:1 wormgear reduction • Constructed with 1/4 in. gold zinc plated steel for rust prevention • Electronic limit setting • 2-digit LED diagnostic display • 2 auxiliary power outlets
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS • Power: 12VDC or solar powered • Accessory Power: 12VDC 500mA output. Industrial-strength surge suppression. Switched and unswitched power. • Gate Travel Speed: 90-degree opening in 13–15 seconds • Temperature Specifications: -40°F (-40°C) to 140°F (60°C) • Gate Operator Weight: 150 lbs. • Warranty: 3 Years
27.69"
BATTERY BACKUP OPERATIONS
Battery
Cycles
Standby Time
(1) 7Ah (2) 7Ah (1) 33Ah
147 354 877
63 Days 126 Days 180 Days
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES 800 lbs.
600
600 lbs.
RSW12VDC
20.0"
14.82"
Recommended Cycles per Day: 250 Duty Cycle: Continuous 500 400
400 lbs. 200 lbs. 0
26
12 ft.
14 ft.
16 ft.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS Model Description RSW12VDC Swing Gate Operator with Battery Backup
OPTIONAL SOLAR FEATURE Industry-leading solar-ready ultrareliable system delivers power when you need it most to operate the gate and is extremely power efficient at all other times to maximize solar performance. Homeowners may qualify for 30% solar tax credit. Choosing the right package depends on geographical location, number of cycles per day and accessories used. See LiftMaster Solar Daily Cycle Rate Chart for more details. ®
Internet Gateway (828LM)* Receive alerts or monitor and activate gate from anywhere in the world via an Internet-enabled device. Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)* Monitor and open or close the gate from any room in your house or facility. 2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
LiftMaster Monitored Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (CPS‑RPEN4GM) Single-sided means no expensive trenching or wiring. LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detector (LOOPDETLM) 8 sensitivity settings, including boost. Requires optional expansion board. ®
Expansion Board (K1D8080-1CC) Additional programming features, external loops, plug-in loops, auxiliary relays and inputs for additional controls and safety eyes.
20W33A 33Ah 12V Solar Kit includes (1) 20W 12V panel (1) 33Ah battery (1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
LiftMaster Value Pack (CPSR-VALPAK) Includes (1) CPS‑RPEN4GM photo eye, (2) LOOPDETLM loop detectors and (2) 892LT Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls.
OPTIONAL EXPANSION BOARD
Mounting Plate for Post Mounting (MPEL)
• Plug-In Loop Detector inputs (with optional expansion board) • 3-second pre-motion warning alarm • Advanced Traffic Management Control secures your property (with optional expansion board) –– Anti-Tailgate stops the gate from closing when vehicle pulls onto interrupt loop or breaks photo eye beam. Gate continues down once vehicle backs up. –– Quick Close: gate closes immediately after vehicle leaves interrupt loop • Inputs for 3 additional safety devices • 2 Auxiliary Programmable Relays
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Solar Package Description 20W7A 7Ah 12V Solar Kit includes (1) 20W 12V panel (1) 7Ah battery (1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
™
LiftMaster Maglock (MG1300) Includes MG1300 maglock and transformer.
7Ah 12V Battery (MBAT) 33Ah 12V Battery (A12330SGLPK) Solar Panel (SOLPNL10W12V) 10W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware. 10 ft. of cable. Solar Harness Kit (K94-37236) For use with 7Ah and 33Ah batteries. Remote Light Switch (823LM)* Controls lights remotely, in your garage, yard or home. Heater for Pad Mount Operators (HTR) 110–250 VAC, automatically detects voltage. Protect systems to -40°F. Installs on operator frame. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a MyQ -Enabled Gate Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and type of exterior building materials. A general range estimate is 300 ft. ®
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors. 27
SWING GATE OPERATOR
CSW24VDC
Elite Series Commercial High-Traffic DC Swing Gate Operator ®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
ENGINEERED FOR MORE THAN A MILLION CYCLES IN HIGH-TRAFFIC HEAVY-DUTY APPLICATIONS, THE CSW24VDC IS IDEAL FOR THE MOST DEMANDING SWING GATE ENVIRONMENTS. Industry-leading power management technology extends Battery Backup for up to 24 days without recharging, providing greater security and reliability. No one else can offer you that peace of mind. LiftMaster Elite Series Gate ®
®
Operators feature the highest quality components and are backed by years of proven reliability. CONNECTIVITY
SAFETY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control your gate operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater peace of mind • Wireless Dual Gate Communication saves unsightly driveway scars by eliminating expensive conduit for dual gate communication
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely –– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP –– Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher –– Receiver stores up to (50) remote controls • Integrated Plug-In Loop Detector inputs • Fire department compliance • Pre-motion warning alarm • Bi-part delay • Synchronized Close • Advanced Traffic Management Control secures your property –– Anti-Tailgate: stops the gate from closing when vehicle pulls onto interrupt loop or breaks photo eye beam, gate continues down once vehicle backs up –– Quick Close: gate closes immediately after vehicle leaves interrupt loop • Non-Scissoring Gate Arm with emergency release handle • Inputs for 6 safety devices • UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
®
PERFORMANCE
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
• • • • • • • • •
Battery Backup with exceptional standby power—24 days High-traffic continuous-duty 24VDC motor Soft start/stop operation Heavy-duty commercial drive train providing 900:1 wormgear reduction High-impact polycarbonate UV-resistant cover 1/4 in. gold zinc plated chassis eliminates corrosion One Touch Push-Button electronic limit setting 2-digit LED diagnostic display 2 auxiliary power outlets
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
• Power: 110V/220V Single Phase • Accessory Power: 24VDC 500mA output. Switched and unswitched power. • Gate Travel Speed: 90-degree opening in 13–15 seconds • Gate Operator Weight: 206 lbs. • Warranty: 5 Years Commercial, 7 Years Residential
Recommended Cycles per Hour—Continuous 1,600 lbs.
1600 1200
1,200 lbs.
800
800 lbs.
600
400 lbs.
BATTERY BACKUP OPERATIONS 12 FT./800 LBS. SWING GATE
28
Battery
Cycles
Standby Time
(2) 7Ah (2) 33Ah
146 786
24 Days 105 Days
0
8 ft.
12 ft.
16 ft.
18 ft.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS Model Description CSW24VDC 24VDC Swing Gate Operator with Battery Backup
OPTIONAL SOLAR FEATURE Industry-leading solar-ready ultrareliable system delivers power when you need it most to operate the gate and is extremely power efficient at all other times to maximize solar performance. Homeowners may qualify for 30% solar tax credit. Choosing the right package depends on geographical location, number of cycles per day, and accessories used. See LiftMaster Solar Daily Cycle Rate Chart for more details. ®
40W33A 33Ah 24V Solar Kit includes (2) 20W 12V solar panels (2) 33Ah batteries (1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Internet Gateway (828LM)* Receive alerts or monitor and activate gate from anywhere in the world via an Internet-enabled device. Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)* Monitor and open or close the gate from any room in your house or facility. 2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls (811LM) (813LM) Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for a common entrance. ™
LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detector (LOOPDETLM) 8 sensitivity settings, including boost. ®
LiftMaster Maglock (MG1300) Includes MG1300 maglock and transformer. GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Solar Package Description 210W 20W 24V Solar Kit includes (2) 10W 12V solar panels (1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
LiftMaster Monitored Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (CPS‑RPEN4GM) Single-sided means no expensive trenching or wiring. LiftMaster Commercial Protector System (CPS-UN4) Low-Power thru-beam photo eyes, 45 ft. sensing distance, NEMA 4 rated. LiftMaster Value Pack (CPSR-VALPAK) Includes (1) CPS‑RPEN4GM photo eye, (2) LOOPDETLM loop detectors and (2) 892LT Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls.
DIMENSIONS
™
Mounting Plate for Post Mounting (MPEL) 7Ah 12V Battery (MBAT) 33Ah 12V Battery (A12330SGLPK) Solar Panel (SOLPNL10W12V) 10W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware. 10 ft. of cable.
27.69"
20" 14.82" FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a MyQ ‑Enabled gate operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and type of exterior building materials. A general range estimate is 300 ft. ®
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors.
Solar Panel (SOLPNL20W12V) 20W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware. 10 ft. of cable. Uphill Swivel Arm (Q103) Swivel arm for uphill swing gates. Remote Light Switch (823LM)* Controls lights remotely, in your garage, yard or home. Heater for Pad Mount Operators (HTR) 110–250 VAC, automatically detects voltage. Protect systems to -40°F. Installs on operator frame.
29
SWING GATE OPERATOR
CSW200UL
Elite Series Commercial High-Traffic AC Swing Gate Operator ®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
BUILT FOR HIGH-TRAFFIC APPLICATIONS AND ENGINEERED FOR SAFETY, THE CSW200UL MODELS OF SWING GATE OPERATORS ARE THE FIRST CHOICE FOR HEAVY-TRAFFIC APPLICATIONS SUCH AS LARGE GATED COMMUNITIES, RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS, COMMERCIAL COMPLEXES AND PRIVATE ESTATES. LiftMaster Elite Series Gate Operators feature the highest quality components and are ®
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
backed by years of proven reliability. PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• High-traffic continuous-duty 120VAC motor • Heavy-duty commercial drivetrain providing 900:1 wormgear reduction • Highly efficient, extremely quiet • Weatherproof high-density polyethylene UV-resistant cover • 1/4 in. gold zinc plated chassis eliminates corrosion • 24VDC board • Electronic motor disconnect • Timer-to-Close adjustable from 0– 60 seconds • Power ON/OFF switch • High-speed precision limit switches • Solid steel, machined pulley
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely –– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP –– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver –– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls • Designed with a non-scissor action swing arm to greatly reduce the risk of injury • Alarm reset button • Alarm and emergency reversing detection • Surge suppressor/lightning protection • Inputs for loops, key switches, fire department switches, photo eyes, edges etc. • UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines ™
™
TECHNICAL INFORMATION DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS • Power: 120VAC Power Single Phase • Accessory Power: 24VDC Control Board • Gate Travel Speed: 90-degree opening in 15 seconds • Shipping Weight: 175 lbs. • Warranty: 5 Years Commercial, 7 Years Residential
H
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES 1,600 lbs.
Recommended Cycles per Hour: 75 Duty Cycle: Continuous
1600 1200
1,200 lbs.
800
800 lbs.
600
D
400 lbs. 0
8 ft.
12 ft.
16 ft.
W
18 ft.
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES Model
Max Gate Weight (lbs.)
Max Gate Length (ft.)
Recommended Cycles / Hour
CSW200UL1HP CSW200ULDM
1,000 600
22 20
60 Continuous
CSW200UL8: CSW200ULST: CSW200ULDM: CSW200UL1HP:
15 in. W x 28 in. H x 20.5 in. D 14 in. W x 28 in. H x 19 in. D 15 in. W x 28 in. H x 24.5 in. D 15 in. W x 28 in. H x 24.5 in. D
Duty Cycle: Continuous
30
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS Model Description CSW200UL8 Commercial Swing Gate Operator (1/2 HP 120VAC). CSW200UL1HP8 Unique Dual Motor System delivers 1 HP. Perfect for large and heavy gates (1 HP 120VAC). CSW200ULDM8 Unique Patented Dual Motor Feature. One motor opens the gate and the other motor closes it. Ideal in high-cycle gated communities, desert applications or where extreme temperatures are an issue (Two 1/2 HP 120VAC). CSW200ULST8 CSW200UL model with stainless steel, powder-coated cover for increased durability (1/2 HP 120VAC).
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls (811LM) (813LM) Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for a common entrance. ™
Heavy Duty Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (AOMRON) 24–240 VAC/DC retro-reflective photo eyes, UL listed, 40 ft. sensing distance, NEMA 4 rated. Elite Plug-In Loop Detector (AELD) 24VAC, failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel, 4 frequencies, 2 sensitivity levels, includes boost feature.
CSW200UL1HPH8* 1 HP dual motor system with heater.
Mounting Plate for Post Mounting (MPEL)
* Available factory installed. Please use suffix H8 when ordering (example: CSW200ULH8).
Uphill Swivel Arm (Q103) Swivel arm for uphill swing gates.
OMNICONTROL BOARD
Self-Regulating Heater and Coil 120V (G6518CSW)*
™
The advanced electronic control board offers many integrated functions to simplify installation and to provide added flexibility. In addition, the built-in surge suppression circuit protects the entire system from lightning and strikes.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors. ®
LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detectors offer simplicity of installation, and optional modules are available to provide added functionality of your gate operator installation. ®
OPTIONAL FEATURES • OmniControl board modules –– Anti-Tailgate: stops the gate from closing when vehicle pulls onto interrupt loop or breaks photo eye beam. Gate continues down once vehicle backs up. –– Quick Close: gate closes immediately after vehicle leaves interrupt loop. ™
31
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
CSW200ULH8* Commercial Swing Gate Operator (1/2 HP 120VAC) with factory installed heater.
SWING GATE OPERATOR
SW490
Heavy-Duty Industrial Swing Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
POWERFUL PERFORMANCE FOR HEAVY INDUSTRIAL SWING GATE APPLICATIONS. This hefty design supports gate lengths up to 22 ft. and gate weights up to 1,000 lbs. Utilizing a weather-resistant, powder-coated steel enclosure, a wormgear reducing drive and high-starting
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• High-starting torque, continuous-duty 1 HP AC industrial motor with overload protection • Heavy-duty wormgear-in-oil gear reducer • Industrial size 0 across-the-line magnetic reversing contactor • Weatherproof high-density powder-coated steel enclosure • Baked-on high-durability powder-coated finish • Gold zinc plated chassis eliminates corrosion • GL logic control board • Robust DC control circuit supports long-distance control wiring runs • Removable electrical panel for easy servicing • Timer-to-Close (0–180 seconds) • Sequenced Access Management System (SAMS)—Simple 4-wire connection • Heavy-duty arm assembly • Fully adjustable drive limit system • Pad mount
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely –– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP –– Includes 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver –– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls • UL 325 compliant Entrapment Alarm with external reset button • Selectable gate movement warning alarm • External manual disconnect • Adjustable inherent entrapment protection system • Integrated Maglock control • Manual quick-release system • Shadow, Interrupt and Exit loop inputs • Full systems capability, compatible with most access control devices and safety accessories • UL 325 compliant for Classes I, II, III and IV ™
™
TECHNICAL INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS
RECOMENDED CAPACITIES
• Power: 115/208/230VAC Power Single Phase, 208/230/460/575VAC Three Phase • Accessory Power: 24VAC Accessory Power Output • Gate Travel Speed: 90-degree opening in 12 seconds • Shipping Weight: 200 lbs. • Warranty: 2 Years
OPERATOR AMP RATING (RUNNING)
VOLTAGE PHASE 60 Hz
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
torque motor, this gate operator offers you years of reliable and powerful performance.
VAC
1 HP
115-1Ø 208-1Ø 208-3Ø 230-1Ø
13.4 6.7 3.6 6.7
230-3Ø
3.4
460-3Ø 575-3Ø
1.7 1.4
1,800 lbs.
Recommended Cycles per Day: 20 Duty Cycle: Continuous
1,800
1,600 1,400
1,400 lbs.
1,000
1,000 lbs.
0
12 ft.
16 ft.
18 ft.
22 ft.
DIMENSIONS
18.5" 22.0"
26.25"
32
13.75"
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS Model............................................. Voltage Phase Hz SW49010011G3.............................. 115 1 60 SW49010021G3.............................. 230 1 60 SW49010081G3.............................. 208 1 60 SW49010083G3.............................. 208 3 60 SW49010023G3.............................. 230 3 60 SW49010043G3.............................. 460 3 60 SW49010053G3.............................. 575 3 60
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls (811LM) (813LM) Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for a common entrance. ™
No-Enclosure Plug-In Vehicle Loop Detector (G714167NH) 24VAC. No wiring needed. Failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel, 4 frequencies, 8 sensitivity levels. Includes boost feature. Monitored Dual-Sided Photo Eyes (CPS-N4) Thru-Beam photo eye, UL listed to UL 325 standards, NEMA 4 rated, 45 ft. sensing distance. Thermostat Control Heater 115V and 575V (G6518300) Thermostat Control Heater 208V–460V (G6519084)
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors. ®
33
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
SLIDE GATE OPERATORS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
CSL24VDC Elite Series Commercial High-Traffic DC Slide Gate Operator ®
FROM RESIDENTIAL TO HIGH-SPEED INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS, THESE SLIDE GATE OPERATORS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO RELIABLY MOVE THE LARGEST OF GATES. Select models can also be easily configured to post or rear mount to accommodate design or space needs.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Engineered for more than a million cycles in high-traffic heavy-duty applications, the CSL24VDC is ideal for the most demanding slide gate environments.
SL585 Heavy‑Duty Industrial Slide Gate Operator
Reliable gear-driven slide gate operator for commercial and industrial applications.
34
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
SL3000UL Elite Series Commercial High-Traffic AC Slide Gate Operator ®
The first choice for heavy-traffic applications and high-demand customers, it features the highest quality components and is backed by years of proven reliability.
RSL12VDC Residential/Light Commercial DC Slide Gate Operator
BX243 Residential Slide Gate Operator
Ideal for large heavy gates, with a sturdy, pad mount design, this gate operator delivers accurate control of the gate and unsurpassed performance.
Compact, modern solution for residential slide gates, ideal for small footprint applications.
VSL595 Variable‑Speed Heavy‑Duty Industrial Slide Gate Operator
Complete with a high-starting continuous-duty torque motor, this extreme heavy-duty operator is designed for industrial locations, ensuring rugged and reliable performance.
Variable-speed, extreme heavyduty gate operator designed for maximum security applications such as airports, manufacturing plants or other areas where securing an opening quickly is important.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
SL595 Heavy‑Duty Industrial Slide Gate Operator
HS670 Heavy‑Duty Industrial Hydraulic Slide Gate Operator
Heavy-duty industrial hydraulic slide gate operator for high-frequency commercial or industrial applications.
35
SLIDE GATE OPERATORS
BX243
Residential Slide Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
A COMPACT, MODERN SOLUTION FOR RESIDENTIAL SLIDE GATES, THIS GATE OPERATOR IS IDEAL FOR SMALL FOOTPRINT APPLICATIONS. PERFORMANCE • Continuous-duty DC motor • Soft start/stop operation • Chain Drive (28 ft. included) or Rack-and-Pinion Drive (rack ordered separately) • Single and dual gate applications • Compact design requires minimal space • Wormgear ratio: 50:1 • Electronic limit setting • Surge protection • Adjustable speed control
SAFETY • Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely –– Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher –– Receiver stores up to (50) remote controls ™
• Leveling feet for easy height adjustment • Manual disconnect • UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS • Power: 120V AC, Single Phase • Accessory Power: 24VAC 1.5 Amps • Gate Travel Speed: 7.5 in. per second • Gate Operator Weight: BX243C: 36 lbs., BX243R: 27 lbs. • Warranty: 3 Years
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
13.0"
Max Gate Weight (lbs.)
Max Gate Length (ft.
Recommended Cycles / Hour
660
25
25
6.33"
36
11.73"
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS Model Description BX243C Slide Gate Operator Chain Drive BX243R Slide Gate Operator Rack-and-Pinion Drive
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
CAME Thru-Beam Photo Eyes (DIR10M) Pair of photo eyes with 32.8 ft. sensing distance, NC close. NEMA 4 rated. CAME Photo Eye Cover (DIRZ) Photo eye aluminum alloy impact cover. LiftMaster Low Power Loop Detector (LD7LP) 10–30 VAC/DC low power failsafe loop detector. ®
LiftMaster Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (RETROAB) 12VDC and 24VAC/DC. 20mA/40mA standby/detect current. UL listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13 rated. 30 ft. sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood, bracket, 3 in. reflector and 6 ft. cable leads.
Galvanized Steel Rack (CGZ) 3.25 ft. section of galvanized steel rack designed for BX243R. Polyamide and Steel Rack (CGZP) 3.25 ft. section of polyamide and steel rack with holes and spacers. Galvanized Steel Rack (CGZS) 3.25 ft. section of galvanzied steel rack with holes and spacers. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors.
37
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Zinc Coil Chain (BCAT) 3.25 ft. section of zinc coil chain, exact length specification for chain required.
SLIDE GATE OPERATORS
RSL12VDC
Residential/Light Commercial DC Slide Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
IDEAL FOR LARGE HEAVY GATES, THE RSL12VDC’S STURDY PAD MOUNT DESIGN DELIVERS ACCURATE CONTROL OF THE GATE AND UNSURPASSED PERFORMANCE. Industry-leading power management technology extends Battery Backup for up to 63 days without recharging, providing greater security and reliability. No one else can offer you that peace of mind. CONNECTIVITY
SAFETY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control your gate operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater peace of mind • Alerts can be received as email or pop-up (push) notifications on your mobile device so that you always know the status of your gate operator • Wireless Dual Gate Communication saves unsightly driveway scars by eliminating expensive conduit for dual gate communication
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely –– 3-channel receiver — OPEN/CLOSE/STOP –– Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher –– Receiver stores up to (50) remote controls • PosiLock —secures gate • Fire department compliance—Auto Open on AC fail or battery depletion • Bi-part delay • Synchronized close • Manual disconnect • Timer-to-Close • UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
PERFORMANCE • Battery Backup provides up to 114 cycles or 63 days of standby power when the power is out • Continuous-duty DC motor • Soft start/stop operation • High-density UV-resistant polyethylene cover • Commercial oil bath gear boxes with 15:1 wormgear reduction • Constructed with 1/4 in. gold zinc plated steel for rust prevention • One Touch Push-Button Electronic Limit Setting • 2-digit LED diagnostic display • 2 auxiliary power outlets
™
®
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS • Power: 12VDC or solar powered • Accessory Power: 12VDC 500mA output. Industrial-strength surge suppression. Supplied with 25 ft. #41 black oxide chain. Switched and unswitched power. • Gate Travel Speed: 10 in. per second • Temperature Specifications: -40°F (-40°C) to 140°F (60°C) • Gate Operator Weight: Operator 105 lbs. • Warranty: 3 Years
23.3"
BATTERY BACKUP OPERATIONS Battery
Cycles
Standby Time
(1) 7Ah (2) 7Ah (1) 33Ah
114 281 710
63 Days 126 Days 180 Days
16.64"
16.76"
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES MAX GATE WT. (lbs.)
MAX GATE LENGTH (ft.)
RECOMMENDED CYCLES PER DAY
800
25
120
Duty Cycle: Continuous For slide gates over 16 ft. or 600 lbs., a second battery (MBAT) is recommended.
38
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS Model Description RSL12VDC Slide Gate Operator with Battery Backup
OPTIONAL SOLAR FEATURE Industry-leading solar-ready ultrareliable system delivers power when you need it most to operate the gate and is extremely power efficient at all other times to maximize solar performance. Homeowners may qualify for 30% solar tax credit. Choosing the right package depends on geographical location, number of cycles per day and accessories used. See LiftMaster Solar Daily Cycle Rate Chart for more details. ®
Internet Gateway (828LM)* Receive alerts or monitor and activate gate from anywhere in the world via an Internet-enabled device. Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)* Monitor and open or close the gate from any room in your house or facility. 2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
LiftMaster Monitored Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (CPS‑RPEN4GM) Single-sided means no expensive trenching or wiring. LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detector (LOOPDETLM) 8 sensitivity settings, including boost. Requires optional expansion board. ®
Expansion Board (K1D8080-1CC) Additional programming features, external loops, plug-in loops, auxiliary relays and inputs for additional controls and safety eyes.
20W33A 33Ah 12V Solar Kit includes (1) 20W 12V panel (1) 33Ah battery (1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
LiftMaster Value Pack (CPSR-VALPAK) Includes (1) CPS‑RPEN4GM photo eye, (2) LOOPDETLM loop detectors and (2) 892LT Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls.
OPTIONAL EXPANSION BOARD
Steel Stand for Mounting to Concrete Pad (MSEL) Stand height, 7.5 in. plate, 17.5 x 16.5 in.
• Plug-In Loop Detector inputs (with optional expansion board) • 3-second pre-motion warning alarm • Advanced Traffic Management Control secures your property (with optional expansion board) –– Anti-Tailgate stops the gate from closing when vehicle pulls onto interrupt loop or breaks photo eye beam. Gate continues down once vehicle backs up. –– Quick Close: gate closes immediately after vehicle leaves interrupt loop. • Inputs for 3 additional safety devices • 2 Auxiliary Programmable Relays
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Solar Package Description 20W7A 7Ah 12V Solar Kit includes (1) 20W 12V panel (1) 7Ah battery (1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
™
LiftMaster Maglock (MG1300) Includes MG1300 maglock and transformer.
Mounting Plate for Post Mounting (MPEL) 7Ah 12V Battery (MBAT) 33Ah 12V Battery (A12330SGLPK) Solar Panel (SOLPNL10W12V) 10W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware. 10 ft. of cable. Solar Harness Kit (K94-37236) For use with 7Ah and 33Ah batteries. Remote Light Switch (823LM)* Controls lights remotely, in your garage, yard or home. #41 Black Oxide Chain Pack (1941240D) 10 ft. chain pack.
*Internet Gateway accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a MyQ -Enabled Gate Operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and type of exterior building materials. A general range estimate is 300 ft. ®
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors.
Heater for Pad Mount Operators (HTR) 110–250 VAC, automatically detects voltage. Protect systems to -40°F. Installs on operator frame. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
39
SLIDE GATE OPERATORS
CSL24VDC
Elite Series Commercial High-Traffic DC Slide Gate Operator ®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
ENGINEERED FOR MORE THAN A MILLION CYCLES IN HIGH-TRAFFIC HEAVY-DUTY APPLICATIONS, THE LIFTMASTER ELITE SERIES CSL24VDC IS IDEAL FOR THE MOST DEMANDING SLIDE GATE ®
®
ENVIRONMENTS. Industry-leading power management technology extends Battery Backup for up to 24 days without recharging, providing greater security and reliability. No one else can offer you that peace of mind. LiftMaster Elite Series Gate Operators feature the highest quality components and are backed by years of proven reliability. CONNECTIVITY:
SAFETY
• MyQ Technology enables you to securely monitor and control your gate operator and lights with your smartphone, tablet or computer for greater peace of mind • Wireless Dual Gate Communication saves unsightly driveway scars by eliminating expensive conduit for dual gate communication
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely –– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP –– Compatible with HOMELINK version 4 and higher –– Receiver stores up to (50) remote controls • Integrated Plug-In Loop Detector inputs • Fire department compliance • PosiLock feature • Pre-motion warning alarm • Bi-part delay • Synchronized close • Advanced Traffic Management Control secures your property –– Anti-Tailgate: stops the gate from closing when vehicle pulls onto interrupt loop or breaks photo eye beam. Gate continues down once vehicle backs up. –– Quick Close: gate closes immediately after vehicle leaves interrupt loop. • Inputs for 6 safety devices • UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines
®
PERFORMANCE
™
®
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
• • • • • • • • •
Battery Backup with exceptional standby power—24 days High-traffic continuous-duty 24VDC motor Soft start/stop operation Heavy-duty commercial drivetrain providing 30:1 wormgear reduction High-impact polycarbonate UV-resistant cover 1/4 in. gold zinc plated chassis eliminates corrosion One Touch Button electronic limit setting 2-digit LED diagnostic display 2 auxiliary power outlets
TECHNICAL INFORMATION DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS • Power: 110V/220V Single Phase • Accessory Power: 24VDC 500mA output. Switched and unswitched power. • Gate Travel Speed: 12 in. per second • Gate Operator Weight: 140 lbs. • Warranty: 5 Years Commercial, 7 Years Residential
25"
BATTERY BACKUP OPERATIONS 16 FT./1,000 LB. SLIDE GATE Battery
Cycles
Standby Time
(2) 7Ah (2) 33Ah
208 1,179
24 Days 105 Days
14.82"
23"
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
40
MAX GATE WT. (lbs.)
MAX GATE LENGTH (ft.)
1,500
50
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS Model Description CSL24VDC 24VDC Slide Gate Operator with Battery Backup
OPTIONAL SOLAR FEATURE Industry-leading solar-ready ultrareliable system delivers power when you need it most to operate the gate and is extremely power efficient at all other times to maximize solar performance. Homeowners may qualify for 30% solar tax credit. Choosing the right package depends on geographical location, number of cycles per day and accessories used. See LiftMaster Solar Daily Cycle Rate Chart for more details.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Internet Gateway (828LM)* Receive alerts or monitor and activate gate from anywhere in the world via an Internet-enabled device. Door and Gate Monitor (829LM)* Monitor and open or close the gate from any room in your house or facility. 2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls (811LM) (813LM) Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for a common entrance. ™
®
40W33A 33Ah 24V Solar Kit includes (2) 20W 12V solar panels (2) 33Ah batteries (1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
®
5 ft. Sensing Edge (G65MG0205) Reverses the gate if it hits an obstruction (channel not included).
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Solar Package Description 210W 20W 24V Solar Kit includes (2) 10W 12V solar panels (1) K94-37236 solar battery harness
LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detector (LOOPDETLM) 8 sensitivity settings, including boost. Requires optional expansion board.
LiftMaster Monitored Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (CPS‑RPEN4GM) Single-sided means no expensive trenching or wiring. LiftMaster Commercial Protector System (CPS-UN4) Low power thru-beam photo eyes, 45 ft. sensing distance, NEMA 4 rated. LiftMaster Value Pack (CPSR-VALPAK) Includes (1) CPS‑RPEN4GM photo eye, (2) LOOPDETLM loop detectors and (2) 892LT Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls. ™
Mounting Plate for Post Mounting (MPEL) Steel Stand for mounting to concrete pad (MSEL) Stand height, 7.5 in. plate, 17.5 x 16.5 in. 7Ah 12V Battery (MBAT) 33Ah 12V Battery (A12330SGLPK) Solar Panel (SOLPNL10W12V) 10W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware. 10 ft. of cable.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
*Internet Gateway accessory functionality is dependent on communication with a MyQ ‑Enabled gate operator. MyQ Technology communication can be limited by distance and type of exterior building materials. A general range estimate is 300 ft. ®
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors.
Solar Panel (SOLPNL20W12V) 20W 12V solar panel. Includes mounting bracket and hardware. 10 ft. of cable. Heater for Pad Mount Operators (HTR) 110–250 VAC, automatically detects voltage. Protect systems to -40°F. Installs on operator frame. Remote Light Switch (823LM)* Controls lights remotely, in your garage, yard or home. 41
SLIDE GATE OPERATORS
SL3000UL
Elite Series Commercial High-Traffic AC Slide Gate Operator ®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
EXCEEDING EXPECTATIONS FOR HIGH-TRAFFIC APPLICATIONS, THE SL3000UL MODELS OF SLIDE GATE OPERATORS ARE THE FIRST CHOICE FOR HEAVY-TRAFFIC APPLICATIONS AND HIGH-DEMAND CUSTOMERS. LiftMaster Elite Series Gate Operators feature the highest quality components and are ®
®
backed by years of proven reliability. PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• High-traffic continuous-duty 24VAC motor • Heavy-duty commercial drivetrain providing 30:1 wormgear reduction • Highly efficient, extremely quiet • Weatherproof high-density polyethylene UV-resistant cover • 1/4 in. gold zinc plated chassis eliminates corrosion • 24VDC board • Electronic motor disconnect • Timer-to-Close adjustable from 0–60 seconds • Power ON/OFF switch • High-speed precision limit switches • #41 black oxide chain, 25 ft.
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely –– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP –– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver –– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls • Alarm reset button • Alarm and emergency reversing detection • Surge suppressor/lightning protection • Inputs for loops, key switches, fire department switches, photo eyes, edge, etc. • UL/cUL listed, tested to the most stringent industry guidelines ™
™
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS • Power: 120VAC Power Single Phase • Accessory Power: 24VDC Control Board • Gate Travel Speed: 12 in. per second • Shipping Weight: – SL3000UL8: – 130 lbs. – SL3000ULDM8: – 157 lbs. – SL3000UL1HP8: – 157 lbs. • Warranty: 5 Years Commercial, 7 Years Residential
25"
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES Model SL3000UL8 SL3000ULH8 SL3000ULDM8 SL3000UL1HP8
Max Gate Weight (lbs.)
Max Gate Length (ft.)
Recommended Cycles / Hour
1,000 1,000 800 2,000
37 37 37 37
Continuous Continuous Continuous 35
18" 19"
Duty Cycle: Continuous
42
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS Model Description SL3000UL8 Commercial Slide Gate Operator (1/2 HP 120VAC). SL3000ULH8 Commercial Slide Gate Operator (1/2 HP 120VAC) with factory installed heater. SL3000ULDM8 Unique Patented Dual Motor Feature. One motor opens the gate and the other motor closes it. This feature is ideal in high-cycle gated communities, desert applications or where extreme temperatures are an issue (two 1/2 HP 120VAC motors). SL3000UL1HP8 Unique Dual Motor Systems delivers 1 HP. Perfect for large and heavy gates (1 HP 120VAC).
OMNICONTROL BOARD ™
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: 2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls (811LM) (813LM) Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for a common entrance. ™
Heavy-Duty Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (AOMRON) NEMA 3, 4, 12 rated, 40 ft. sensing distance. Includes bracket and 3 in. reflector. Elite Plug-In Loop Detector (AELD) 24VAC, failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel, 4 frequencies, 2 sensitivity levels, includes boost feature. Mounting Plate for Post Mounting (MPEL)
LiftMaster Elite Series Plug-In Loop Detectors offer simplicity of installation, and optional modules are available to provide added functionality of your Gate Operator installation. ®
®
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Steel Stand for Mounting to Concrete Pad (MSEL) Stand height, 7.5 in. plate, 17.5 x 16.5 in. Long Gate Kit (Q160) Adjusts gate travel up to 51 ft. Self-Regulating Heater and Coil 120V (G6518SL) #41 Black Oxide Chain Pack (1941240D) 10 ft. chain pack, compatible with the RSL12VDC, SL3000UL, HCT, CSL24VDC. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors. ®
• LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detector • OmniControl board modules –– Anti-Tailgate: stops the gate from closing when vehicle pulls onto interrupt loop or breaks photo eye beam. Gate continues down once vehicle backs up –– Quick Close: gate closes immediately after vehicle leaves interrupt loop ™
43
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
The advanced electronic control board offers many integrated functions to simplify installation and to provide added flexibility. In addition, the built-in surge suppression circuit protects the entire system from lightning and strikes.
SLIDE GATE OPERATORS
SL585
Heavy-Duty Industrial Slide Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
RELIABLE GEAR-DRIVEN SLIDE GATE OPERATOR FOR COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS. This heavy-duty design supports gate lengths up to 1,900 lbs. Powder-coated weather-resistant steel enclosure and a high-starting torque motor with built‑in overload PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• High-starting torque, continuous-duty AC industrial motor with overload protection • Heavy-duty wormgear-in-oil gear reducer • Adjustable friction clutch system • Pad lockable weather-resistant powder-coated steel cover • Large control box • Large accessory tray • Universal footprint • GL logic control board • Integrated 3-button control station • Industrial size 0 across-the-line magnetic reversing contactor • Timer-to-Close (0–180 seconds) • Fully adjustable drive limit system • Pad and post mount standard • #50 nickel-plated chain, 25 ft. pack
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely –– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP –– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver –– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls • UL 325 compliant entrapment alarm with external reset button • Selectable gate movement warning alarm • Lockable external manual disconnect • Adjustable inherent entrapment protection system • Automatic braking system • Integrated Maglock control • Interrupt and Exit Loop Inputs • Supports optional LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detectors • UL 325 compliant for Classes I, II, III and IV ™
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS • Power: 115/208/230VAC Power Single Phase, 208/230/460/575VAC Three Phase • Accessory Power: 24VAC Accessory Power Output • Gate Travel Speed: 11 in. per second • Shipping Weight: 240 lbs. • Warranty: 2 Years
OPERATOR AMP RATING (RUNNING) VOLTAGE PHASE 60 Hz
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
protection ensure strong, dependable performance.
VAC
1/2 HP
1 HP
1 1/2 HP
115-1Ø 208-1Ø 208-3Ø 230-1Ø
9.0 3.9 2.2 4.5
13.6 6.4 4.0 6.8
17.5 9.4 6.6 8.7
230-3Ø
2.0
3.6
6.2
460-3Ø 575-3Ø
1.0 1.2
1.8 1.4
3.1 2.5
37.7" (95.8 cm)
14.1" (35.8 cm)
17.2" (43.7 cm)
28.9 m) (73.4 c
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES HP 1/2 1 1 1/2
44
Max Gate Weight (lbs.) 1,000 1,600 1,900
Max Gate Length (ft.)
Max Gate Length (ft.)
Overhead/v-groove
Cantilever
45 70 75
25 35 40
Recommended Cycles/Hour 20 20 20
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS 1/2 HP Model............................................. Voltage Phase Hz SL5855011G3................................. 115 1 60 SL5855021G3................................. 230 1 60 SL5855081G3................................. 208 1 60 SL5855083G3................................. 208 3 60 SL5855023G3................................. 230 3 60 SL5855043G3................................. 460 3 60 SL5855053G3................................. 575 3 60
1 HP Model............................................. Voltage Phase Hz SL58510011G3............................... 115 1 60 SL58510021G3............................... 230 1 60 SL58510081G3............................... 208 1 60 SL58510083G3............................... 208 3 60 SL58510023G3............................... 230 3 60 SL58510043G3............................... 460 3 60 SL58510053G3............................... 575 3 60
1 1/2 HP
Duty Cycle: Continuous
FACTORY-INSTALLED HEATER Thermostatically controlled fin heater modification. Available factory installed. Please use suffix H3 (Example: SL5855011H3) 65-32449...................................... (115V and 575V) 65-32448...................................... (208V–460V)
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls (811LM) (813LM) Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for a common entrance. ™
Monitored Dual-Sided Photo Eyes (CPS-N4) Thru-Beam photo eye, UL listed to UL 325 standards, NEMA 4 rated, 45 ft. sensing distance. No-Enclosure Plug-In Vehicle Loop Detector (G714167NH) 24VAC. No wiring needed. Failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel, 4 frequencies, 8 sensitivity levels. Includes boost feature. Diagonal Support Brace (G653509) Adds structural support to operator stand, 4 braces included. Long Gate Kit (SL585LIMIT) Adjusts gate travel up to 70 ft. Fire Access Box with Cable Release (ACP17) Access doors on front and back. Includes a hole for standard or fire department padlock. #50 Nickel-Plated Chain Pack (G193025) 25 ft. chain pack. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors. ®
OPTIONAL FEATURES • Diagonal support brace • Additional nickel-plated chain (bulk pack)
45
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Model............................................. Voltage Phase Hz SL58515011G3............................... 115 1 60 SL58515021G3............................... 230 1 60
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
SLIDE GATE OPERATORS
SL595
Heavy-Duty Industrial Slide Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
EXTREME HEAVY-DUTY GATE OPERATOR DESIGNED FOR INDUSTRIAL LOCATIONS. The powerful design supports gate lengths up to 90 ft. and gate weights up to 2,500 lbs. Fully enclosed NEMA 3R rated, oiltight, weatherproof, lockable cabinet and a high-starting continuous-duty torque PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• High-starting torque, continuous duty AC industrial motor with overload protection • Heavy-duty wormgear-in-oil gear reducer • Adjustable friction clutch system • Weather-resistant lockable enclosure • Large control box • Large accessory tray • Universal footprint • GL logic control board • Advanced dual gate operation, simple 2-wire connection • Integrated 3-button control station • Industrial size 0 across-the-line magnetic reversing contactor • Timer-to-Close (0–180 seconds) • Fully adjustable driven limit system • Post mount • #50 nickel-plated chain, 25 ft. pack
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely. –– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP –– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver –– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls • UL 325 compliant entrapment alarm with external reset button • Selectable gate movement warning alarm • Manual disconnect • Adjustable inherent entrapment protection system • Automatic braking system • Integrated Maglock control • Interrupt and Exit Loop Inputs • Supports Optional LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detectors • UL 325 compliant for Classes I, II, III and IV ™
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS
DIMENSIONS
• Power: 115/208/230VAC Power Single Phase, 208/230/460/575VAC Three Phase • Accessory Power: 24VAC Accessory Power Output. • Gate Travel Speed: 12 in. per second • Shipping Weight: 270 lbs. • Warranty: 2 Years
OPERATOR AMP RATING (RUNNING) VOLTAGE PHASE 60 Hz
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
motor ensure rugged and reliable performance.
VAC
1 HP
1 1/2 HP
2 HP
115-1Ø 208-1Ø 208-3Ø 230-1Ø
13.6 7.0 4.0 6.8
17.5 9.4 6.6 8.7
6.6 -
230-3Ø
3.6
6.2
6.2
460-3Ø 575-3Ø
1.8 1.4
3.1 2.5
3.1 2.5
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES HP 1 1 1/2 2
Max Gate Weight (lbs.) 1700 2100 2500
Max Gate Length (ft.)
Max Gate Length (ft.)
Overhead/v-groove
Cantilever
70 80 90
35 40 45
Recommended Cycles/Hour
30.0" (76.2 cm)
16.5" (41.9 cm)
24.0" (61.0 cm)
22.5" (57.2 cm) Allow for Door Opening
25 25 25
Duty Cycle: Continuous
46
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS 1 HP Model............................................. Voltage Phase Hz SL59510011G3............................... 115 1 60 SL59510021G3............................... 230 1 60 SL59510081G3............................... 208 1 60 SL59510083G3............................... 208 3 60 SL59510023G3............................... 230 3 60 SL59510043G3............................... 460 3 60 SL59510053G3............................... 575 3 60
1 1/2 HP Model............................................. Voltage Phase Hz SL59515011G3............................... 115 1 60 SL59515021G3............................... 230 1 60
2 HP Model............................................. Voltage Phase Hz SL59520083G3............................... 208 3 60 SL59520023G3............................... 230 3 60 SL59520043G3............................... 460 3 60 SL59520053G3............................... 575 3 60
Thermostatically controlled fin heater modification. Available factory installed. Please use suffix H3 (Example: SL5955011H3)
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls (811LM) (813LM) Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for a common entrance. ™
Monitored Dual-Sided Photo Eyes (CPS-N4) Thru-Beam photo eye, UL listed to UL 325 standards, NEMA 4 rated, 45 ft. sensing distance. No-Enclosure Plug-In Vehicle Loop Detector (G714167NH) 24VAC. No wiring needed. Failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel, 4 frequencies, 8 sensitivity levels. Includes boost feature. Fire Access Box with Cable Release (ACP17) Access doors on front and back. Includes a hole for standard or fire department padlock. #50 Nickel-Plated Chain Pack (G193025) 25 ft. chain pack. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors. ®
65-32449...................................... (115V and 575V) 65-32448...................................... (208V–460V)
OPTIONAL FEATURES • Additional nickel-plated chain (bulk pack) • Fire Access Release Kit Refer to the Modifications Section for additional options applicable to this model.
47
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
FACTORY-INSTALLED HEATER
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
SLIDE GATE OPERATORS
VSL595
Variable-Speed Heavy‑Duty Industrial Slide Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
VARIABLE-SPEED, EXTREME HEAVY-DUTY OPERATOR DESIGNED FOR MAXIMUM SECURITY APPLICATIONS SUCH AS AIRPORTS, MANUFACTURING PLANTS OR OTHER AREAS WHERE SECURING AN OPENING QUICKLY IS IMPORTANT. Capable of ramping up to speeds as fast as 2.2 ft. per second, the extremely powerful design supports gate lengths up to 70 ft. and gate weights up to 1,700 lbs. Fully enclosed NEMA 3R rated, oiltight, weatherproof, lockable cabinet and a high-starting PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• High-starting torque, continuous-duty DC Variable Speed industrial 1HP motor with overload protection • Heavy-duty wormgear-in-oil gear reducer • Adjustable friction clutch system • Weather-resistant lockable hinged enclosure • GL logic control board • Advanced dual gate operation, simple 2-wire connection • Integrated 3-button control station • Industrial size 0 across-the-line magnetic reversing contactor • Timer-to-Close (0–180 seconds) • Fully adjustable drive limit system • Cycle counter • Post mount • #50 nickel-plated chain, 25 ft. pack
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely – Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver – Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls • UL 325 compliant entrapment alarm with external reset button • Selectable gate movement warning alarm • Manual disconnect • Adjustable inherent entrapment protection system • Automatic braking system • Integrated Maglock control • Interrupt and Exit Loop Inputs • Supports optional LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detectors • Full systems capability, compatible with most access control devices and safety accessories ™
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS • Power: 115VAC Power Single Phase • Accessory Power: 24VAC Accessory Power Output • Gate Travel Speed: Up to 2.2 ft. per second • Shipping Weight: 270 lbs. • Warranty: 2 Years
OPERATOR AMP RATING (RUNNING) VOLTAGE PHASE 60 Hz
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
continuous-duty torque motor ensure rugged and reliable performance.
VAC
Amps
115-1Ø
13.6
16.5" (41.9 cm)
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES HP 1
Max Gate Weight (lbs.)
Max Gate Length (ft.)
Max Gate Length (ft.)
Overhead/v-groove
Cantilever
1,700
70
35
Duty Cycle: Continuous
48
30.0" (76.2 cm)
Recommended Cycles/Hour 25
24.0" (61.0 cm)
22.5" (57.2 cm) Allow for Door Opening
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS 1 HP Model............................................. Voltage Phase Hz VSL59510011H3*............................ 115 1 60 *Thermostatically controlled fin heater factory installed
OPTIONAL FEATURES • Additional nickel-plated chain (bulk pack) • Exterior manual release firebox Refer to the Modifications Section for additional options applicable to this model.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES: 2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage door(s). It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls (811LM) (813LM) Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for a common entrance. ™
Monitored Dual-Sided Photo Eyes (CPS-N4) Thru-Beam photo eye, UL listed to UL 325 standards, NEMA 4 rated, 45 ft. sensing distance. No-Enclosure Plug-In Vehicle Loop Detector (G714167NH) 24VAC. No wiring needed. Failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel, 4 frequencies, 8 sensitivity levels. Includes boost feature. Exterior Manual Release Firebox (50SL1FAR) Fire access box with cable release. #50 Nickel-Plated Chain Pack (G193025) 25 ft. chain pack.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors. ®
49
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
SLIDE GATE OPERATORS
HS670
Heavy-Duty Industrial Hydraulic Slide Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
HEAVY-DUTY INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULIC SLIDE GATE OPERATOR FOR HIGH-FREQUENCY COMMERCIAL OR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS. The powerful design supports gate lengths up to 80 ft. and gate weights up to 5,500 lbs. Powder-coated weather-resistant steel enclosure and a continuous-duty industrial hydraulic motor ensures strong, dependable performance. PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• • • • •
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely – 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP – Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver – Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls • UL 325 compliant entrapment alarm • Standard manual release system • Adjustable inherent entrapment protection system • Industrial reversing contactor • Integrated Maglock control • Interrupt and Exit Loop Detector inputs • Supports optional LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detectors • Full systems capability, compatible with most access control devices and safety accessories • UL 325 compliant for Classes I, II, III and IV
• • • • • •
Continuous-duty industrial AC hydraulic motor Hydraulic braking system Weather-resistant steel cover Baked-on high-durability steel with powder-coated finish Long-distance digital logic control (supports runs over 1,000 feet) Timer-to-Close (0–180 seconds) Maximum run timer (120 seconds) Fully adjustable drive limit system Pad mount Gate Travel Speed: 18 in. per second (I3) Gate Travel Speed: 12 in. per second (C3)
™
™
TECHNICAL INFORMATION DIMENSIONS
SPECIFICATIONS • Power: 115/208/230 VAC Power Single Phase 208/230/460 VAC Three Phase • Accessory Power: 24VAC Accessory Power Output • Gate Travel Speed: 18 in. per second (I3), 12 in. per second (C3) • Shipping Weight: 250 lbs. • Warranty: 2 Years
OPERATOR AMP RATING (RUNNING) VOLTAGE PHASE 60 Hz
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
®
VAC
1 HP
2 HP
115-1Ø 230-1Ø 230-3Ø 460-3Ø
14 7 4 2
6 3
27.0"
26.5"
19.75"
31.75"
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
50
HP
Max Gate Weight (lbs.)
Max Gate Length (ft.)
1 2
3,000 5,000
80 80
Overhead/v-groove
Recommended cycles/hour Continuous Duty Continuous Duty
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS 1 HP
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage door(s). It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
Model............................................. Voltage Phase Hz HS67010011C3............................... 115 1 60 HS67010011I3................................ 115 1 60 HS67010021C3............................... 230 1 60 HS67010021I3................................ 230 1 60 HS67010023C3............................... 230 3 60 HS67010023I3................................ 230 3 60 HS67010043C3............................... 460 3 60 HS67010043I3................................ 460 3 60 HS67010083C3............................... 208 3 60 HS67010083I3................................ 208 3 60
2 HP Model............................................. Voltage Phase Hz HS67020023I3................................ 230 3 60 HS67020043I3................................ 460 3 60 HS67020083I3................................ 208 3 60 Note: Drive rail ordered separately Note: N ot recommended for areas that experience extended periods of snow and ice.
• LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detector • Photo eyes ®
Refer to the Modifications Section for additional options applicable to this model.
™
Monitored Dual-Sided Photo Eyes (CPS-N4) Thru-Beam photo eye, UL listed to UL 325 standards, NEMA 4 rated, 45 ft. sensing distance. No-Enclosure Plug-In Vehicle Loop Detector (G714167NH) 24VAC. No wiring needed. Failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel, 4 frequencies, 8 sensitivity levels. Includes boost feature. Drive Rail (MG4201310) 8 ft. length, 2 clamps included. Drive Rail (MG4201311) 20ft, length, 2 clamps included. Rail Clamp (MG4101688) Rail clamp for drive rail. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors. ®
51
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls (811LM) (813LM) Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for a common entrance.
BARRIER AND OVERHEAD GATE OPERATORS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Mega Arm/Mega Arm Tower DC Barrier Gate Operator
When high-speed, frequent access is essential, Barrier or Overhead Operators are an ideal choice. From airports to office buildings, they efficiently manage vehicle traffic without hampering its flow—allowing for easy-in and easy-out access.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
High-performance DC powered Mega Arm and Mega Arm Tower with built-in Battery Backup are designed to provide exceptional starting torque and continuous operation, making them ideal for most barrier applications.
52
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Mega Arm Sprint/Sprint Tower High-Speed DC Barrier Gate Operator
High-Speed DC Powered Mega Arm Sprint and Mega Arm Sprint Tower with built-in Battery Backup are designed to provide exceptional speed, making them ideal for parking applications.
BG770 Industrial Barrier Gate Operator
This powerfully designed Barrier Gate Operator supports arm lengths up to 15 ft. and arms weighing up to 25 lbs. and can run up to 100 cycles per hour.
BG790 Industrial Wishbone Barrier Gate Operator
This reliable, gear-driven Barrier Gate Operator for industrial applications is designed for wishbone-type arms with lengths up to 24 ft.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
HCT Commercial High-Traffic Overhead Gate Operator
The HCT Gate Operator is specifically engineered to meet the low clearance needs of apartment houses and condominiums with unsurpassed safety, dependability and quiet operation. 53
BARRIER GATE OPERATOR
Mega Arm/Mega Arm Tower DC Barrier Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
HIGH-PERFORMANCE, DC POWERED BARRIER GATE OPERATORS WITH BUILT-IN BATTERY BACKUP. The Mega Arm (MADCBB3) and Mega Arm Tower (MATDCBB3) are designed with a 24VDC (1/2 HP equivalent) motor and provide exceptional starting torque and continuous operation, making them ideal for most barrier applications. The heavy-duty motor supports 6,000 cycles per day with a speed
PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• Built-In Battery Backup provides seamless operation of the barrier gate operator and all DC control and sensing devices in the event of a power loss • Continuous-duty DC motor • Soft start/stop operation • Aluminum alloy chassis • Dual gate operation • Dynamic braking • Universal controller with 8 inputs • Timer-to-Close (0–16 seconds) • Magnetic limit switch sensors • LED indicators • Right- or left-handed operation
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely –– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP –– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver –– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls • Inherent obstruction sensing • Safety Stop Tailgate feature stops closing of gate when tailgating is sensed at close input, does not continue until close input is removed or gate reopens • Tailgate Alarm fires K1 relay (MA200) to trigger warning device when tailgating is sensed • Ability to open automatically when power fails • MOVs for additional surge protection • Breakaway arm • UL 325 and UL 991 compliant for Classes I, II, III and IV ™
™
TECHNICAL INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
• Power: 110V/220V Single Phase • Accessory Power: 24VDC • Gate Travel Speed: 2.5 seconds to open or close • Shipping Weight: – Mega – Arm (MA): 98 lbs. – Mega – Arm Tower (MAT): 130 lbs. • Warranty: – 2 – Years: Electronics and Mechanism – 10 – Years: Chassis and Cover
HP
MAX ARM LENGTH (ft.)
RECOMMENDED CYCLES/DAY
1/2*
12 ft. and 15 ft. aluminum arm 14 ft. soft-padded arm
6,000
*equivalent 24VDC Duty Cycle: Continuous
DIMENSIONS 13.5"
3.5"
OPERATOR AMP RATING (RUNNING) VAC
1/2 HP equivalent
42.0"
15.75"
3.5"
36.5"
VOLTAGE PHASE 60 Hz
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
of 2.5 seconds to open or close.
110/120
6.5
20.25" 36.5"
BATTERY BACKUP OPERATIONS Battery
Cycles
(2) 7Ah
900 (with 12 ft. barrier arm)
41.5"
21.5"
9.0" 17.5" 54
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS Model............................................. Voltage Phase Hz MADCBB3 .......................................110/220 1 50–60 (2 batteries included standard) MATDCBB3......................................110/220 1 50–60 (2 batteries included standard)
BARRIER ARMS* Model Description MA024 12 ft. Aluminum Arm, Round, Yellow/Black Stripes. MA024RDOT 12 ft. Aluminum Arm, Round, Red/White Retro-Reflectorized DOT Tape. MA115 17 ft. Aluminum Arm, Round, White. Requires Counterweight model MA117. MA116 17 ft. Aluminum Arm, Round, Yellow/Black Stripes. Requires Counterweight model MA117.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls (811LM) (813LM) Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for a common entrance. ™
Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (RETROAB) 12VDC and 24VAC/DC. 20mA/40mA standby/detect current. UL listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13 rated. 30 ft. sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood, bracket, 3 in. reflector and 6 ft. cable leads. Sequenced Access Management (SAMSKIT) Includes required relay and limits. Sequence Access Management functionality between any Mega Arm operator, SL3000 or CSW200. Thermostat Control Heater and Plate 150W (MA201) Thermostat Control Heater and Plate 500W (UN201)
MA025 12 ft. Aluminum Arm with Yellow Padding Requires Adaptor Collars model MA031.
Slip Clutch Option (MA005C) Protect shear pin if barrier arm is forced up.
MA028 14 ft. Aluminum Arm with Yellow Padding Requires Adaptor Collars model MA031.
7Ah 12V Battery (MBAT)
MA117 Counterweight. Required for all 17 ft. barrier arms. MA031 Adaptor Collars. Required for all padded barrier arms. *See Accessories section for complete list of barrier arms and accessory options.
OPTIONAL FEATURES • Sequenced Access Management System (SAMS) • Heater • Slip Clutch Option –– Available factory installed (MA005C).
Voltage Conversion Kit (MA230KIT) Convert from 115VAC to 230VAC operation.
K1 Relay Output Option (MA200) Accessory relay for external signaling. Common, N/C and N/O contacts. 12-24VDC, 24VAC Loop Detector (A24) External DIP switches, failsafe. 12VDC at 80mA, 24VDC at 50mA, 24VAC at 30mA Current Draw. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors. ®
55
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
MA116RDOT 17 ft. Aluminum Arm, Round, Red/White Retro-Reflectorized DOT Tape. Requires Counterweight model MA117.
BARRIER GATE OPERATOR
Mega Arm Sprint/Sprint Tower High-Speed DC Barrier Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
HIGH-SPEED DC POWERED BARRIER GATE OPERATORS WITH LIFTMASTER BUILT-IN BATTERY ®
BACKUP. The Mega Arm Sprint (MASDCBB3) and Mega Arm Sprint Tower (MASTDCBB3) are designed with a 24VDC (1/2 HP equivalent) motor and provide exceptional speed, making them ideal for parking applications. The heavy-duty motor supports 10,000 cycles per day with an PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• Built-In Battery Backup provides seamless operation of the barrier gate operator and all DC control and sensing devices in the event of a power loss • Continuous-duty DC motor • Soft start/stop operation • Aluminum alloy chassis • Dual gate operation • Dynamic braking • Universal controller with 8 inputs • Timer-to-Close (0–16 seconds) • Magnetic limit switch sensors • LED indicators • Right- or left-handed operation
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely –– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver –– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP –– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls • Inherent obstruction sensing • Safety Stop Tailgate feature stops closing of gate when tailgating is sensed at close input, does not continue until close input is removed or gate reopens • Tailgate Alarm fires K1 relay (MA200) to trigger warning device when tailgating is sensed • Ability to open automatically when power fails • MOVs for additional surge protection • Breakaway arm • UL 325 and UL 991 compliant for Classes I, II, III and IV ™
™
TECHNICAL INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES
• Power: 110V/220V Single Phase • Accessory Power: 24VDC • Gate Travel Speed: 0.9 seconds to open or close • Shipping Weight: – Mega – Arm Sprint (MAS): 98 lbs. – Mega – Arm Sprint Tower (MAST): 130 lbs. • Warranty: – 2 – Years: Electronics and Mechanism – 10 – Years: Chassis and Cover
HP
MAX ARM LENGTH (ft.)
RECOMMENDED CYCLES/DAY
1/2*
8 ft. soft padded arm
10,000
*equivalent 24VDC Duty Cycle: Continuous
DIMENSIONS 13.5"
3.5"
OPERATOR AMP RATING (RUNNING) VAC
1/2 HP equivalent
110/120
6.5
15.75"
3.5"
36.5"
VOLTAGE PHASE 60 Hz
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
operator speed of 0.9 seconds to open or close.
20.25" 36.5"
BATTERY BACKUP OPERATIONS Battery
Cycles
(2) 7Ah
900 (with 8 ft. barrier arm)
42.0"
41.5"
21.5"
9.0" 17.5" 56
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Model............................................. Voltage Phase Hz MASDCBB3...................................... 110/220 1 50–60 (2 batteries included standard) MASTDCBB3.................................... 110/220 1 50–60 (2 batteries included standard)
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls (811LM) (813LM) Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for a common entrance. ™
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage doors. It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
BARRIER ARMS* Model Description SP8 8 ft. Aluminum Arm with Yellow Padding. Requires Adaptor Collars model MA031. SP8PAD
8 ft. Replacement Yellow Foam Padding.
SP8TUBE
8 ft. Replacement White Aluminum Arm.
MA031 Adaptor Collars. Required for all padded barrier arms. NOTE: Only SP8 Barrier Arms work with Mega Arm Sprint/ Tower operators. *See Accessories section for complete list of barrier arms and accessory options.
• Sequenced Access Management Systems (SAMS) • Heater • Slip Clutch Option –– Available factory installed (MA005C) Refer to the Modifications section for additional options applicable to this model.
Sequenced Access Management (SAMSKIT) Includes required relay and limits. Sequence Access Management functionality between any Mega Arm operator: SL3000 or CSW200. Thermostat Control Heater and Plate 150W (MA201) Thermostat Control Heater and Plate 500W (UN201) Voltage Conversion Kit (MA230KIT) Convert from 115VAC to 230VAC operation. Slip Clutch Option (MA005C) Protect shear pin if barrier arm is forced up. 7Ah 12V Battery (MBAT) K1 Relay Output Option (MA200) Accessory relay for external signaling. Common, N/C and N/O contacts. 12–24VDC, 24VAC Loop Detector (A24) External DIP switches, failsafe. 12VDC at 80mA, 24VDC at 50mA, 24VAC at 30mA Current Draw. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors. ®
57
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (RETROAB) 12VDC and 24VAC/DC. 20mA/40mA standby/detect current. UL listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13 rated. 30 ft. sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood, bracket, 3 in. reflector and 6 ft. cable leads.
BARRIER GATE OPERATOR
BG770
Heavy-Duty Industrial Barrier Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
A RELIABLE PERFORMANCE BARRIER GATE OPERATOR FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS, THIS POWERFULLY DESIGNED BARRIER GATE OPERATOR SUPPORTS ARM LENGTHS UP TO 15 ft. and arms weighing up to 25 lbs. A heavy-duty 1/2 HP industrial motor with overload protection supports 100 cycles per hour. PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• Continuous-duty 1/2 HP AC commercial motor • Heavy-duty gear reducer • 11-gauge steel cabinet with weather-resistant baked-on powder-coated finish • Removable top and side panels for easy access • 24VAC control circuit • Electrical controls in separate removable enclosure • 2-button control station, OPEN/CLOSE • Power ON/OFF switch • One 115VAC accessory outlet (on 115VAC models only) • Fully adjustable limit system • Pad mount • Dual barrier gate compatible
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely –– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver –– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP –– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls • Full systems capability, compatible with most access control devices and safety accessories • Supports optional LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detectors for exit and hold open loops • UL 325 compliant for Classes I, II, III and IV ™
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION DIMENSIONS
• Power: 115V/208V/230V Single Phase 208V/230V/460V/575V Three Phase • Accessory Power: 24VAC Accessory Power Output • Gate Travel Speed: 4 seconds to open or close • Shipping Weight: 225 lbs. • Warranty: 2 Years Up to 15.0'
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES HP
MAX ARM WEIGHT (lbs.)
MAX ARM LENGTH (ft.)
RECOMMENDED CYCLES/HR
1/2
25
15*
100
OPERATOR AMP RATING (RUNNING) VOLTAGE PHASE 60HZ
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
SPECIFICATIONS
58
VAC
1/2 HP
115-1Ø
6.6
208-1Ø
3.8
208-3Ø
2.2
230-1Ø
3.3
230-3Ø
2.0
460-3Ø
1.0
575-3Ø
0.8
17.0"
20.0"
44.0"
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS Model............................................. Voltage Phase Hz BG7705011..................................... 115 1 60 BG7705021..................................... 230 1 60 BG7705081..................................... 208 1 60 BG7705083..................................... 208 3 60 BG7705023..................................... 230 3 60 BG7705043..................................... 460 3 60 BG7705053..................................... 575 3 60
BARRIER ARMS* Model Description 651209P 10 ft. PVC Arm, Square, Yellow/Black Stripes. Requires clamp model G108019. K651209
12 ft. Wood Arm, White/Black Stripes.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage door(s). It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls (811LM) (813LM) Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for a common entrance. ™
Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (RETROAB) 12VDC and 24VAC/DC. 20mA/40mA standby/detect current. UL listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13 rated. 30 ft. sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood, bracket, 3 in. reflector and 6 ft. cable leads.
50ALMARM 15 ft. Aluminum Arm, Square, Yellow/Black Stripes.
No-Enclosure Plug-In Vehicle Loop Detector (G714167NH) 24VAC. No wiring needed. Failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel, 4 frequencies, 8 sensitivity levels. Includes boost feature.
G108019
PVC Arm Mounting Clamp.
Thermostat Control Heater 115V and 575V (G6518300)
50FL12024
24VAC/DC Flexible Red Rope Light, 10 ft.
Thermostat Control Heater 208V–460V (G6519084)
OPTIONAL FEATURES • Heater • Timer-to-Close module: Adjustable for 1 second–17 minutes Refer to the Modifications Section for additional options applicable to this model.
Timer Defeat Switch (G50402) Allows the automatic close timer on the operator to be manually disabled. Long Distance Control Wiring 24VAC (50-24) Necessary when controls are to be located more than 100 ft. from the operator. Primary/Secondary Configuration (90-3010) Allows for Reverse Cabinet/Rotation configuration for BG Operators (factory installed only). FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your Installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge sensors. ®
59
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
*See Accessories section for complete list of barrier arms and accessory options.
BARRIER GATE OPERATOR
BG790
Heavy‑Duty Industrial Wishbone Barrier Gate Operator
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
A RELIABLE GEAR-DRIVEN BARRIER GATE OPERATOR FOR INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS, THIS BARRIER GATE IS DESIGNED FOR WISHBONE-TYPE ARMS WITH LENGTHS UP TO 24 FT. Powder-coated weather-resistant steel enclosure and a 1/2 HP commercial motor ensure strong, PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• Continuous-duty 1/2 HP AC commercial motor • Heavy-duty gear reducer • 11-gauge steel cabinet with weather-resistant baked-on powder-coated finish • Removable top and side panels for easy access • Electrical controls in separate removable enclosure • 24VAC control circuit • 2-button control station, OPEN/CLOSE • Power ON/OFF switch • One 115VAC accessory outlet (on 115VAC models only) • Industrial size 0 across-the-line reversing starter • Fully adjustable limit system • Pad mount • Wishbone Arm (24 ft.) and Counterweight are provided (max. length) • Dual barrier gate compatible
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely –– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP –– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver –– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls • Full systems capability, compatible with most access control devices and safety accessories • Supports optional LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detectors for exit and hold-open loops • UL 325 compliant for Classes I, II, III and IV ™
™
®
TECHNICAL INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATOR AMP RATING (RUNNING)
• Power: 115V/208V/230V Single Phase 208V/230V/460V/575V Three Phase • Accessory Power: 24VAC Accessory Power Output • Gate Travel Speed: 4 seconds to open or close • Shipping Weight: 350 lbs. • Warranty: 2 Years
VOLTAGE PHASE 60HZ
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
dependable performance.
RECOMMENDED CAPACITIES HP
MAX ARM WEIGHT (lbs.)
MAX ARM LENGTH (ft.)
RECOMMENDED CYCLES/HR
1/2
50
24
25
VAC
1/2 HP
115-1Ø
6.6
208-1Ø
3.8
208-3Ø
2.2
230-1Ø
3.3
230-3Ø
2.0
460-3Ø
1.0
575-3Ø
0.8
DIMENSIONS
Duty Cycle: Continuous
Up to 24.0'
44.0"
17.0"
60
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS Model............................................. Voltage Phase Hz BG7905011..................................... 115 1 60 BG7905021..................................... 230 1 60 BG7905081..................................... 208 1 60 BG7905083..................................... 208 3 60 BG7905023..................................... 230 3 60 BG7905043..................................... 460 3 60 BG7905053..................................... 575 3 60
BARRIER ARMS* Model Description K65-1208 Replacement Wishbone Arm, 24 ft. white/ black stripes, no counterweight included (model G658056) 50-FL120-24
24VAC/DC Flexible Red Rope Light, 10 ft.
*See Accessories section for complete list of barrier arms and accessory options.
OPTIONAL FEATURES
Refer to the Modifications Section for additional options applicable to this model.
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage door(s). It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls (811LM) (813LM) Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for a common entrance. ™
Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (RETROAB) 12VDC and 24VAC/DC. 20mA/40mA standby/detect current. UL listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13 rated. 30 ft. sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood, bracket, 3 in. reflector and 6 ft. cable leads. No-Enclosure Plug-In Vehicle Loop Detector (G714167NH) 24VAC. No wiring needed. Failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel, 4 frequencies, 8 sensitivity levels. Includes boost feature. Thermostat Control Heater 115V and 575V (G6518300) Thermostat Control Heater 208V–460V (G6519084) Timer Defeat Switch (G50402) Allows the automatic close timer on the operator to be manually disabled. Primary/Secondary Configuration (90-3010) Allows for Reverse Cabinet/Rotation configuration for BG Operators (factory installed only). FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge devices.
61
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
• Heater • Timer-to-Close module: Adjustable for 1 second–17 minutes
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
OVERHEAD GATE OPERATOR GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
HCT
Commercial High-Traffic Overhead Gate Operator
SPECIFICALLY ENGINEERED TO MEET THE LOW CLEARANCE NEEDS OF APARTMENT BUILDINGS AND CONDOMINIUMS, THE HCT GATE OPERATOR DELIVERS UNSURPASSED SAFETY, DEPENDABILITY AND QUIET OPERATION. Designed for installation in even the tightest applications, and at only 8 in. high it’s up to 10 in. shorter than other overhead operators. PERFORMANCE
SAFETY
• • • • • •
• Security+ 2.0 Technology virtually eliminates interference and offers up to 2X the range of standard remote controls so you can access your facility quickly and safely –– 3-channel receiver—OPEN/CLOSE/STOP –– Built-in 850LM Security+ 2.0 receiver –– Receiver stores up to (90) remote controls • Safety alarm • Key release in case of power failure • Electronic reversing device • Spike suppressors • Supports optional LiftMaster Elite Series Plug-In Loop Detector • UL 325 compliant for Classes I, II, III and IV
• • • • • •
Continuous-duty AC 1/2 HP high cycle motor Gear reduction ratio of 40:1 Motor drive Digital motor protection Noise isolators Keyed trolley assembly –– Includes 6 UMHV wheels for quiet, efficient operation Advanced OmniControl Board Onboard 3-button control Power input ON/OFF switch Alternate outputs 8 in. high for low clearance #41 black oxide chain ™
™
™
®
®
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS
DIMENSIONS
• Power: 120VAC Power Single Phase • Accessory Power: 24VDC Control Board • Gate Travel Speed: 12 in. per second • Shipping Weight: – HCT5011O3-08: – 150 lbs. – HCT5011O3-10: – 154 lbs. – HCT5011O3-12: – 158 lbs. • Warranty: 5 Years Commercial
Variable Length
8.0"
19.0"
62
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
OPERATORS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Model Description HCT5O11O3-08 Overhead Operator for 8 ft. gate HCT5O11O3-10 Overhead Operator for 10 ft. gate HCT5O11O3-12 Overhead Operator for 12 ft. gate
REPLACEMENT TRACK Model Description K09-50616-10 10 ft. K09-50616-12 12 ft. K09-50616-14 14 ft.
OMNICONTROL BOARD ™
2-Button and 4-Button Security+ 2.0 Learning Remote Controls (892LT) (894LT) One button can control a gate operator and the other(s) can control garage door(s). It can also be programmed to different codes and frequencies. ™
Universal DIP 1-Button and 3-Button Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls (811LM) (813LM) Ideal for applications requiring a large number of remote controls for a common entrance. ™
Heavy Duty Retro-Reflective Photo Eye (AOMRON) 24–240 VAC/DC retro-reflective photo eyes, UL listed, 40 ft. sensing distance, NEMA 4 rated. Elite Plug-In Loop Detector (AELD) 24VAC, failsafe, 2 relays, 1 channel, 4 frequencies, 2 sensitivity levels, includes boost feature.
The advanced electronic control board offers many integrated functions to simplify installation and to provide added flexibility. In addition, the built-in surge suppression circuit protects the entire system from lightning strikes.
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
LiftMaster Plug-In Loop Detectors offer simplicity of installation, and optional modules are available to provide added functionality for your Gate Operator installation.
LiftMaster Gate Operators comply with UL 325 standards. External entrapment devices must be added to meet UL 325 standards. Your installer will recommend suitable entrapment devices such as photo eyes or edge devices.
Red/Green Warning Light Box (71-REDGRN-HCT) Signals if door is moving or stationary.
63
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
®
EZ Value Pack (GHCPCK1) OMNIEXB Module and 3-button station. Compatible with HCT.
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
IPAC (Internet Protocol Access Control)
From a single-family home to a gated community, our Access Control Systems give you multiple options for managing access points. With entry systems to keypads, card readers to perimeter alert system or even the dwellingLIVE visitor management system, ®
our lineup of feature-rich options provides the perfect access solution for any need.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
By harnessing the power of a high-speed Internet connection, IPAC’s innovative technology allows your Customers to work smarter and more efficiently.
KPR2000 Wired Keypad and Proximity Reader
MINIkey Stand Alone Wired Keypad System
WKP5LM3/WKP250LM3 Wireless Commercial Keypad
The LiftMaster KPR2000 is designed and manufactured to perform in a wide range of indoor, outdoor, and harsh environments.
The MINIkey is a self-contained keypad system for the control of door and gated entrances.
This keypad combines the simplicity of wireless installation with the robust feature sets of higher-priced keypad controllers.
®
64
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
EL2000 Multi-Tenant Telephone Entry System
EL25 Single/Multi-Tenant Telephone Entry System
The EL2000 is flexible enough to be used in apartment buildings, condo complexes, office parks and commercial sites.
The EL25 is capable of accepting up to 2,000 totally flexible codes, making it ideal for virtually any installation.
The LiftMaster Stand-Alone Proximity Card Reader offers high-end access control and security in a simple stand alone format. ®
Connecting directly to your existing telephone line, the TAC1 greets visitors with a high-visibility backlit keypad and attractive styling.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
PPLX Stand-Alone Proximity Card Reader
TAC1 Single Tenant Telephone Access System
by
The most advanced visitor management and access control system. Manage all of your community systems, anytime, anywhere. dwellingLIVE is easy-to-use, cloud-based Access Control Software that gives you complete control of all your community’s onsite systems from anywhere. Choose what you need, when you need it, because all dwellingLIVE systems integrate. ®
65
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
IPAC (Internet Protocol Access Control) LIFTMASTER IPAC (INTERNET PROTOCOL ACCESS CONTROL) IS THE FIRST INTERNET-ENABLED OUTDOOR ®
ACCESS CONTROL ENTRY SYSTEM WITH VOICE-OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL (VOIP) TECHNOLOGY. By harnessing the power of a high-speed Internet connection, IPAC’s innovative technology allows you to work smarter and more efficiently as it transfers all data over the Internet. The web-based software provides instant access to your system from any browser, any device, anywhere. The contemporary product design and finish will keep your community looking modern and savvy with its intuitive color touchscreen interface. Plus, it is built to withstand the elements of any environment and the demands of everyday use. STANDARD FEATURES • Contemporary design colors, finish and materials • Precision craft CNC machined aircraft aluminum front panel is rust-free, color fade-resistant and dent-resistant • Touchscreen interface: large touchscreen provides easy and familiar navigation for your end users, residents and guests • Modern UI full keyboard search lets guests quickly find a resident • Built to handle extreme temperature, rated -20°F to 130°F • A custom (IP65) rated weathertight enclosure
• PPWR Security+ 2.0 Passport Receiver included, communicates with tri-band frequency, virtually eliminates interference and improves range • Internet-powered
IPAC uses the power of the Internet to transfer voice and data • Limitless access to data, and instant access to your system from any browser. No dedicated computer, no software to install or maintain. ™
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
TECHNICAL INFORMATION DIMENSIONS • 16 group/security levels, 32 holiday schedules, 32 time schedules
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
• Height: 17.9 in. • Width: 12.73 in. • Depth: 3.74 in.
• 120VAC, 60Hz, 1.0 Amps • Transformer Output 16VDC, 2.5 Amps • Surge suppression—EFT: 2 KV power line, ESD: 15Kb Hbm/8KV Direct/200V Mm (compliance with UL) • 1.17 Amps (without accessories)
MATERIAL • Front Panel: T6061 aircraft aluminum alloy • Enclosure: 13-gauge cold-rolled steel
• Unit operating temperature range: –20°F to 130°F
FINISH • Front Panel: Clear anodized aluminum finish • Enclosure: Light gray powder-coat
ENCLOSURE COMPONENTS • Microphone • Speaker • LED Lighted Recessed Faceplate • PPWR Passport Reciever • Display – – 10 in. color resistive touchscreen – – Dusk to dawn light sensor – – Heavy-duty piano hinge – – HID ProxPoint Plus Mini Card Reader Provision (optional) – – Touch Keypad Provision (optional) ®
66
OPERATING ENVIRONMENT ENCLOSURE • • • •
Outdoor IP65 rated 2 standard Wiegand inputs 12V, 250mA power output (per port) 4 relay outputs—Single Pole Double Throw, maximum voltage of 30VDC/ AC and output current of 3 Amps
ACCESS CONTROL SPECIFICATIONS • • • • •
24/7 real-time data access management and monitoring standard Up to 50,000 total credentials, standard 50,000-transaction event buffer Up to 50,000 phone numbers Email and text notification capability 16 group/security levels, 32 holiday schedules, 32 time schedules
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
SYSTEMS Model Description IPAC Internet Protocol Access Control
OPTIONAL FEATURES IPACTRK Paintable faceplate and shroud permit color customization. Metal shroud provides for better screen visibility and weather protection. IPACIPDCC Internet Protocol Door Controller. Power over Ethernet (PoE) solution for remotely managed multi-site applications. Compatible with all standard Wiegand readers and devices.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Retrofit Trim Ring (IPACRTR) Makes installation easy when replacing both flush mount Infinity L and ICON 26 models. HID ProxPoint Plus Mini Proximity Reader (SNARHIDPOINT) Provides multiple configuration options and is both sleek and inconspicuous. ®
Keypad (IPACKEY) For customers needing multiple keypad options, the IPAC accommodates an external keypad. Postal Lock Box (IPACPLB) Meets postal requirements while offering flexibility for right or left side installation. Camera Kit (IPACCAMK) High-performing camera is perfect for applications requiring visual installations. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS 67
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
EL2000 Multi-Tenant Telephone Entry System THE EL2000 WILL CHANGE YOUR EXPECTATIONS OF WHAT A TELEPHONE ENTRY SYSTEM SHOULD LOOK LIKE. The EL2000 is designed to complement virtually any gated community and is flexible enough to be used in apartment buildings, condo complexes, office parks and commercial sites. The EL2000 features a 5-inch backlit LCD screen; the unit clearly displays up to 4 lines with 20 characters per line, making it a great choice for multi-tenant installations. The EL2000 is capable of accepting up to 2,000 totally flexible codes. These codes can be programmed as directory codes or access codes, making the EL2000 ideal for virtually any installation. Unlike other systems, the EL2000 may be purchased as a base unit or ordered with optional plug-in modules. This allows you to choose only the plug-in modules you need depending on the specifics of the job—enabling you to offer custom solutions right off the shelf without special orders.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
STANDARD FEATURES • Remote Access Diagnostics • E-Z Scan: cards and Passport transmitters can be programmed into the EL2000 simply by utilizing the card reader or radio receiver • Voice prompts guide installers through system setup at the unit’s main keypad and provide assistance to end users with the push of a button (ADA application) • Enhanced line noise tolerance • Legacy database conversion: replacing an existing legacy telephone entry system is a snap with Versa XS 2.0 software; transfer any information retained in your existing legacy software database to Versa with the click of your mouse • Call Waiting • Recessed, lighted, ADA compliant keypad • Auto sensor input: automatically dial the residence when a vehicle approaches the property • Call button • Distinctive ringing: double ring to distinguish a visitor request call • Holiday programming, up to 16 separate holidays ™
• • • • • • • •
• • • • •
Time zones: up to 62 different time zones Anti-Passback: timed anti-passback and true anti-passback Security lockout Automatic gate/door unlock schedule: entry points may be configured to automatically open or lock at set time periods Transaction monitoring: minimum of 4,000 transactions are stored in the unit including date, time, unit ID and transaction Activity reports: property managers have the ability to print database, system and history reports Remote updates, firmware updates and upgrades may be made via a remote computer and modem connection Postal lock provision supports a switch kit that integrates with a U.S. Postal Service lock, allowing postal carriers entry to a controlled area using a U.S. Postal Service key 2,000 total codes 4 assignable and programmable built-in relays Detachable hinge design lets you mount the unit on the back plate for ease of wiring and installation 3 available finishes—nickel, black and gray Warranty: 1 Year
TECHNICAL INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS
DIMENSIONS • 16 group/security levels, 32 holiday schedules, 32 time schedules
Colors: Nickel, Black, Gray Mounting Styles: Portrait Power: 12VAC
• Height: 15 in. • Width: 12 in. • Depth: 3.625 in.
Shipping Weight 25 lbs. Enhanced Digital Processing: New enhanced software/firmware capability to optimize connectivity for POTS service delivered over digital media (like cable, DSL and Vonage).
68
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
SYSTEMS
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Model Description EL2000LB Telephone Entry System LCD Unit—Black EL2000LG
Telephone Entry System LCD Unit—Gray
EL2000LN
Telephone Entry System LCD Unit—Nickel
OPTIONAL FEATURES Plug-In Modules Optional plug-in adaptability lets you expand the EL2000 to work with many different types of controls. A two-reader Wiegand module lets you add card readers, keypads and proximity readers, all with full activity tracking. An RF module with programmable Passport transmitters provides convenient remote access control.
Camera (EL2000DVRCAMKT) Optional color low lux camera compatible with DVR. RF Module (RFMODKT3) 315 MHz RF module for remote access with Passport transmitters. ™
EL25/2000 Wiegand Output Module Kit (WOMODKT) Plugs into existing EL Series and supports (2) Wiegand compatible remote access devices. Wiegand Output Keypad (ESSWOKSG) 26 bit, 12 pad; 3 x 4 in. Keypad is selectable for 5 or 12 volts. Combo Keypad/Card Reader with Wiegand Output (HIDWOKPRO) 125 kHz wall switch keypad proximity reader. Sealed for indoor or outdoor use. LCD Display Heater (ELHTRKT) Allows the EL2000 LCD display to maintain normal operation to approximately -20°F. Trim Kit (ELTRMKT) The trim kit is compatible only with model EL2000. It includes a face plate that is mounted on the unit. GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
69
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
EL25 Single/Multi-Tenant Telephone Entry System THE EL25 IS BEAUTIFULLY ENGINEERED FOR PRIVATE RESIDENCES, YET POWERFUL AND ADAPTABLE ENOUGH TO BE USED IN APARTMENT BUILDINGS, CONDO COMPLEXES, OFFICE PARKS AND COMMERCIAL SITES. The EL25 is capable of accepting up to 2,000 totally flexible codes, making it ideal for virtually any installation. Unlike other systems, it may be purchased as a base unit or ordered with optional plug-in modules. This allows you to choose only the plug-in modules you need depending on the specifics of the job, enabling you to offer custom solutions right off the shelf without special orders. STANDARD FEATURES • • • • • • •
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
• • •
Do Not Disturb—Assignable by tenant Call Forwarding Call Waiting Recessed, lighted, ADA compliant keypad Auto sensor input: automatically dials the residence when a vehicle approaches the property Call button Distinctive ringing: double ring to distinguish a visitor request call Entry codes: programmable codes can be time-restricted or established as one-time use only Holiday programming, up to 16 separate holidays Time zones: up to 62 different time zones with three segments each can be created for access/no-access schedules
• Anti-Passback: timed anti-passback or true anti-passback • Security lockout • Automatic gate/door unlock schedule: entry points may be configured to automatically open or lock at set time periods • Transaction monitoring: minimum of 4,000 transactions are stored in the unit including date, time, unit ID and transaction • Activity reports • Remote updates, firmware updates and upgrades may be made via a remote computer • 2,000 total codes • 4 assignable and programmable built-in relays • Mounting versatility: landscape or portrait • 3 available finishes—nickel, silver and gray • Warranty: 1 Year
TECHNICAL INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS
DIMENSIONS • 16 group/security levels, 32 holiday schedules, 32 time schedules
Colors: Nickel, Silver, Gray Mounting Styles: Portrait or Landscape Power: 12VAC
• Height: 6 in. • Width: 10.25 in. • Depth: 4 in.
Shipping Weight 11 lbs. Enhanced Digital Processing: New enhanced software/firmware capability to optimize connectivity for POTS service delivered over digital media (like cable, DSL and Vonage).
70
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
SYSTEMS Model Description EL25G Telephone Entry/Access Control System—Gray EL25N
Telephone Entry/Access Control System—Nickel
EL25S
Telephone Entry/Access Control System—Silver
OPTIONAL FEATURES Plug-In Modules Optional plug-in adaptability lets you expand the EL25 to work with many different types of controls. A two-reader Wiegand module lets you add card readers, keypads and proximity readers, all with full activity tracking. An RF module with programmable Passport transmitters provides convenient remote access control. DVR Camera Kit An optional color low-lux camera compatible with DVR is available.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Camera (EL25DVRCAMKT) Optional color low lux camera compatible with DVR. RF Module (RFMODKT3) 315 MHz RF module for remote access with Passport transmitters. EL25/2000 Wiegand Output Module Kit (WOMODKT) Plugs into existing EL Series and supports (2) Wiegand compatible remote access devices. Wiegand Output Keypad (ESSWOKSG) 26 bit, 12 pad; 3 x 4 in. Keypad is selectable for 5 or 12 volts. Combo Keypad/Card Reader with Wiegand Output (HIDWOKPRO) 125 kHz wall switch keypad proximity reader. Sealed for indoor or outdoor use. Pedestal (PED42) 42 in. pedestal, multiple hold configuration faceplate, pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square post, black powder-coated weather-resistant finish. Pedestal (PED64) 64 in. pedestal, multiple hold configuration faceplate, pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square post, black powder-coated weather-resistant finish. GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
71
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
TAC1 Single Tenant Telephone Access System THE LIFTMASTER MODEL TAC1 SYSTEM PROVIDES WIRED ®
COMMUNICATION AND SECURE ACCESS CONTROL AT THE GATE OR DOOR. Homeowners can use any touch-tone phone in the home to speak to a visitor and then grant or deny access through their gate or door. Hardwired for power and connected directly to your existing telephone line, the TAC1 greets visitors with a high-visibility backlit keypad and attractive styling. And its rugged, tamper-resistant polycarbonate enclosure is engineered for maximum impact resistance without dents or corrosion. The TAC1 is simple to use and allows the homeowner or small business to greet visitors grant or deny access, or activate several system modes, all from the convenience of their touch-tone phone. STANDARD FEATURES • Flexible dual control feature: can be connected to two devices such as a door or a gate, using the two independently controlled relays or wirelessly using Security+ technology standard, or any combination of the two • Security+ Rolling Code Technology provides seamless wireless communication between LiftMaster Door and Gate Operators • Entry codes: up to 200 4-digit codes can be set as permanent or one-time use only • Remotely open 2 entrances independently from your home or office • Party mode to open and hold your entrance open
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
®
• Vacation mode locks the system down when no administrator is present • Do Not Disturb: silence the telephone call mode for additional privacy • Intercom mode: useful to make wired phones active for access in “cellular only” homes • Call forward allows you to greet a visitor, even when you’re not home • Warranty: 1 Year
TECHNICAL INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS • UL Listed: 12VAC (20VA) Transformer included • Alternate: (10 to 16VAC, 20VA or 12 to 24 VDC, 500mA) • Operating Temperature: 10˚F to 140˚F • Two (2) independently controlled (latched and timed) 10 Amp (form C) relays • Two (2) 315 MHz Security+ wireless channels (parallel operation to relays) • Diagnostic and status LEDs • On-board surge suppression • Bell REN standard: 3.0 • Shipping Weight: 4 lbs.
SYSTEMS Model Description TAC1 Single Telephone Entry System with Radio
DIMENSIONS • 16 group/security levels, 32 holiday schedules, 32 time schedules • Height: 6 in. • Width: 8.75 in.
72
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
73
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS dwellingLIVE
®
dwellingLIVE Credentialed Access ®
THE DWELLINGLIVE CREDENTIALED ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM IS THE PERFECT SOLUTION FOR COMMUNITIES OF ANY SIZE. IT PROVIDES COMMUNITY MANAGERS WITH REAL TIME ACCESS CONTROL OF ALL THEIR GATES AND DOORS. Through an intuitive interface— accessible from any web browser—managers can administer the system. It has never been easier to issue transponders, wallet cards and key fobs—and to monitor their activity in real time. Even residents can retrieve their personal access activity. Both hardware and software are required to run the dwellingLIVE system.
SOFTWARE
HARDWARE
Credential Access DL91801 Unlimited Readers DL91802 2 Readers DL91803 2-to-Unlimited Readers
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Web-based software, easy control of doors and gates.
V2000 Controller/Interface Combo—2 Readers
V1000 Controller—32 Interfaces
DL91101
Web-based host that connects up to 32 2-door interfaces.
DL91102
All-in-one host and interface combo. 2-door maximum, not expandable.
V100 Interface—2 Readers
V300 Output Control Interface
DL91103
DL91111
Access control for 2 doors. Requires host controller.
Output control up to 12 devices. Ideal for elevator controls.
Reader Activation Key DL91135 Support fee for third-party readers
Access Device Credits DL91240 Support fee for third-party readers
HID iClass SE Readers ®
DL91105 iClass SE R40 Wall Switch DL91106 iClass SE R10 Mini Mullion DL91107 iClass SE RK40 Keypad Combo DL91109 iClass SE R15 Mullion Mount Next generation platform with unmatched security encryption.
74
Must be a dwellingLIVE authorized dealer, contact your LiftMaster Access Control Specialist at 800.975.6881.
ACCESSORIES Passport Receiver (PPWR) Security+ 2.0 Passport Receiver communicates with tri-band frequency, virtually eliminates interference and improves range. Compatible with HOMELINK wireless control system. ®
HID iClass SE Credentials
HID Multiclass SE Readers
DL91204 iClass SE Key II Contactless Smart Key DL91206 iClass SE Contactless Smart Card DL91207 iClass SE Clamshell Contactless Smart Card
DL91112 Multiclass SE RP10 Mini Mullion DL91113 Multiclass SE RP15 Mullion Mount DL91114 Multiclass SE RP40 Wall Switch DL91115 Multiclass SE RPK40 Keypad Combo
®
Provides the highest level of security. For use with HID iClass SE Readers. ®
®
Ideal for upgrading from Prox. Compatible with iClass SE and Prox Cards.
®
Wired Keypad and Proximity Reader (KPR2000) Single-entry multi-function access controller with integrated keypad and card reader. Passport MAX Remote Controls 3-Button Passport MAX Visor Remote Control (PPV3M) 3-Button Passport MAX Mini Remote Control (PPK3M) 3-Button Passport MAX Mini Proximity Remote Control (PPK3PHM)
HID Prox Credentials
DL91108 ProxPoint Plus 6005 – Mini Mullion DL91116 MiniProx 5365 DL91117 ThinLine II 5395 DL91118 ProxPro with Keypad 5355
DL91201 Prox 1346 ProxKey III DL91203 Prox 1386 ISOProx Card (imaginable) DL91205 Prox 1326 ProxCard II Clamshell Card
®
®
®
®
®
®
® ®
®
®
Provides low-cost, entry-level security.
Provides low-cost, entry-level security.
Narrow-band transmission on 3 simultaneous frequencies (310, 315 and 390 MHz). Compatible with LiftMaster commercial receivers 850LM, 860LM, PPWR, STAR1000, Security+2.0 Gate Operators and Security+ 2.0 residential Garage Door Openers. ®
™
™
Passport Lite Remote Controls 1-Button Passport Lite Visor Remote Control (PPLV1) 1-Button Passport Lite Mini Remote Control (PPLK1) Identity 4100 Vehicle Readers DL91119 2-Channel Reader DL91121 2-Channel Reader ISOC, ATA, eGo DL91122 2-Channel Reader ISOC, ATA, eGo, FleX High performance RFID vehicle identity. Installation accessories sold separately.
Identity 4100 Reader Accessories DL91123 Communication cable 7 ft. DL91124 Communication cable 20 ft. DL91125 Communication cable 40 ft. DL91126 External antenna DL91127 External antenna ISOC, ATA, eGo, FleX DL91128 Antenna cable 10 ft. DL91129 Antenna cable 26 ft. DL91130 Antenna cable 50 ft.
dwellingLIVE products subject to vendor warranty.
Identity 4100 Vehicle Credentials DL91306 Non-transferable headlamp transponder DL91307 Non-transferable windshield transponder DL91309 Transferable hang tag transponder High-performance RFID transponders. Non-transferable and transferable options.
1-Button Passport Lite Mini Proximity Remote Control (PPLK1PH) Narrow-band transmission on 3 simultaneous frequencies (310, 315 and 390 MHz). Passport Lite Remote Controls can be block learned quickly in lots of 10 or 100. Available in quantities of 10 or 100. Same compatibility as Passport Remote Controls except for Security+ 2.0 residential Garage Door Openers. ™
FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
75
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
HID Prox Readers
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
dwellingLIVE Visitor Management, Attended Gates ®
INDUSTRY’S MOST PREMIER, SECURE AND POWERFUL VISITOR MANAGEMENT FOR ATTENDED GATES. Gate attendants can expedite visitor and resident access through purpose-built computers, while still maintaining a highly professional image. Both hardware and software are required to run the dwellingLIVE system.
SOFTWARE
HARDWARE
Visitor Management DL92801 Unlimited App Station DL92820 Unlimited LPR System DL92812 Unlimited Web Station Web-based host software that connects unlimited devices per type module.
App Station
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
DL92401XXX App Station with Printer and Paper DL92403XXX App Station Replacement Only All-in-one, plug-and-play desktop computer with thermal pass printer and 2,000 visitor passes. NOTE: Must specify time zone (PST, ARX, MST,CST, EST) in place of XXX when ordering.
Visitor Pass and Driver’s License Scanner DL92419 Wireless scanner with cradle that scans mobile phone ePasses or paper passes and registers driver’s license information. Opens gate automatically with DL92415.
Phone Auto Dialer
Gate Entry Opener
DL92417
DL92415
1-click speed dialing for attendants with USB connection. For use with App Station only.
Validates and opens gate barrier for visitors. USB connection and 2-terminal relay. Requires DL92419 Scanners. For use with App Station only.
Printer Replacement Only
Visitor Passes
DL92451
DL92201 Guest Passes DL92202 Thermal Guest Passes
Thermal visitor pass printer. App Station required.
4 x 6 in. high-quality card stock. 2,000 passes per case.
76
Must be a dwellingLIVE authorized dealer, contact your LiftMaster Access Control Specialist at 800.975.6881.
LPR System
LPR Cameras
DL92517XXX
DL92511 LPR Camera DL92512 LPR Camera with Overview Camera
Processes vehicle license plates. LPR camera input(s) and video monitor output. Must specify lane configuration. NOTE: Must specify time zone (PST, ARZ, MST, CST, EST) in place of XXX when ordering.
Analog infrared camera with illuminator. LPR 16mm lens/22–29 ft. Optional integrated overview camera.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
LPR Camera Pole Mounting Bracket DL92623
dwellingLIVE Visitor Management, Unattended Gates ®
EASY, WEB-BASED MANAGEMENT OF TELEPHONE ENTRY SYSTEM AND SCAN KIOSKS FOR UNATTENDED DOORS AND GATES. Residents can manage their guest lists online or on their smartphone knowing that their information is secure. Both hardware and software are required to run the dwellingLIVE system.
SOFTWARE
HARDWARE Scan Kiosk Station
Visitor Management
DL92104XXX
DL92855 Unlimited Scan Station DL92810 Unlimited Phone System
Self-service visitor station, scans mobile phone ePasses or paper passes. Automatically opens gate for valid passes.
Web-based host software that connects to unlimited devices per type module.
NOTE: Must specify time zone (PST, ARZ, MST, CST, EST) in place of XXX when ordering.
dwellingLIVE products subject to vendor warranty.
77
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS Visitor Management System
dwellingLIVE Front Desk ®
THE DWELLINGLIVE FRONT DESK SOLUTION OFFERS FUNCTIONALITY, ELEGANCE AND SIMPLICITY FOR ALL USERS. DWELLINGLIVE PROVIDES THE ONLINE LUXURIES AND TOOLS NEEDED TO EFFICIENTLY AND EASILY MANAGE ANY MULTI-FAMILY BUILDING. Front Desk Concierge for managing visitors, deliveries, valet, website and much more in multitenant buildings. Both hardware and software are required to run the dwellingLIVE system.
SOFTWARE
HARDWARE
Front Desk DL93801
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Web-based administrator software. Includes HOA website DL92802.
Package Scanner
Package E-Signature Pad
DL93101
DL93102
Process packages with this wireless scanner with USB connection for cradle.
Collect signatures for package processing via USB connection. Installation of drivers required.
Visitor Badge Printer
Visitor Badge Labels
DL93103
2 x 4 in. high-quality card stock visitor badges. For use with DL93103. Re-orders sold online only.
Thermal visitor badge printer. Badge labels included. Installation of drivers required.
78
Must be a dwellingLIVE authorized dealer, contact your LiftMaster Access Control Specialist at 800.975.6881.
Visitor Management, Attended Gates, Cont.
dwellingLIVE Mobile Patrol ®
DWELLINGLIVE MOBILE PATROL IS THE NEXT GENERATION FIELD APPLICATION DESIGNED TO ALLOW PERSONNEL TO WORK EFFECTIVELY AND PRODUCTIVELY IN THE FIELD. Boost productivity with real-time GPS monitoring and reporting. Our all-in-one mobile tour solution combines GPS, GeoTags, photo capture and much more. It’s cost-effective and easy to deploy. Both hardware and software are required to run the dwellingLIVE system.
SOFTWARE
HARDWARE
Mobile Patrol Software and App DL94801 Unlimited App Web-based administrator software. Mobile phone app available for iPhone and Android.
Checkpoint Geo-tags DL94202
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Mount anywhere; self-adhesive. Comes in packs of 100.
dwellingLIVE Community Website THE DWELLINGLIVE COMMUNITY WEBSITE IS NOT JUST ANOTHER COMMUNITY WEBSITE! IT SEAMLESSLY INTEGRATES WITH OTHER DWELLINGLIVE PRODUCTS, PROVIDING COMMUNITY MANAGERS WITH THE TOOLS TO BUILD A DYNAMIC PORTAL THAT RESIDENTS WILL VISIT AGAIN AND AGAIN. While some of the features may be found on other community websites, dwellingLIVE puts a unique twist on many of them. Both hardware and software are required to run the dwellingLIVE system.
SOFTWARE HOA Website DL92802 A powerful community communication that integrates with all dwellingLIVE modules. Supports administrator and resident accounts.
dwellingLIVE product subject to vendor warranty.
79
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
KPR2000 Wired Keypad and Proximity Reader THE LIFTMASTER KPR2000 IS A SINGLE-ENTRY MULTI-FUNCTION ACCESS CONTROLLER WITH INTEGRATED ®
KEYPAD AND CARD READER. It is designed and manufactured to perform in a wide range of indoor, outdoor and harsh environments. The KPR2000 supports up to 2,000 users in multiple access configurations (card only, card or PIN, or card and PIN). The built-in 125 KHz card reader supports HID 26-bit Wiegand and 30-bit legacy Wiegand proximity card formats. The KPR2000 offers advanced programming features like block enrollment, advanced relay programming and panic PINs/cards (which open the entry and set off an alarm). FEATURES • • • • • •
Waterproof keypad and proximity card reader in one device Vandal-resistant enclosure 2,000-user capacity (card, PIN, card and PIN) Stand-alone or pass-thru operation Supports HID 26- and 30-bit Wiegand proximity card formats Multicolored LED status display and backlit keypad
• • • • •
Block enrollment One programmable relay output Anti-tamper alarm Two keypad operating modes Latch mode to hold door or gate open
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
SPECIFICATIONS • Operating Voltage: 12–24VDC • Proximity Card Reader: HID 26 and 30-bit Wiegand Format • Radio Technology: 125 KHz • Industry Standard Proximity Card • Read Range - Proximity: 1–2.5 in. • Environment: Meets or exceeds IP68 • Physical: Zinc-Alloy Enclosure • Surface Finish: Powder Coat • Dimensions: 128mm L x 82mm W x 28mm D
SYSTEMS Model Description KPR2000 Wired Keypad and Proximity Reader
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Low-Profile Access Pedestal (PEDS44) Corrosion-resistant, welded, powder-coated steel construction. Pre-drilled for quick and easy installation. Height 44 in., pad mount, 11 ga. steel. Pedestal (PED42) 42 in. pedestal, multiple hold configuration faceplate, pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square post, black powder-coated weather-resistant finish. PS12V2A Power supply, plug-in 12VDC, 2 Amp. Trim plate (142A0271) 4 x 4 in. Plate for pedestal cover, powder-coated finish, black. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
80
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
MINIkey Stand-Alone Wired Keypad System THE MINIKEY IS A SELF-CONTAINED KEYPAD SYSTEM FOR THE CONTROL OF DOOR AND GATED ENTRANCES. The MINIkey is engineered to be rugged, vandal-resistant and enhance your site with a well-crafted look for interior or exterior use. It consists of a brushed stainless steel faceplate with a recessed, side-lit metal keypad for excellent visibility day or night. Despite its compact size, the MINIkey is loaded with many features not normally found in other single door and gated entry access control systems. FEATURES • Four- or five-digit entry codes • Strikes Out: the system can be programmed to permit from 1 to 10 attempts prior to engaging the lockout • Two relays can be controlled individually or together • Time Clock Input • Programmable relay times from 1–99 seconds
• • • • •
Non-volatile memory to ensure database is retained Lightning protection on inputs Relay hold capacity Sealed, lighted metal keypad Warranty: 1 Year
TECHNICAL INFORMATION SPECIFICATIONS
SYSTEMS Model Description
MK500GS MINIkey grained stainless steel, surface mount, 500-code capacity MK500GF MINIkey grained stainless steel, flush mount, 500-code capacity
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Pedestal (PED42) 42 in. pedestal, multiple hold configuration faceplate, pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square post, black powder-coated weather-resistant finish. Pedestal (PED64) 64 in. pedestal, multiple hold configuration faceplate, pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square post, black powder-coated weather-resistant finish. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
81
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
• Capacity: 500 codes • Dimensions: Surface Mount: 4.5 in. H x 4.5 in. W x 3.5 in. D Flush Mount: 4.75 in. H x 4.75 in. W x 3 in. D • Power: 12VAC or 13.5VDC
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
WKP250LM3*/WKP5LM3* Wireless Commercial Keypad THE LIFTMASTER WIRELESS COMMERCIAL KEYPAD IS DESIGNED TO PERFORM IN A WIDE RANGE OF ®
INDOOR AND OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENTS. The WKP5LM3 supports up to 5 codes, and the WKP250LM3 supports up to 250 codes. The built-in radio supports 315MHz Security + rolling technology compatible with LiftMaster Security+ Gate Operators, Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators and Receivers. FEATURES • Combines the simplicity of wireless installation with the robust feature sets of higher-priced keypad controllers • One-time code: single-use codes for visitors • Wireless control of up to 4 gates
SYSTEMS Model Description
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
WKP250LM3* Compatible with LiftMaster 315 MHz rolling code receivers, 250-code capacity WKP5LM3* Compatible with LiftMaster 315 MHz rolling code receivers, 5-code capacity Subject to Access Control Multipliers
*Wireless controls are used to supplement hardwired, push-button and key control stations. Wireless controls cannot be used in place of hardwired controls in the absence of safety devices.
• • • •
Lockout mode: locks system indefinitely for added security Up to 500 ft. range Keypad lighted when motion is detected Warranty: 1 Year
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Pedestal (PED42) 42 in. pedestal, multiple hold configuration faceplate, pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square post, black powder-coated weather-resistant finish. Pedestal (PED64) 64 in. pedestal, multiple hold configuration faceplate, pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square post, black powder-coated weather-resistant finish. FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE OUR ACCESSORIES SECTION.
82
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
PPLX Stand-Alone Proximity Card Reader CARD ACCESS HAS BEEN OUT OF REACH FOR MOST OWNERS OF SMALL TO MEDIUM-SIZED BUSINESSES. The cost of technology is prohibitive, and up to this point it has been designed for large government, commercial and industrial users. The LiftMaster Stand-Alone Proximity Card Reader offers ®
high-end access control and security in a simple stand-alone format. This system allows for up to 50,000 user proximity cards or keyfobs in minutes. Also, the PPLX allows for simple deletion of lost or stolen cards without the need to reprogram the entire user set. Rugged and durable, the PPLX is sealed in a weatherproof (IP67) enclosure and can be easily mounted to any flat interior or exterior surface, or installed in any single-gang electrical enclosure. For convenience, a handheld radio programming unit (PPRP) eliminates the need to bring a laptop computer to program the stand-alone unit. FEATURES • • • •
6 in. read range 50,000-user capacity Programmable output relay (NO/NC) Multiple Wiegand protocol (legacy 26-bit industry standard, Passport)
• • • • •
Latch Mode to hold the door or gate open Timed Anti-Passback Logic Programmable as stand-alone or Wiegand pass-thru Simple-to-use handheld radio programmer (Model PPRP) Warranty: 1 Year
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
• Power Requirements: 5–14 VDC, 150mA (max. load) • Outputs: SPST Solid-State relay. 1 Amp max. @ 60VAC or DC Normally open or normally closed (field programmable) • Inputs: Default is remote OPEN (requires contact closure). Also programmable as bi-color (Red or Green) LED Control or Buzzer/LED Control for online systems (see Operating Guide). • Wiegand Output: Any Wiegand Format up to 40 bits. Maximum Distance: 500 ft. — 5 or 8 conductor 20-gauge. Shielded cable. • Environment: Access Control Unit and Cards Ambient Temp. -40˚C to 70˚C (-40˚F to 158˚ F) Humidity 0 to 95% (noncondensing) • Shipping Weight: 6 lbs.
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
SPECIFICATIONS
SYSTEMS Model Description
PPLX PPRP PPCSC PS12D2A
Stand-Alone Proximity Reader Proximity Radio Programmer Proximity Card (Clamshell) Power Supply 12VDC 2.0 Amps
83
MODIFICATIONS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
Modifications at a Glance
VSL595
BG770
BG790
100VA Transformer, Single Phase
●
●
●
●
●
G90100OP3
100VA Transformer, Three Phase
●
●
●
●
●
71-26438
Timer-to-Close
●
●
●
90-9210 90-9210G2
Auxiliary Limit Switches with Wire Leads
50-24
Long-Distance Control Wiring (24VAC)
●
●
90-503000
Non-Resettable Counter
●
●
MA005C
Slip Clutch Option
90-3010
BG Dual Gate Operator Configuration
●
●
MAST
SL595
G90100OP1
MAT
DESCRIPTION
HS670
PART NO.
SL585
GATE OPERATOR MODIFICATIONS
GATE OPERATOR MODIFICATIONS
●
●
●
● ●
●
NOTE:
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
The modifications available above refer to only those gate operators listed. The other gate operators offered in this catalog may have these items as standard equipment. Please refer to the gate operator section for a complete listing of features and specifications with each operator. Modifications to Gate Operators: Modifications must be ordered at the same time the gate operator is ordered, unless a field kit part number is shown on the description page. Radio Control Wiring: Terminal strips for mounting radio receivers are not included on some gate operators. However, radios may still be electrically wired into ALL gate operators. Costly and Prohibited Combinations: Certain combinations of modifications may together cost more than the sum of the costs for the individual modifications, or may not even be possible. Please carefully read the detailed description of the modifications being considered. If there are any questions, please consult your LiftMaster Sales Representative. ®
84
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Control Wiring
Single Phase 100VA Transformer Three Phase 100VA Transformer
50-24
Upgrades the transformer in the operator enclosure from 60VA to 100VA. Provides additional control circuit power for auxiliary equipment such as loop detectors, gearbox heaters, electrical box heaters and other devices.
Counter
Timer-to-Close
90-503000
Provides an adjustable timer (1 second–17 minutes) in the operator control circuit which will close the gate automatically after the preset, adjustable time interval. Will close the gate from any position other than full close, i.e., any mid position as well as full open. If the timer has partially timed out, it can be reset to the full time interval by actuation of any open control or any safety device. May be factory or field installed.
Slip Clutch MA005C
BG770
BG790
BG770
BG790 ●
Slip-Clutch Option
●
BG790
MAST
●
BG770
MAT
HS670
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
BG Configuration
BG Operator Configuration
For Primary/Secondary configuration option, reverse cabinet option and/or reverse rotation option. Factory installed only. May require lead time. Compatible with single phase BG770/ BG790 operators only.
BG770
BG790
MAST
MAT
HS670
VSL595
SL595
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S) SL585
BG790
BG770
MAST
MAT
●
Factory installed only. May require lead time.
90-3010
HS670
SL595
VSL595
SL585
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
MAST
●
Protects the shear pin if a barrier arm is forced up. Arm will self-level after a car passes.
SL595
Auxiliary Limit Switches with Wire Leads Auxiliary Limit Switches with Wire Leads
MAT
●
HS670
●
VSL595
●
Recommended for factory installation.
●
MAST
Recommended for factory installation. May require lead time.
VSL595
BG790
●
Each switch, or pole, provides a means to control auxiliary lights, horns or other equipment. The switch can be used to turn on or off such equipment when the gate is fully opened or fully closed. When ordering, specify whether the auxiliary switch is required on the OPEN or CLOSE side of the control enclosure (corresponding to controlling auxiliary equipment when the gate is fully opened or fully closed, respectively). A maximum of two poles per gate operator may be supplied, one on the OPEN side and one on the CLOSE side. Each pole is SPDT, rated 10 Amps and 250VAC.
●
MAT
HS670
VSL595
Non-Resettable Counter
A 6-digit non-resettable 24VAC electro-mechanical counter is mounted in the operator control enclosure. This counts the number of times the open coil is energized, corresponding to the number of complete gate cycles of use (counts both partial and complete cycles as one cycle each).
SL595
BG770
MAST
MAT
HS670
VSL595
SL595
SL585
90-9210 (SL585) 90-9210G2 (SL595)
●
●
●
85
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
●
●
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
Limit Switches
SL595
●
SL585
BG790
●
Timer-to-Close 71-26438
WARNING: It is strongly recommended that all controls be located so that the person operating the control has a clear view of the gate opening and the moving gate.
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S) BG770
●
MAST
VSL595
●
MAT
SL595
●
HS670
SL585
FOR USE WITH MODEL(S)
Long-Distance Control Wiring (24VAC)
A necessity when controls are to be located more than 100 ft. from the gate operator. Allows up to 1,000 ft. of control wiring between controls and operator with 16-gauge wire.
SL585
G90100OP1 G90100OP3
SL585
Transformer
SOLAR DAILY CYCLE RATE CHARTS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
LiftMaster Solar Gate Cycle Chart ®
LIFTMASTER SOLAR GATE CYCLES PER DAY REFERENCE GUIDE The LiftMaster Gate Operator Solar Gate Access system utilizes
Cycle rate may vary from solar chart for areas that reach below
a best-in-class power management system to deliver power
32°F. Optional power supply with 33Ah batteries is recommended
when needed most for operating a gate, while minimizing power
for applications that reach below 32°F (and above -4°F) for more
consumption at all other times. Power is provided to the gate
than two consecutive weeks during the winter months.
®
operator via batteries. The batteries are charged from a solar panel(s) connected to the operator control board. The number of
OPTIONAL POWER SUPPLY FOR COLD WEATHER APPLICATIONS Gate Operator
Optional Power Supply
LA500DC LA412DC LA400DC
XLSOLARCONTDC (2) 33Ah batteries not included)
of accessories and the region of the country.
CSW24VDC CSL24VDC
Two (2) 33Ah batteries recommended in lieu of standard 7Ah batteries
Solar panel(s) must be located in an open area clear of obstructions
RSW12VDC RSL12VDC
One (1) 33Ah batteries recommended in lieu of standard 7Ah batteries
solar panels required is determined by whether the application is for a single or dual gate, the daily cycle rate, current board consumption by feature, accessory current draw, the number
and shading for the entire day. Snow, heavy fog and heavy rain affect solar panel performance and charge rate. Solar panels
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
should be cleaned regularly to ensure proper operation. LiftMaster Gate Operators utilizing the solar option are not supported in climates where temperatures reach below -4°F. This is due to the effect of cold weather on batteries and a reduced number of hours of sunlight during the winter months.
The map and daily cycle rate shown are
3
approximations based upon the average solar
not available
radiation and the temperature effects on batteries in the given regions. Local geography
2
3
and weather conditions may require additional solar panels. Solar-optimized or wireless accessories are recommended in order to minimize power draw, as added accessories
1 2
draw power and affect the daily cycle rate. For full details please reference the manual.
86
1
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
LA500DC/LA400DC
CURRENT CONSUMPTION BY CONTROL BOARD FEATURE 24V (LA500DC, LA400DC) CONFIGURATIONS. Add up current draw by feature and accessory to determine total current draw. System voltage............................................................................... 24V Main board with no radios learned (mA)........................................ 2.7 One or more LiftMaster transmitters learned (mA)........................ +1 MyQ device or wireless dual gate learned (mA)......................... +2.4 Expansion board (mA)................................................................. +11.1 Per loop detector LOOPDETLM (up to 3 loop detectors can be plugged in to the expansion board) (mA)......................... +3.8 ®
®
LA500DC
Single Gate Solar Cycles per Day Battery Current Draw (mA)
10W* Solar Panel NOTE: Must use 24V solar panel
40W Solar Panel NOTE: 40W would be (2) 20W 12V panels in series
60W* Solar Panel NOTE: Must use 24V solar panel
20W Solar Panel NOTE: 20W would be (2) 10W 12V panels in series
40W Solar Panel NOTE: 40W would be (2) 20W 12V panels in series
33Ah Batteries
7Ah Batteries
7Ah Batteries
33Ah Batteries
11
12
5
52
56
30
33
43
47
23
25
19
21
20
39
43
40
24
27
Dual Gate Solar Cycles per Day
Zone 3 (2 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
33Ah Batteries
15
Zone 1 (6 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah Batteries
Zone 2 (4 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
33Ah Batteries
7Ah Batteries
22
24
13
19
20
17
19
10
12
33Ah Batteries
Zone 3 (2 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah Batteries
33Ah Batteries
14 11
60
10
13
5
113
132
67
79
27
32
48
57
29
34
15
103
122
59
70
20
24
44
52
25
30
20
98
117
54
65
16
21
50
71
88
30
40
42
50
23
28
30
38
13
17
12
14 10
100
29
45
13
19
5
212
299
128
181
53
75
91
129
55
78
23
32
15
201
288
118
170
44
66
86
124
51
73
19
29
40
62
84
121
49
71
17
27
49
83
18
37
20
196
282
113
165
100
114
194
41
86
200
27
93
11
40
5
263
300
159
286
66
120
113
203
68
123
28
52
15
252
300
149
275
57
111
108
197
64
118
25
48
53
106
106
195
62
115
23
35
69
153
29
78
10
80
20
246
300
143
269
100
160
300
67
181
250
24
187
LA400DC
10W* Solar Panel NOTE: Must Use 24V Solar Panel
7Ah Batteries
Zone 2 (4 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
39
Single Gate Solar Cycles per Day
Battery Current Draw (mA) 5 15 20 40 60 5 15 20 50 100 5 15 20 100 200
Zone 1 (6 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah 33Ah Batteries Batteries 81 87 68 74 61 68 37 43 16 21 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 46 70 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 42 100
Zone 2 (4 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah 33Ah Batteries Batteries 47 51 36 39 30 34 13
45 15
17
Dual Gate Solar Cycles per Day
Zone 3 (2 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah 33Ah Batteries Batteries 18 19
100 92 85 47
100 100 100 63
42 31 25
50 38 33
100 100 100 65
100 100 100 100 11
83 70 63
100 100 97
Zone 1 (6 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah 33Ah Batteries Batteries 35 37 29 32 26 29 16 18 76 69 66 48 20 100 100 100 77 18
89 82 79 59 30 100 100 100 100 63
Zone 2 (4 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah 33Ah Batteries Batteries 20 22 15 17 13 14
Zone 3 (2 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah 33Ah Batteries Batteries
45 39 36 20
53 47 44 27
18 13 11
21 16 14
86 79 76 28
100 100 100 58
35 30 27
51 45 42
*Not currently offered in accessory line **Numbers above for solar daily cycles are representative of wired dual gate installation. If your installation is a wireless dual gate setup, use single gate cycle estimate and add in power draw for wireless dual gate feature.
87
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
20W Solar Panel NOTE: 20W would be (2) 10W 12V panels in series
Zone 1 (6 Hrs Sunlight/Day)
SOLAR DAILY CYCLE RATE CHARTS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS LA412DC
CURRENT CONSUMPTION BY CONTROL BOARD FEATURES 12V (LA412DC) CONFIGURATIONS. Add up current draw by feature and accessory to determine total current draw. System voltage............................................................................... 12V Main board with no radios learned (mA)........................................ 4.2 One or more LiftMaster transmitters learned (mA)..................... +1.5 MyQ device or wireless dual gate learned (mA)......................... +3.9 Expansion board (mA)................................................................. +18.5 Per loop detector LOOPDETLM (up to 3 loop detectors can be plugged in to the expansion board) (mA)......................... +6.6 ®
®
LA412DC
10W Solar Panel
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
20W Solar Panel
30W Solar Panel Note: 30W would be three (3) 10W 12V panels in parallel
Single Gate Solar Cycles per Day Zone 1 (6 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah 33Ah batteries Battery 100 100 100 100 100 100 91 98 43 49 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 75 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Battery Current Draw (mA) 6 25 30 50 100 6 25 30 100 200 6 25 30 100 200
Zone 2 (4 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah 33Ah Batteries Battery 82 86 63 67 58 63 40 44
Dual Gate Solar Cycles per Day
Zone 3 (2 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah 33Ah Batteries Battery 32 34 17 19 14 15
100 100 100 77
100 100 100 95
73 55 51
82 64 59
100 100 100 100 51
100 100 100 100 91
100 90 85 22
100 100 100 39
Zone 1 (6 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah 33Ah Batteries Battery 59 62 50 53 48 51 39 42 19 21 100 100 100 100 100 100 78 92 32 44 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 83 100
Zone 2 (4 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah 33Ah Batteries Battery 35 37 27 29 25 27 17 19
Zone 3 (2 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah 33Ah Batteries Battery 14 15
76 67 65 33
85 76 73 41
31 24 22
35 27 25
100 100 100 66 22
100 100 100 86 39
47 39 37
57 48 46 17
3
not available 2
3
1 2
1
88
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
RSL12VDC/RSW12VDC
CURRENT CONSUMPTION BY CONTROL BOARD FEATURES 12V (RSL12VDC, RSW12VDC) CONFIGURATIONS. Add up current draw by feature and accessory to determine total current draw. System voltage............................................................................... 12V Main board with no radios learned (mA)........................................ 4.2 One or more LiftMaster transmitters learned (mA)..................... +1.5 MyQ device or wireless dual gate learned (mA)......................... +3.9 Expansion board (mA)................................................................. +18.5 Per loop detector LOOPDETLM (up to 3 loop detectors can be plugged in to the expansion board) (mA)......................... +6.6 ®
®
RSL12VDC
Gate Solar Cycles per Day Battery Current Draw (mA)
10W Solar Panel
20W Solar Panel NOTE: 20W would bem (2) 10W 12V panels in parallel
7Ah Battery 19 15 13
30W Solar Panel Note: 30W would be (3) 10W 12V panels in parallel
Zone 3 (2 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 2 7Ah 33Ah Batteries Battery
47 41 40 20
50 47 45 25
15 11
19 15 13
22 17 16
46 40 39 20
50 50 50 41 14
50 50 50 50 24
19 14 13
29 24 23
35 30 28 10
Gate Solar Cycles per Day Battery Current Draw (mA)
20W Solar Panel NOTE: 20W would be (2) 10W 12V panels in parallel
7Ah Battery
37 32 30 12
RSW12VDC
10W Solar Panel
Zone 2 (4 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 2 7Ah 33Ah Batteries Battery 22 23 17 18 15 17 11 12
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
30W Solar Panel NOTE: 30W would be three (3) 10W 12V panels in parallel
6 25 30 50 100 6 25 30 100 200 6 25 30 100 200
Zone 1 (6 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah 2 7Ah 33Ah Battery Batteries Battery 33 36 38 27 31 33 26 29 31 21 24 26 11 13 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 33 48 50 20 27 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 47 50 50 19 50 50
6 25 30 50 100 6 25 30 100 200 6 25 30 100 200
Zone 1 (6 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah 2 7Ah 33Ah Battery Batteries Battery 41 46 48 34 39 41 33 37 39 26 30 32 11 14 16 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 42 50 50 25 34 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 24 50 50
7Ah Battery 24 18 17 11
Zone 2 (4 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 2 7Ah 33Ah Batteries Battery 27 29 21 22 19 21 13 15
7Ah Battery
Zone 3 (2 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 2 7Ah 33Ah Batteries Battery 11 11
47 40 38 15
50 50 50 26
50 50 50 32
19 13 12
24 18 17
27 21 20
50 50 49 25
50 50 50 50 17
50 50 50 50 30
24 18 16
37 30 28
44 37 35 13
89
SOLAR DAILY CYCLE RATE CHARTS GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS CSW24VDC/CSL24VDC
CURRENT CONSUMPTION BY CONTROL BOARD FEATURES 24V (CSW24VDC, CSL24VDC) CONFIGURATIONS. Add up current draw by feature and accessory to determine total current draw. System voltage............................................................................... 24V Main board with no radios learned (mA)........................................ 2.7 One or more LiftMaster transmitters learned (mA)........................ +1 MyQ device or wireless dual gate learned (mA)......................... +2.4 Expansion board (mA)................................................................. +11.1 Per loop detector LOOPDETLM (up to 3 loop detectors can be plugged in to the expansion board) (mA)......................... +3.8 Estimated based on use with LiftMaster transmitters ®
®
CSW24VDC
10W* Solar Panel NOTE: Must use 24V solar panel
GATE OPERATORS AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS
20W Solar Panel NOTE: 20W would be (2) 10W 12V panels in series
40W Solar Panel NOTE: 40W would be (2) 20W 12V panels in series
60W* Solar Panel NOTE: Must use 24V solar panel
Gate Solar Cycles per Day Battery Current Draw (mA) 5 15 20 40 60 5 15 20 50 100 5 15 20 100 200 5 15 20 100 250
Zone 1 (6 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah Batteries 33Ah Batteries 19 20 16 17 14 16 10 41 38 36 26 11 78 74 72 42 97 92 90 59
48 45 43 32 16 110 106 104 71 34 173 169 166 131 68
CSL24VDC
10W* Solar Panel NOTE: Must use 24V solar panel
20W Solar Panel NOTE:20W would be (2) 10W 12V panels in series
40W Solar Panel NOTE: 40W would be (2) 20W 12V panels in series
60W* Solar Panel NOTE: Must use 24V solar panel
Zone 2 (4 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah Batteries 33Ah Batteries 11 12
Zone 3 (2 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah Batteries 33Ah Batteries
25 21 20 11
29 26 24 15
12
47 43 41 15
66 63 61 32
19 16 15
28 24 23
58 54 53 25
105 101 99 67 14
24 21 19
44 41 39 13
Gate Solar Cycles per Day Battery Current Draw (mA) 5 15 20 40 60 5 15 20 50 100 5 15 20 100 200 5 15 20 100 250
Zone 1 (6 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah Batteries 33Ah Batteries 26 28 22 24 20 22 12 14 57 52 50 36 15 108 103 100 58 14 134 128 125 82 12
67 62 60 45 23 152 147 144 99 47 240 234 231 181 95
Zone 2 (4 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah Batteries 33Ah Batteries 15 17 12 13 11
Zone 3 (2 Hrs Sunlight/Day) 7Ah batteries 33Ah batteries
34 30 28 15
40 36 33 20
14 10
16 12 11
65 60 58 21
92 87 84 44
27 23 21
38 34 32
81 76 73 34
146 140 137 92 20
34 29 27
61 56 54 18
*Not currently offered in accessory line
90
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
GARAGE DOOR OPENERS COMMERCIAL DOOR OPERATORS GATE OPERATORS ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEMS RADIO CONTROLS
ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS Garage Door Openers............................ 2
Safety Accessories and Miscellaneous.................................... 26
Remote Controls........................................................................ 2
Sensing Edge Connections.................................................... 26
Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls............................................... 2
Audible/Visible Warning Devices............................................ 27
Security+ Remote Controls..................................................... 3
Warning Signs and Labels...................................................... 28
Control Panels............................................................................ 4
Miscellaneous Control Accessories....................................... 29
Security+ 2.0 Control Panels.................................................. 4
Mounting Accessories/Hardware .......................................... 30
™
®
™
Security+ Control Panels......................................................... 5 ®
MyQ Accessories...................................................................... 6 ®
Other Accessories...................................................................... 7
Gate Operators..................................... 32 Important Safety Information................................................... 32 Safe Installation Procedures.................................................... 33
Commercial Door Operators.................10
Safety Devices.......................................................................... 34
Important Safety Information................................................... 10
Thru-Beam Photo Eyes.......................................................... 34
Safe Installation Procedures.................................................... 11
Retro-Reflective Photo Eyes.................................................. 35
Monitored And Ancillary Safety Entrapment Protection........... 12
Sensing Edges....................................................................... 36
Commercial Door Edge Entrapment Protection Systems........ 14
Edge Connections.................................................................. 36
Optical Edge System (OES)................................................... 14
Emergency Devices................................................................ 37
Ancillary Entrapment Protection .............................................. 15
Fire Access Boxes.................................................................. 37
Commercial Door Controls....................................................... 16
Audible/Visible Warning Devices............................................ 38
Push-Button Control Stations................................................ 16
Detectors.................................................................................. 39
Pull-Switch Controls............................................................... 18
Loop Detectors....................................................................... 39
Key Control Stations................................................................ 19
Loop Detectors for Outdoor Use............................................ 39
2-Position Key Controls with STOP Button........................... 20
Loop Wire Spools................................................................... 41
Wireless Commercial Door and Entry Controls........................ 21
Pre-formed Loop Wire.............................................................. 42
Custom Control Panels.......................................................... 21
Saw-Cut Loops...................................................................... 42
Wireless Digital Keypads........................................................ 21
Pave-Over Loops................................................................... 42
Mounting Posts...................................................................... 22
Sealant................................................................................... 43
Vehicle Detection Systems..................................................... 22
Control Devices........................................................................ 44
Outdoor Wireless Enclosure................................................... 23
3-Button Control Stations...................................................... 44
Pre-formed Loop Wire............................................................ 23
Push-Button Control Stations................................................ 44
Entry Controls and Safety Accessories.................................... 24
Two-Position Key Controls with STOP Button....................... 45
Vehicle Detection Systems..................................................... 24
Timers..................................................................................... 45
Motion Detector..................................................................... 25
Optional Kits............................................................................. 46
Heater Kits.............................................................................. 46
Security+ Commercial and Gated Community Receivers...... 66
Field Kits and Modules............................................................. 48
Passport Credentialed Radio Control Solutions...................... 67
Power Devices......................................................................... 50
Security+ 2.0 Passport Solution .......................................... 67
Solar Packages...................................................................... 50
Passport MAX Remote Controls............................................ 67
™
Solar Panels........................................................................... 50
Passport Lite Remote Controls.............................................. 67
Batteries................................................................................. 50
Card Readers .......................................................................... 68
Solar Accessories................................................................... 51
HID iClass SE Readers.......................................................... 68
Surge Suppressors and Power Supply.................................. 51
HID Multiclass SE Readers................................................... 68
Barrier Arms and Barrier Arm Accessories.............................. 52
HID Prox Readers.................................................................. 69
Barrier Arms for Mega Arm Operators................................... 52
Stand-Alone Proximity Card Reader...................................... 70
®
®
®
Articulating Arm...................................................................... 54
PPLX Components................................................................. 70
Barrier Arm Accessories for Mega Arm Operators................ 55
Credentialed Cards.................................................................. 71
Barrier Arms for BG Operators............................................... 56
IPAC Accessories..................................................................... 72
Barrier Arm Accessories for BG Operators............................ 57
EL2000 Accessories................................................................. 73
Hardware.................................................................................. 58
EL25 Accessories..................................................................... 74
Wheels.................................................................................... 58
Standard Pedestals.................................................................. 75
Hinges.................................................................................... 59
Mounting Posts...................................................................... 75
Miscellaneous Gate Hinges.................................................... 59
Miscellaneous Pedestals........................................................ 76
Wheel Mounting Brackets...................................................... 59
Surge Suppressors and Protection.......................................... 77
Wheel Covers......................................................................... 60
Surge Protection.................................................................... 77
V-Track................................................................................... 60
Transformers............................................................................ 78
Guide Rollers.......................................................................... 60
Antennas.................................................................................. 79
Jamb-Track Assembly............................................................ 61 Replacement Hardware for Jamb-Track................................ 61
Radio Controls...................................... 80 MyQ Accessories.................................................................... 80 ®
Locks...................................................................................... 62
Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls............................................... 81 ™
Solenoid Lock........................................................................ 62 Pin Lock................................................................................. 62
Security+ 2.0 Commercial and Gated Community Remote Controls.............................................. 82
Bulk Pack Chains................................................................... 62
Security+ Remote Controls..................................................... 83
Mounting Accessories for Gate Operators............................. 63
Passport Credentialed Radio Control Solutions...................... 84
Mounting Accessories for Control Boxes.............................. 63
Passport MAX Remote Controls............................................ 84
™
®
Miscellaneous Hardware........................................................ 63
Passport Lite Remote Controls.............................................. 84
Access Control Systems...................... 64
Wireless Keyless Entry ............................................................ 85
Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls............................................... 64
Commercial Operator and Gate Receiver Accessories............ 86
Security+ Remote Controls................................................... 64
Digital Remote Controls........................................................... 87
Digital Remote Controls......................................................... 65
Wireless Commercial Keypads................................................ 88
418MHz Remote Controls...................................................... 65
Transformers............................................................................ 89
™
®
Multi-Code Remote Control ................................................. 65 ™
Receivers.................................................................................. 66 Security+ 2.0 Commercial and Gated Community Receivers................................................. 66 ™
ACCESSORIES Garage Door Openers
Remote Controls
3-Button Elite Remote Control (895MAX) Sleek design includes bright blue LEDs, unique contoured shape and faux leather grip. Controls up to three LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and/ or MyQ Accessories. Compatible with all Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, and Gate Operators manufactured by LiftMaster since January 1993. ®
®
Remote Controls feature narrow-band multi-frequency (310/315/390 MHz), Rolling Code Technology. MAX models are compatible with LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and Radio Receivers manufactured since January 1993.
Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls ™
893MAX
893LM
890MAX
3-Button Mini Remote Control
Powerful multi-door remote control. Controls up to three LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and/or MyQ Accessories. Compatible with all Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators and Gate Operators manufactured by LiftMaster since January 1993.
Fits in purse, pocket or on a keychain. Controls up to three LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and/or MyQ Accessories. Compatible with all Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators and Gate Operators manufactured by LiftMaster since January 1993.
ACCESSORIES
3-Button Remote Control
3-Button Standard Remote Control Powerful multi-door remote control. Controls up to three LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and/or MyQ Accessories. Compatible with all Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators and Gate Operators manufactured by LiftMaster since January 1993.
891LM
375LM*
1-Button Standard Remote Control
2-Button Universal Remote Control
Program a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator, Commercial Door Operator or MyQ Accessories. With Security+ 2.0 , users are assured of a new code with every use. Compatible with a single LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator and Commercial Door Operator.
Program up to two different brands of Garage Door Openers. Compatible with most major brands of Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators and Commercial Door Operators.
™
™
2
*See Radio Compatibility Chart listed with 387LM Universal Wireless Keyless Entry in the Radio Controls section for compatible manufacturers.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Security+ Remote Controls ®
373LM
371LM
971LM
3-Button Remote Control
1-Button Remote Control
1-Button Remote Control
Controls up to three LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators and/or Gate Operators. Compatible with 315 MHz Security+ Rolling Code Technology. 3V lithium battery and visor clip included.
Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators and Commercial Door Operators. Program a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator or Commercial Door Operator. With Security+ 315 MHz Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code with every use.
Compatible with Garage Door Openers with orange or red learn buttons or gray antennas. Program a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator or Commercial Door Operator. With Security+ 390 MHz Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code with every use.
®
Wireless Keyless Entry
Wireless Keyless Entry (877MAX) Open or close the garage door instantly with a private 4-digit code. Program temporary access codes for visitors or delivery and service personnel. One-button-to-close feature works with all LiftMaster Garage Door Openers manufactured since 2006. Compatible with all Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators and Gate Operators manufactured by LiftMaster since January 1993.
377LM
Wireless Keyless Entry
Wireless Keyless Entry
Features only LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 . Open or close the garage door instantly with a private 4-digit code. Program temporary access codes for visitors or delivery and service personnel. Mounts outside garage for convenient access. One-button-to-close feature works with all LiftMaster Garage Door Openers manufactured since 2006.
Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 315 MHz Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and Radio Control Receivers. Temporary password option. Program code directly from keypad.
™
ACCESSORIES
877LM
387LM*
Universal Wireless Keyless Entry Compatible with most major brands of garage door openers. Open or close the garage door without using a remote control or key. Users can also program a temporary code for visitors or delivery and service personnel. Completely wireless installation. *See Radio Compatibility Chart listed with 387LM Universal Wireless Keyless Entry in the Radio Controls section for compatible manufacturers.
3
ACCESSORIES Garage Door Openers
Control Panels
MyQ Control Panel (888LM) ®
Allows LiftMaster Garage Door Openers manufactured since 1998 to be controlled by a smartphone, tablet or computer (when paired with the Internet Gateway). Provides the upgrade needed to utilize Security+ 2.0 and MyQ Technology. Equipped with the Timer-toClose and Motion Detection features. Motion Detector activates the Garage Door Opener lights. Lock button locks out remote controls for added security. ®
™
Security+ 2.0 Control Panels ™
880LM
881LM
Smart Control Panel Program remote controls, adjust settings and get system diagnostics. Equipped with the Timer-to-Close and Motion Detection features. Includes time and temperature on LCD panel and maintenance alerts. Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers. ™
885LM
Motion-Detecting Control Panel with Timer-to-Close Automatically turns on the light when motion is detected. Equipped with the Timer-to-Close feature, which automatically closes the garage door after a pre‑programmed number of minutes. Includes maintenance alerts. Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers.
Wireless Control Panel Controls a Garage Door Opener and light. Completely wireless installation. Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers. ™
ACCESSORIES
™
886LM
882LM
883LM
Motion-Detecting Control Panel
Multi-Function Control Panel
Door-Control Button
Automatically turns on the light when motion is detected. Includes Garage Door Opener light control, lockout remote controls for added security and Maintenance Alert System. Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers.
Program remote controls, keypads and MyQ Accessories from the control panel. Includes display lights, Garage Door Opener light control, lockout remote controls for added security. Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers.
Program remote controls, keypads and MyQ Accessories from the control panel. Controls a Garage Door Opener and turns lights on and off. Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers.
™
4
™
™
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Security+ Control Panels ®
378LM
Wireless Secondary Control Panel Program up to two Garage Door Openers wirelessly. Can be installed anywhere in the garage. Controls Garage Door Opener and turns opener lights on and off. Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 315 MHz Garage Door Openers. ®
78LM
75LM
Multi-Function Control Panel
Lighted Door Control Button
Turn Garage Door Opener lights on and off from inside the garage. Includes adjustable light timer, illuminated push button for convenience and lockout button for added security. Compatible with all LiftMaster Garage Door Openers manufactured since 1993.
Enables you to operate your garage door from inside the garage.
ACCESSORIES 5
ACCESSORIES Garage Door Openers
MyQ Accessories ®
Internet Gateway (828LM) Using your smartphone or computer, you can operate your garage door, or turn on or off lights in or around your home, from anywhere in the world. Easy and fast installation through your in-home internet router. Compatible only with Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and MyQ Accessories. ™
821LM
MYQPCK
829LM
MyQ Garage
MyQ Upgrade Kit
Door and Gate Monitor
Monitor, open and close the garage door, and control home lighting, all from a smartphone, tablet or computer. Controls up to two garage doors at once (requires extra door sensor, sold separately) and up to 16 MyQ devices. Compatible with all major brands of garage door openers with photo eyes.
Allows any LiftMaster Garage Door Opener manufactured since 1998 to be controlled by a smartphone, tablet or computer (when paired with the Internet Gateway). Provides the upgrade needed to utilize Security+ 2.0 and MyQ Technology.
Monitor and close the garage door or gate from any room in the house. Green and red LED lights indicate whether the garage door or gate is open or closed. Volume-controlled audible alert lets you know when the garage door or gate is being opened. MyQ Technology allows you to monitor and close up to four garage doors or gates. Compatible only with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and MyQ Accessories.
®
™
ACCESSORIES
™
823LM
Remote Light Switch
Remote Light Control
Controls lights remotely. Turn on lights in your garage, yard or home with your Garage Door Opener remote control. Use with the Internet Gateway to control single pole lights from your smartphone or computer. Compatible only with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers, Remote Controls and MyQ Accessories.
Operate any lamp with your Garage Door Opener remote control or from your smartphone via your Internet Gateway. Plug into an indoor outlet, connect cord from the light you want to control and program it to your remote control or the Internet Gateway. Compatible only with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers, Remote Controls and MyQ Accessories.
®
6
825LM
™
™
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
Other Accessories
Ceiling Mount (195LM) Give the garage the style it’s been missing by hiding wires and cords with the sleek, black powder-coated Ceiling Mount. Adjustable height fits most standard garages, and the mount hangs 6.5 x 24 in. from the ceiling.
485LM
475LM
190LM
Integrated Battery Backup
Battery Backup
Adjustable Door Bracket
Operates the Garage Door Opener as if the power was still on, plus all safety and security features will be operational. For use with LiftMaster Garage Door Openers (models 8550, 8360 and 3850).
Powers up even when the power is out, so Customers can get into the garage. For use with LiftMaster Garage Door Openers (models 8500, 2500, 3800, 3500, 3900 and 3950).
Give the garage a more unified look with the white powder-coated door bracket. It is easily installed and is adjustable from 18–24 in.
®
ACCESSORIES
197LM
975LM
Laser Garage Parking Assist
Wire Channel
Maximizes usable garage space so the driver knows exactly where to park and when to stop. Works automatically when the safety beam is interrupted, so the car is parked in the right spot every time. A pulsating beam turns on for 90 seconds, allowing the driver to pull the car into the garage so the laser hits a pre-targeted spot on the dash.
Neatly conceals all wires. Holds up to three pairs of wires and comes in 100 5 ft. sections per box (1 box = 500 ft.).
7
ACCESSORIES Garage Door Openers
Other Accessories (continued)
97LM
Photo Eye Mounting Bracket Extension Adds height or depth to photo eye mounting bracket. Includes hardware, instructions and 10 pairs per box.
59LM
89LM
Outside Key Lock
Mounting Isolators
Provides double-locking action with 12 tumblers. Lock has a self-cleaning barrel and weather-resistant aluminum faceplate. It includes two keys and all necessary mounting hardware. Cannot be shorted out from exterior. (Not compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers.)
Isolates vibration between garage door opener head and mounting surface.
®
™
20-2LM
21-2LM
Deluxe Quick-Release Lock
2-Strand Bell Wire
2-Strand Bell Wire
Designed for all vault-type garages, the 6 ft. industrialstrength connecting cable is for exterior manual operation. Lock has a non-corrosive stainless steel faceplate and spur washer, extension sleeve for doors up to 2 in. thick and positive connection between cable and trolley release, with two keys included.
Red white/white color-coded wires for pre-wiring control panels. All wire is 22-gauge and UPS shippable. Each roll is 500 ft. in length.
Color-coded wires for pre-wiring photo eyes. All wire is 22-gauge and UPS shippable. Each roll is 500 ft. in length.
1702LM
ACCESSORIES
For 8500 Wall Mount, Other Accessories
380LM
480LM
580LM
Remote Light
Alternate Mounting Kit
Alternate Power System
Garage space is lit up by placing this in any location in the garage within 6 ft. of an outlet. Provides 200 Watts of light with 1/2- to 4-1/2-minute timer. For LiftMaster Garage Door Opener (models 8500 and 3800).
Designed for garages with low headroom (less than 3 in.) or obstructions near the end of the torsion bar, like a beam. For LiftMaster Garage Door Opener (models 8500 and 3800).
For the installation of LiftMaster Garage Door Openers (side-mount opener models 8500 and 3800) when an outlet is not available within 6 ft. of the installation site. Easily installed, UL Listed and includes 24V DC transformer and interface box with plug for optional 475LM Battery Backup. All mounting hardware included and provides 35 ft. of low‑voltage cable. This device not compatible with MyQ Technology. ®
8
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
9
ACCESSORIES Commercial Door Operators
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION
WARNING To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH, the following should be read by ANYONE involved in the design, specification, selection or purchase of a Commercial Door Operator or automated door system.
Automated Door Systems For the purposes of this Safety Information, an automated door system consists of a vehicular door, an electric door operator, control equipment to interface with the door operator and safety equipment to protect people and property.
Vehicular Doors A vehicular door is a large, heavy object that moves with the help of a counterbalance and electric motor. A moving door can cause SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH! The safety and well-being of others depends on properly selecting products appropriate for the application and installing the products per the manufacturer’s recommendations. In addition, it’s imperative that all door components, including the operator, be installed and serviced by a trained door systems Technician. The door itself must be properly balanced and aligned and work freely and smoothly by hand. The door operator is not intended to operate a poorly installed, improperly balanced or worn-out door. The use of a door operator to attempt to compensate for any door defect can result in a dangerous situation.
Door Operator Selection The proper door operator must be selected for the application. Pay attention to all application information in this catalog, including door type, size, voltage and control wiring. IMPROPER SELECTION CAN RESULT IN A DANGEROUS SYSTEM. Be sure you understand the application and limitations of the door operator model you select for your door. If you are in doubt, contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. ®
ACCESSORIES
Safety Devices Door operators can present serious hazards to persons in the immediate area. After you have selected your operator, the next step is to choose appropriate safety devices. Any commercial/industrial door operator manufacturer wishing to be fully compliant with the requirements mandated by the UL 325 regulations must manufacture with constant-pressure-to-close or be equipped with a monitored primary entrapment protection device.
Other Entrapment Protection Devices will be treated as ancillary or non-monitored. Installation of these types of safety devices is optional. Examples of these devices are 2-wire non- and pneumatic sensing edges. These devices cannot be substituted for monitored primary entrapment protection devices; instead these devices may be used to supplement the primary devices or constant-pressure-toclose. Such devices can be attached to UL 325 compliant Logic 4.0, Logic 5.0 and Medium-Duty Logic Operators, but cannot be used to replace the primary safety devices. There are many types of primary and ancillary entrapment devices available, but LiftMaster Operators are designed to communicate with LiftMaster brand monitored primary entrapment protection devices only. Four types of LiftMaster photo eyes, the standard commercial/industrial CPS-U, NEMA 4 rated CPS-UN4, as well as the CPS-RPEN4 and CPS-OPEN4, may be installed on a LiftMaster Operator in order to achieve any operating mode or feature beyond constant pressure on the CLOSE button to lower the door. In addition, LiftMaster also offers an Optical Edge System, which permits the attachment of a 2-wire monitored edge to satisfy the requirement for monitored primary entrapment protection. For easy reference, all UL 325 compliant LiftMaster Operator installation manuals provide a reference chart stating which safety devices have been approved for each operator. The UL 325 listing is dependent on testing each operator with each of the approved entrapment protection devices. Only those safety devices approved by UL for use with the operator as monitored primary entrapment protection devices are referenced in the instruction manual. While LiftMaster Operators provide basic constant pressure on the CLOSE button to lower the door without a primary entrapment device, IT IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED THAT SAFETY EQUIPMENT BE USED WITH EVERY DOOR OPERATOR. There are many types of safety devices available; photo eyes, optical edges, motion detectors and vehicle detectors are some of the more common types of primary and ancillary entrapment protection devices shown in the Accessories section of this catalog. Audible and/or visible warning devices are recommended when automatic controls are used in the Commercial Door Operating system. A variety of warning signs and labels are also offered in this section. WITHOUT SAFETY EQUIPMENT THE DOOR COULD CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH!
The UL 325 standard requires continuous monitoring of primary safety devices if the operator is used with any operating mode or feature other than constant pressure on the close button to lower the door. These types of primary safety devices can be either monitored photo eyes or a 2- or 4-wire monitored sensing edge.
10
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
SAFE INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
SAFE INSTALLATION PROCEDURES Door operators and associated control equipment should only be installed and serviced by qualified professionals. Professional Installers should observe the following safe installation procedures. To ensure that this is the case, provide a copy of this Safety Information section to the Installer. 1.
Read and follow all warnings and instructions within the installation manual.
2.
Install the door operator only on a properly balanced and lubricated door. An improperly balanced door may not reverse when required and could result in SEVERE INJURY or DEATH.
3.
All repairs to cables, spring assemblies and other hardware MUST be made by a trained door Systems Technician BEFORE installing the operator.
4.
Disable ALL locks and remove ALL ropes connected to the door before installing the operator to avoid entanglement.
5.
Install door operator 8 ft. or more above floor. Operators installed below this height must be enclosed with an operator cover.
6.
NEVER connect the door operator to a power source until instructed within the manual to do so.
7.
Installation and wiring must be in compliance with all applicable local building and electrical codes.
8.
NEVER wear watches, rings or loose clothing, which could become caught within the door or operator mechanisms, while installing or servicing the door operator.
9.
Install control station: • Within sight of the door • Out of reach of children at a minimum height of 5 ft. • Away from ALL moving parts of the door
10. Install the control station far enough from the door to prevent the user from coming in contact with the door while operating the controls. 11. Install the entrapment warning placard on the wall next to the control station in a prominent location that is visible from the door. 12. Place manual release/safety reverse test label in plain view on inside of door. 13. Upon completion of installation, test Entrapment Protection Device. 14. The operation of the door, controls and safety equipment should be reviewed with the owner and/or end user of the automated door system. Owner should also be informed of the need to maintain control and safety equipment on a regular basis. Safety equipment should be checked at least once monthly to ensure that it is working properly. All installation manuals, instructions and safety information should be left with the owner.
ACCESSORIES 11
ACCESSORIES Commercial Door Operators
MONITORED AND ANCILLARY SAFETY ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION Monitored Photo Eyes The presence of monitored primary entrapment protection is required for all modes and features beyond basic constant-pressure-to-close performance. They are continuously monitored to ensure safe operation of the door and limit operator functionality should an obstruction be detected or in the event of device failure.
CPS-UN4
CPS-RPEN4*
Monitored Dual-Sided Photo Eyes
Retro-Reflective Photo Eye
Heavy-duty housing for industrial applications. Dual-sided infrared sensors. NEMA 4 rated enclosure protects against direct water spray. 45 ft. range. For indoor/outdoor use. Designed for use with LiftMaster Operators.
Monitored, single retro-reflective photo eye and reflector with polarized beam technology. 6-foot armored cable for connection through 3-button control station. NEMA 4X rated enclosure protects against direct spray and corrosion. Maximum range of 50 ft. For indoor/outdoor use. Designed for use with LiftMaster Operators.
CPS-OPEN4
CPS-U
®
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
Monitored Dual-Sided Photo Eyes
Monitored Dual-Sided Photo Eyes
Monitored dual-sided photo eyes. Flexible rubber housings absorb minor contact to maintain alignment. NEMA 4X rated enclosure protects against direct water spray and corrosion. 45 ft. range. For indoor/outdoor use. Designed for use with LiftMaster Operators.
Monitored dual-sided photo eyes with NEMA 1 rated general purpose enclosure. For indoor use. Maximum range of 30 ft. Designed for use with LiftMaster Operators.
*Mounted direction of the photo eye must be the same as the reflector, if mounted vertically, both pieces must be mounted vertically.
ACCESSORIES
Non-Monitored Photo Eyes
CPS
CPS-RN4
Emitter-Receiver Type Dual-sided Commercial Protector System including emitter, receiver, mounting brackets and operator interface (41K4629). 24VAC. Use with non-logic operators and/or as secondary entrapment protection. 30 ft. range, designed for use with LiftMaster Operators, for indoor use only. ®
12
Retro-Reflective Type Photo Eye Single-sided photo eye and reflector. 24VAC. NEMA 4 rated. 30 ft. range, designed for use with LiftMaster Operators. Cannot serve as monitored primary entrapment device; ancillary only.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
MONITORED AND ANCILLARY SAFETY ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
RPEN4-RFLCTR
CPS3CARD
TLS1CARD
Replacement Reflectors
CPS Interface Card
Timer Light Status Option Card
Single pane replacement reflector for CPS-RPEN4 photo eyes.
Additional interface card for adding a second set of monitored photo eyes or a monitored edge to a door opening.
Works in conjunction with Logic 4.0 and Logic 5.0 to provide seven DIP switch, field-selectable modifications, including six door traffic control options and a means to connect external OPEN and CLOSE limits. Traffic control light ordered separately (RGL24LY).
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
CPS-EI
CPS-MEI
21-2LM
Sensing Edge Interface
Sensing Edge Interface
2-Strand Bell Wire
Direct connection of a 4-wire monitored sensing edge. Continuous self-monitoring system, satisfies regulatory requirements. For use on Logic 4.0, Logic 5.0 and Medium-Duty Logic Commercial Door Operators only.
Direct connection of a 2-wire monitored sensing edge. For use with (65-CPT223) style electric edges. For use on Logic 4.0, Logic 5.0 and Medium-Duty Logic Commercial Door Operators only.
For pre-wiring safety devices. Tin-dipped copper wire, color-coded white and white/black wires. 22-gauge wire, 500 ft. roll. Radio control and accessory discount applies.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES
65-7WIREL
4116690
7-Conductor Cable
Replacement Reflectors
Connect all standard control stations, sensing edges or photo eyes. 7-wire spool for installation requiring multiple wires run from the photo eyes to the control board on the operator. 20-gauge, color-coded wires. Used for control line runs of up to a total of 50 ft. on mechanical (M) or relay type openers, or 1,000 ft. on Logic 5.0 Operators.
Replacement reflector for CPS-RN4.
13
ACCESSORIES Commercial Door Operators
COMMERCIAL DOOR EDGE ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION SYSTEMS Optical Edge System (OES)
Optical Edge System (OES) Designed specifically to work with LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators, the Optical Edge System delivers dependable, monitored primary entrapment protection for commercial applications. The infrared optical sensors provide superior protection for sectional and rolling-style doors. With a NEMA 6 rated enclosure, it is the ideal solution for commercial doors with edges exposed to outside elements or standing water. Our photo eyes and optical edge models are UL/cUL listed for use with all LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators. The Optical Edge System can be used as a primary and/or ancillary entrapment device and meets UL 325 safety standards. ®
AVAILABLE ACCESSORIES Bulk Rubber Sectional Door Edge (OES-SD50) Bulk Rubber Rolling Door Edge (OES-RD50) These 50 ft. rolls are the most cost-effective option for multiple installations. TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
Rolling door edge shown
FEATURES • Rubber door edge is durable, flexible and easy to install. • Premium rubber can be cut to exact length at the installation site. • NEMA 6 rating protects against moisture and allows edge to operate in standing water. • Infrared optical sensors eliminate the need for electrical contacts. • Maximum range of 33 ft.
ACCESSORIES
AVAILABLE KITS TEXT HERE IF NEEDED • OES-SD16 16 ft. Sectional Door Edge Kit (Channel sold separately) • OES-SD24 24 ft. Sectional Door Edge Kit (Channel sold separately) • OES-RD16 16 ft. Rolling Door Edge Kit Each kit contains: • 1 Roll of Rubber Door Edge • 1 Pair Photo Eyes (Transmitter/Receiver) • 1 Coil Cord, 2-wire, 20 ft. extended • 1 Junction Box • 1 Door Edge Connection Kit • Installation Instructions • Warranty: 1 Year Limited
14
Optical Edge Sensor Kit (OES-EDSR) Kit includes infrared transmitter and receiver. Junction Box (OES-JBOX) Enables the connection between the operator and the edge. 2-Wire Coil Cord (OES-COIL) Provides a flexible, 20 ft. extended connection from the junction box to operator or switch. Conduit Installation Kit (OES-COND) Eliminates the need for electrical conduit installation and includes junction boxes and cables. Sectional Door Mounting Kit (OES-DECK) Secures rubber edge to the door. Rolling Door Mounting Kit (OES-RDCK) Secures rubber edge to the door. 1-3/4 x 1-3/4 in. PVC Channel (OES-4504) Connects the door to the edge kit (sectional doors only). 2 x 2 in. PVC Channel (OES-5104) Connects the door to the edge kit (sectional doors only). Each kit contains all components necessary for installing the Optical Edge System (excluding PVC channel which is sold separately for sectional door applications) on a single door.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
ANCILLARY ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION Sensing Edges
Pneumatic Edge Kits
Pneumatic Edge Kits
Ancillary entrapment protection is optional and may be used to supplement primary entrapment protection devices or basic constant-pressure-to-close operation. IMPORTANT NOTES: • Take-Up reels are not recommended for use with any fail-safe type edge. Use coil cords only. • If door is over 22 ft. wide, electric edges or photo eyes are highly recommended.
Exterior Edge Kits
Exterior Edge Kits
658202
658302
Includes 2-wire coil cord and 14 ft. of air hose.
Includes 2-wire coil cord and 22 ft. of air hose.
Exterior Edge Kits
Exterior Edge Kits
655202
655302
Includes 2-wire take-up reel (20 ft. extended) and 14 ft. of air hose.
Includes 2-wire take-up reel (20 ft. extended) and 22 ft. of air hose.
Individual Pneumatic Components
50101
501012
Exterior Air Switch with Metal Case
Exterior 3-Wire Air Switch
N.O. contact.
SPDT, plastic housing.
TEXT TEXT 50103
Rubber Air Hose
ACCESSORIES
501031
Air Hose Plug
15
ACCESSORIES Commercial Door Operators
COMMERCIAL DOOR CONTROLS TEXT HERE IFControl Push-Button NEEDED Stations
3-Button Controls OPEN/CLOSE/STOP allows complete control of the door. May be used with all LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators. ®
02103L
02103
3-Button Station
3-Button Station
Indoor surface mount with Maintenance Alert System, NEMA 1 rated.
Indoor surface mount with steel enclosure, NEMA 1 rated.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES
02108
02403PH
02703
3-Button Station
3-Button Station
3-Button Station
Indoor flush mount with standard 2 x 4 in. electrical junction box with stainless steel faceplate, NEMA 1 rated.
Outdoor surface mount with polycarbonate enclosure. Legend will display horizontally, can be mounted either vertically or horizontally, NEMA 4, 4X, 12, 13 rated.
Hazardous Area Enclosure (diecast) meets NEC requirements for Class 1, Divisions I and II, Group D, and Class 2, Divisions I and II, Groups F and G. OPEN/ CLOSE/STOP. Not included with (M105) Hazardous Area Modification, NEMA 7/9 rated.
3-Button Single Key Control Station OPEN/CLOSE/STOP buttons and ON/OFF key control with maintained key positions, key removable in either position. Allows complete control of door with the additional feature that the OPEN and CLOSE buttons can be locked out of operation with the key control. May be used with all LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators.
02406
®
3-Button Station Outdoor surface mount with keyed lockout and die-cast metal enclosure, NEMA 4, 12 rated
16
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
COMMERCIAL DOOR CONTROLS Push-Button Control Stations (continued)
2-Button Control Stations OPEN/CLOSE should only be used with operators wired for constant pressure to open and close (all LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators with type D1 control wiring). ®
02102
02107
02402
2-Button Station
2-Button Station
2-Button Station
Indoor surface mount with steel enclosure, NEMA 1 rated.
Indoor flush mount with standard 2 x 4 in. electrical junction box with stainless steel faceplate, NEMA 1 rated.
Outdoor surface mount with die-cast metal enclosure, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
WARNING: When used on most Commercial Door Operators, this control will not stop the door. Use another control that has a STOP button in conjunction with this control.
Single-Button Control Stations START may be used as OPEN with all LiftMaster Operators. May be used as OPEN and CLOSE on all operators with type B2 control wiring. 02101
02106
02401M
1-Button Station
1-Button Station
1-Button Station
Indoor surface mount with steel enclosure, NEMA 1 rated.
Indoor flush mount with standard 2 x 4 in. electrical junction box with stainless steel faceplate, NEMA 1 rated.
Outdoor surface mount, single button to activate opening one commercial door.
WARNING: When used on most Commercial Door Operators, this control will not stop the door. Use another control that has a STOP button in conjunction with this control.
Multi-Wire Cable
ACCESSORIES
65-7WIREL
7-Conductor Cable 7-wire spool for installation requiring multiple wires be run from the photo eyes to the control board on the operator.
17
ACCESSORIES Commercial Door Operators
COMMERCIAL DOOR CONTROLS Pull-Switch Controls
Single Pull-Switches May be used in two different ways: as an OPEN only control (all LiftMaster Operators) or as an OPEN/CLOSE control (only LiftMaster Operators with types B2 and G2 control wiring). In the latter case, pulling the cord will open a fully closed door, close a fully opened door, and reverse a closing door. Pulling the cord while the door is opening will either have no effect (type B2 wiring) or will stop the door (Solid-State Logic Control Board). ®
02111
02411
02711
Single-Pull Switch
Single-Pull Switch
Single-Pull Switch
Indoor surface mount, NEMA 1 rated.
Outdoor surface mount with steel enclosure, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
Hazardous Area Type with steel enclosure, NEMA 7/9 rated.
WARNING: When used on most Commercial Door Operators, this control will not stop the door. Use another control that has a STOP button in conjunction with this control.
Dual Pull-Switches May be used in the same manner as a single pull-switch, but with the added feature that a second contact is available to start auxiliary equipment, such as a heater. 021111
024111
Dual-Pull Switch
Dual-Pull Switch
Indoor surface mount with 2 N.O. (Normally Open) contacts and a steel enclosure, NEMA 1 rated.
Outdoor surface mount with 2 N.O. (Normally Open) contacts and a steel enclosure, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
ACCESSORIES
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
18
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
KEY CONTROL STATIONS Two-Position Key Controls
Tamperproof*
Key Control Switches
Key Control Switch
Key Control Switch
OPEN/CLOSE spring returns to center (OFF), key removable in center position only. Should only be used on operators wired for constant pressure to open and close (all LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators with type D1 control wiring).
02109
02109U***
Indoor flush mount with steel box and architectural aluminum faceplate, NEMA 1 rated.
Key Switch with U-CHANGE-IT Cylinder. Same as 02109 but standard key cylinder is replaced with U-CHANGE-IT cylinder, allowing user to change keying of lock, NEMA 1 rated.
®
Key Control Switch
IMPORTANT INFORMATION • Standard key control stations are supplied with two keys. • Keys for tamperproof models may be purchased from any locksmith or from BEST or U-CHANGE-IT when applicable. * Key required to remove cover on tamperproof models. ** For models 02109B and 02409B, a standard cylinder and keys are supplied. This cylinder should be replaced by a permanent, registered cylinder obtained directly from BEST Access Systems or through a qualified locksmith. *** For models 02109U and 02409U, TEXT HERE IF NEEDED a standard cylinder and keys are supplied. The station should be rekeyed with a permanent cylinder by a qualified locksmith.
02109B** Key Switch with BEST Cylinder. Same as 02109 but standard key cylinder is replaced with BEST cylinder (construction core included), NEMA 1 rated.
®
02409
02409B**
02409U***
Key Control Switch
Key Control Switch
Key Control Switch
Outdoor surface mount with die-cast metal enclosure, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
Four key switch with BEST cylinder. Same as 02409 but standard key cylinder is replaced with BEST cylinder (construction core included), NEMA 4 rated.
Surface mount key with U-CHANGE-IT cylinder. Same as 02409 but standard key cylinder is replaced with U-CHANGE-IT cylinder, allowing user to change keying of lock, NEMA 4 rated.
WARNING: W hen used on most Commercial Door Operators, this control will not stop the door. Use another control that has a STOP button in conjunction with this control.
ACCESSORIES 19
ACCESSORIES Commercial Door Operators
KEY CONTROL STATIONS Tamperproof*
2-Position Key Controls with STOP Button
Key Control Switches with STOP Button OPEN/CLOSE spring returns-to-center (OFF), key removable in center position only, with STOP button. Allows complete control of door. May be used with all LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators.
Key Control Station (Tamperproof)
02110
02110U***
Indoor flush mount with steel back box, architectural faceplate and STOP button, NEMA 1 rated.
Key Switch indoor flush mount, same as 02110 but standard key cylinder is replaced with U-CHANGE-IT cylinder allowing user to change keying of lock, NEMA 1 rated.
Key Control Station (Tamperproof)
®
IMPORTANT INFORMATION • Standard key control stations are supplied with two keys. • Keys for tamperproof models may be purchased from any locksmith or from BEST or U-CHANGE-IT when applicable. * Key required to remove cover on tamperproof models. ** For Models 02110B and 02410B, a standard cylinder and keys are supplied. This cylinder should be replaced by a permanent, registered cylinder obtained directly from Best Access Systems or through a qualified locksmith. TEXT *** For Models 02119U and 02410U, HERE IF NEEDED a standard cylinder and keys are supplied. The station should be rekeyed with a permanent cylinder by a qualified locksmith. ®
Key Control Station (Tamperproof)
®
02110B** Key Switch indoor flush mount, same as 02110 but standard key cylinder is replaced with BEST cylinder (construction core included). ®
®
Key Control Station (Tamperproof)
Key Control Station (Tamperproof)
02410
02410U***
Outdoor flush mount with die-cast metal enclosure and STOP button, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
Key Switch with U-CHANGE-IT cylinder. Same as 02409 but standard key cylinder is replaced with U-CHANGE-IT cylinder allowing user to change keying of lock, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
Key Control Station (Tamperproof) 02410B** Key Switch with BEST Cylinder. Same as 02409 but standard key cylinder is replaced with BEST cylinder (construction core included), NEMA 4 rated.
ACCESSORIES
Non-Tamperproof without STOP button
02407
Key Control Station (Non-Tamperproof) Outdoor flush mount with die-cast metal enclosure, NEMA 1 rated.
WARNING: W hen used on most commercial door operators, this control will not stop the door. Use another control that has a STOP button in conjunction with this control.
20
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
WIRELESS COMMERCIAL DOOR AND ENTRY CONTROLS Custom Control Panels
Mushroom Button Control A variety of custom control panels can be designed and manufactured by LiftMaster to meet your specific needs. Master controls for 2 or more doors or gates, indicating lights, keyed lockout switches and master emergency operating buttons, among others, can be included. Standard or custom legends can be provided; please indicate at the time of order. ®
Mushroom Button Control Station
Mushroom Button Control Station
02401M
02401M3
Outdoor surface mount, single button to activate opening one commercial door, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
Outdoor surface mount, single button to activate opening three commercial doors, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
Mushroom Button Control Station 02401M5 Outdoor surface mount, single button to activate opening 5 commercial doors, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED Multiple unit control panel shown. Please call your LiftMaster Sales Representative for any custom panel needs.
Master Control Station 90-MC4DOOR Includes OPEN/CLOSE/STOP positions and legends, operates up to 4 doors.
Master Control Station 90-MC6DOOR Includes OPEN/CLOSE/STOP positions and legends, operates up to 6 doors (image shown).
02403RG
3-Button Station RED/GREEN Indicating Lights, operates 1 door.
Wireless Digital Keypads
Wireless Commercial Keypad
Wireless Keypad
WKP250LM3*
WKP5LM3*
Compatible with LiftMaster 315 MHz rolling code receivers. 250 code capacity.
Compatible with LiftMaster 315 MHz rolling code receivers. 5 code capacity.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial wireless keypads use standard AA alkaline batteries. Can be wall or pedestal mounted. Lighted keyboard provides night time visibility. 100,000 combination codes are available.
Wireless Keypad
Subject to Access Control Multipliers *Wireless controls are used to supplement hardwired, push-button and key-control stations. Wireless controls cannot be used in place of hardwired controls in the absence of safety devices.
21
ACCESSORIES Commercial Door Operators
WIRELESS COMMERCIAL DOOR AND ENTRY CONTROLS Mounting Posts
Pedestals For use with card readers, digital keypads and access control systems. Includes baseplate at bottom of post (pad mount models) and mounting flange for control device at top. Wiring can be fed through the post. PED64
PED42
Gooseneck Pedestal 42 in. Height
Gooseneck Pedestal 64 in. Height
Pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square pipe, 11-gauge steel.
In-ground mount, 2 x 2 in. square pipe, 11-gauge steel.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
PED4272
PED72
Dual Gooseneck Pedestal 42 in. and 72 in. Height
Gooseneck Pedestal 72 in. Height
Pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square pipes, 11-gauge steel.
Pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square pipe, 11-gauge steel.
Vehicle Detection Systems
Enclosed Loop Detector Vehicle Loop Detectors
503267
OPEN only (all LiftMaster operators) or SAFETY/HOLD OPEN only (operators with type B2, T, TS or T1 control wiring) when vehicle passes over loop wire. Requires a loop of wire embedded in the pavement to connect to the detector. Requires 2-wire output connection to door operator and either 24VAC or 115VAC power (see individual descriptions).
Requires separate 24VAC power. Wiring harness with standard plug for detector included. Indoor enclosure, NEMA 1 rated.
ACCESSORIES
®
22
Enclosed Loop Detector 503263 Requires separate 115VAC power. Wiring harness with standard plug for detector included. Indoor enclosure, NEMA 1 rated.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
WIRELESS COMMERCIAL DOOR AND ENTRY CONTROLS Outdoor Wireless Enclosure
Wireless Enclosure for Vehicle Loop Detector
Outdoor Wireless Enclosure for 24V Vehicle Loop Detector 302416241 Watertight, oil-tight enclosure with single 24VAC detector, wired to terminal block for field connection, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
Outdoor Wireless Enclosure for 115V Vehicle Loop Detector 3024161151 Watertight, oil-tight enclosure with single 115VAC detector, wired to terminal block for field connection, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
Pre-formed Loop Wire
Pre-formed Loop Wire for SAW‑CUT Applications Includes 50 ft. of lead wire for use with all vehicle loop detectors.
Pre-formed Wire Loop for SAW‑CUT Applications 50XNL1218 4 x 8 ft. size pre-formed loop wire is used when saw-cut is required for installation of the loop, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
Pre-formed Wire Loop for SAW‑CUT Applications 50XNL1818 6 x 12 ft. size pre-formed loop wire is used when saw-cut is required for installation of the loop, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
50ENL1218
Pre-formed Loop Wire for PAVE-OVER Applications
Pre-formed Wire Loop for PAVE-OVER Applications
Includes 50 ft. of lead wire wire for use with all vehicle
4 x 8 ft. size pre-formed loop wire is used when the loop will be paved over, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
loop detectors. TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
50ENL1818
6 x 12 ft. size pre-formed loop wire is used when the loop will be paved over, NEMA 4, 12 rated.
23
ACCESSORIES
Pre-formed Wire Loop for PAVE-OVER Applications
ACCESSORIES Commercial Door Operators
ENTRY CONTROLS AND SAFETY ACCESSORIES Vehicle Detection Systems
Outdoor Enclosure (NEMA 4/12)
Pneumatic Treadle Kits OPEN only (all LiftMaster Operators) or SAFETY only (LiftMaster Operators with type B2, C2, T, T1 or TS control wiring). After vehicle passes over treadle hose. The weight of the vehicle on the treadle hose activates a pneumatic switch which sends an OPEN signal to the door. Requires a 2-wire connection to the operator but does not require power to function. This is a non-monitored device. ®
658206
50102
Exterior Pneumatic Treadle Kit
Treadle Signal Hose
Includes 10 ft. of signal hose, Outdoor air switch and hose plug.
For additional hose above the 10 ft. that is packaged with kits, or as replacement; good for indoor or outdoor use.
Electric Treadles OPEN only (all LiftMaster Operators) or SAFETY only (LiftMaster Operators with type B2, C2, L2, T, T1 or TS control wiring). After vehicle passes over treadle. The weight of the vehicle compresses an electric switch which sends an OPEN signal to the door. Requires a 2-wire connection to the operator but does not require power to function. This is a non-monitored device.
5014
Treadle Hose Anchor with Clamp
50800
RBMA Electric Treadle 5 ft. long, shown with separate Protection Plate (50800P). NEMA 4, 12 rated
ACCESSORIES
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
50800P
Protection Plate C Covers electrical connections.
24
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
ENTRY CONTROLS AND SAFETY ACCESSORIES Motion Detector
50-HERK2
Motion Detector LiftMaster microwave motion detector opens after sensing an object. This sensor can be set up to detect vehicles separately from people and send the two signals to two different outputs. Or you can use the two outputs to differentiate between forward and backward movements. Detection fields are adjustable, manually or with remote controls, as is sensitivity to mask interference or cross traffic. ®
This sensor can be mounted between 6 ft. 6 in. up to 23 ft. and has a maximum range up to 80 ft. This detector TEXT HERE IF NEEDED requires at least 2-wire connection to the operator. NEMA 4 rated. Note: Requires 24V power supply separate from operator.
50-HERKRC2
Motion Detector Remote Control Remote control for the LiftMaster Motion Detector to conveniently choose from 8 different preset comfort functions: adjust detection fields, mounting heights, relay hold interval, cross traffic optimization, direction recognition, people/vehicle separation, slow-motion detection, turn on/off filter functions, open the door manually and much more. This remote control is bidirectional; in other words, whatever you set up will be displayed back on the remote control to confirm that the sensor received the signal. This allows finetuning the LiftMaster Motion Detector from the ground without guessing all the settings have been received by the sensor.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES 25
ACCESSORIES Commercial Door Operators
SAFETY ACCESSORIES AND MISCELLANEOUS TEXT HERE Sensing Edge IF Connections NEEDED
Coil Cords
Coil Cord, 2 Wire, 18-gauge, 20 ft.
Sensing Edge Connections
501041
Each sensing edge requires a means to connect it to the door operator. The means must be able to extend and retract as the door moves. Coil cords and take-up reels fulfill this function. A wireless connection may also be used.
Coil Cord 4 Wire, 18-gauge, 20 ft. 50105
Orange Coil Cord, 3 Wire, 18-gauge, 20 ft.
Important Note: Take-Up reels are not recommended for use with any fail-safe type edge. Use coil cords only.
501042
50105
Optical Edge System Coil Cord 2-wire, 18 gauge, 20 ft. cord for use with the Optical Edge System (OES) products. Can also be used with other 2-wire edge systems.
Take-Up Reels
Take-Up Reel, 2 Wire, 18-gauge, 20 ft.
Take-Up Reel, 3 Wire, 18-gauge, 30 ft.
Take-Up Reel, 3 Wire, 18-gauge, 20 ft.
50106
5010730
50107
3-wire, type S0, 18-gauge, 30 ft. 50107S0
Important Note: Take Up reels are not recommended for use with any fail-safe type edges. Use a coil cord instead.
ACCESSORIES
Edge Connection Kit
658200
Door Edge Connection Kit Complete kit may be used with most sensing edges; Includes two junction boxes—one for the door and one for the wall—and a NEMA 1 rated, 3 wire coil cord.
26
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
SAFETY ACCESSORIES AND MISCELLANEOUS Audible/Visible Warning Devices
Audible/Visible Warning Devices Auxiliary limit switches or auxiliary contact blocks to control warning devices may be added to the operator at the time of order to allow for connection of warning devices (see Commercial Door Operator Modifications).
50500
TLS1CARD
Warning Light
Timer Light Status Option Card
Wall-mount warning light (bulb not included), 115V power required.
Works in conjunction with Logic 4.0 and Logic 5.0 to provide seven DIP switch, field-selectable modifications, including six door traffic control options and a means to connect external OPEN and CLOSE limits. Traffic control light ordered separately (RGL24LY).
WARNING: It is strongly recommended that audible/visible warning devices be included in every operator installation.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
K74-17750
50510
RGL24LY
Horn/Strobe
Warning Bell
Red/Green Traffic Light
White horn/strobe, 115V, ADA compliant and weatherproof.
6 in. alarm bell, wall-mount. 115V power required.
Traffic control light for use with TLS1CARD. Red and green LEDs provide highly visible and long-lasting light source. 24VAC/VDC operation.
Colored Lights
50505G
ACCESSORIES
50505R
50505A
Red Lights
Green Light
Amber Light
Vaportight light with red-colored lens. Use up to 100 Watt, 115VAC (Incandescent bulb not included).
Vaportight light with green colored lens. Use up to 100 Watt, 115VAC (Incandescent bulb not included).
Vaportight light with amber colored lens. Use up to 100 Watt, 115VAC (Incandescent bulb not included).
27
ACCESSORIES Commercial Door Operators
SAFETY ACCESSORIES AND MISCELLANEOUS TEXT HERE Warning Signs IF NEEDED and Labels
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
These items are packed as standard in some or all LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators, depending on applicability. It is strongly recommended that they be replaced on installations where they have been lost or damaged. ®
A
4065
CAUTION label for high-lift and vertical-lift sectional doors
B
406009
CAUTION label for electrical box cover
C
4055
CAUTION label for standard-lift sectional, slide and rolling doors
D
402701
CAUTION label regarding moving parts
E
WARNING to disconnect power
F
408001
CAUTION label regarding overload reset
G
409102
CAUTION label for reversing switch
H
406000
WARNING placard for placement near push button
ACCESSORIES
406010
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
28
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
SAFETY ACCESSORIES AND MISCELLANEOUS Miscellaneous Control Accessories
50400
50401
50450
Pass Door Switch
Rolling Door Interlock Switch
Sectional Door Interlock Switch
Plunger type switch to disable operator control circuit whenever pass door (man-door) is not fully closed. Requires coil cord or take-up reel. May be used with all LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators.
NEMA 1 rated switch is engaged by rolling door lock mechanism and disables operator control circuit when door is locked, thereby preventing electrical operation of door when locked. Mounts at bottom of door guide, requires 2-wire connection to operator. May be used with all LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators on rolling doors.
NEMA 4 rated switch is engaged by sectional door lock mechanism and disables operator control circuit when door is locked, thereby preventing electrical operation of door when locked. Mounts next to door lock, requires 2-wire connection to operator. May be used with all LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators on sectional doors.
®
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
Antennas 86LM* Antenna Extension Kit for standard 15 ft. size doors. 86LMT* Antenna Extension Kit for 25 ft. doors. EXT-ANT 50402
26DGI16
Timer Defeat Switch
7-Day Timer
Toggle switch to allow automatic close timer to be manually disabled. May be used with all LiftMaster Commercial Door Operators with type T, T1 or T2 control wiring. For use with Mechanical (M), Logic 4.0 and Logic 5.0 units only. Not for use with Logic 2.0 units. On Logic 2.0 units, the timer can be defeated by pressing the STOP button.
Used to automatically open a door at pre-programmed times. Includes 20 programs, manual override and battery backup. May require transformer upgrade.
Medium-Duty External Antenna Kit *Radio Control and Accessory Discount applies
WARNING: It is strongly recommended that audible/visible warning devices be included in every operator installation.
ACCESSORIES 29
ACCESSORIES Commercial Door Operators
MOUNTING ACCESSORIES AND MISCELLANEOUS Mounting Accessories/Hardware
089098
109095
Angle Mounting Bracket
Mounting Bracket for MJ, MH
Heavy 1/2 in. thick cast iron angle bracket used for mounting side-mount operators on the end bracket of a rolling door or grille. May be used for vertical or horizontal mount and either front of coil or top of coil mount. Curved slots in bracket allow for tensioning of chain drive. Right/ left interchangeable. Operator mounting holes match up with mounting dimensions of LiftMaster Model DJ, DH, J, MGJ, H and GH Operators (also see EZ Mount).
Heavy-gauge steel bracket may be used for vertical or horizontal mount and either front of coil or top of coil mount. May be welded. For use with Model MJ, MGJ and MH Operators.
1012360
Universal Hood Angle Mounting Bracket Heavy-gauge steel bracket. Used for vertical or horizontal mount on either front or top of coil. Has door mounting pattern compatible with many OEM manufacturers. May be welded. For use with Model DJ, DH, MJ, MH, J and H Operators only.
NOTE: Cannot be welded. Cannot be used with model GH 3HP.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
1A4324
089098EZ
Hood Angle Mounting Bracket Heavy-gauge steel bracket may be used for vertical or horizontal mount and either front of coil or top of coil mount. May be welded. For use with LiftMaster Model DJ, DH, MGJ, GH, J and H Operators (also see EZ Mount). ®
Cast Iron Hood EZ Mount Bracket Cast iron hood-mount bracket with EZ mount adapter plate, mounting bolts, nuts and washers. Adapter plate holds mounting bolts in place for ease of mounting.
1A4324EZ
Steel Hood EZ Mount Bracket Heavy-gauge steel bracket with EZ Mount adapter plate, mounting bolts, nuts and washers. Adapter plate holds mounting bolts in place for ease of mounting.
NOTE: Cannot be used with Model GH 3HP.
ACCESSORIES
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
109099
Flat Wall Plate Mounting Bracket Heavy 1/4 in. steel plate bracket used for wall mounting of side-mount operators. Slots in bracket allow for tensioning of drive chain. Mounting studs match up with mounting holes of LiftMaster Model DJ, DH, J, MGJ, H and GH Operators.
30
1A3982
Operator Cover For wall-mounted Operators 31 L x 19 W x 18 in. D Assembly required. Will cover LiftMaster Model J, H, GH, MJ, MH, DH and DJ operators. Recommended for damp environments where direct spray is present.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES
Commercial Door Operators
MOUNTING ACCESSORIES AND MISCELLANEOUS Mounting Accessories/Hardware (continued)
716023
716125
71-EXTBKT41 (#41 Chain) 71-EXTBKT48 (#48 Chain)
Chain Tensioner
Chain Tensioner 1-1/4
Extension Bracket
Adjustable steel bracket with bearings on each end. One end is placed on the operator output shaft and the other end on the door shaft. The bracket is spread apart until the drive chain is tensioned properly and then locked in place with bolts and locknuts. Both bearings are 1 in. diameter (for 1 in. shafts).
Same as (716023) but with 1-1/4 in. bearing for door shaft.
Extension brackets designed to allow up to 6 in. of additional backroom to match up with existing angle iron on retrofit applications.
NOTE: May be used with all side-mount operators.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES 31
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION
WARNING The following should be read by anyone involved in the design, specification, selection, or purchase of a commercial gate operator or automated gate system.
Automated Gate Systems
Safety Accessories
For the purposes of this Safety Information, an automated gate system consists of a vehicular gate, an electric gate operator, control equipment to interface with the gate operator and safety equipment to protect people and property.
IT IS A REQUIREMENT THAT SAFETY EQUIPMENT BE USED WITH EVERY GATE OPERATOR. There are many types of safety devices available; sensing edges and photo eye controls are some of the more common types of entrapment protection devices. Audible and/ or visible warning devices are recommended when automatic controls are used in the gate operating system. A variety of warning signs and labels are also offered in this section. WITHOUT SAFETY EQUIPMENT THE GATE COULD CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH!
Vehicular Gates A vehicular gate is a large, heavy object that moves with the help of an electric motor. A moving gate can cause SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH! The safety and well-being of others depends on the design of a safe system. The gate itself must be properly installed, work freely and smoothly in both directions and be constructed to industry standard ASTM F2200.
Warning Signs and Labels It is strongly recommended that signs and labels are replaced on installations where they have been lost or damaged.
Gate Operator Selection The proper gate operator must be selected for the application. Pay attention to all application information in this catalog, including gate type, size, voltage and control wiring. IMPROPER SELECTION CAN RESULT IN A DANGEROUS SYSTEM. Be sure you understand the application and limitations of the model gate operator you select for your gate. If you are in doubt, contact a LiftMaster Sales Representative. ®
Control Accessories Gate operators can present serious hazards to persons in the immediate area when not controlled in a safe manner or by responsible persons. Choose one or more controls that together will allow complete control of the gate.
ACCESSORIES
All controls should be located OUT OF REACH OF SMALL CHILDREN. SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH CAN RESULT FROM CHILDREN PLAYING WITH CONTROLS. ALL CONTROLS SHOULD BE LOCATED NO LESS THAN 6 FT. FROM ANY MOVING PART OF THE GATE SO THAT THE PERSON OPERATING THE CONTROLS CAN SEE THE FULL AREA OF GATE MOVEMENT, but should not be so close that a person starting the gate could be injured due to their proximity to the gate. Be especially careful in designing systems with automatic controls, controls that can cause the gate to operate without warning to persons in the immediate gate area. Such controls include, but are not limited to, radio controls, remote mounted access controls, access control systems, and timing devices. SAFETY EQUIPMENT AND SIGNS WARNING OF THE AUTOMATIC OPERATION ARE A MUST IN THE DESIGN OF SUCH A SYSTEM.
32
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
SAFE INSTALLATION PROCEDURES
SAFE INSTALLATION PROCEDURES Gate operators and associated control equipment should only be installed and serviced by qualified professionals. Professional Installers should observe the following safe installation procedures. To ensure that this is the case, provide a copy of this Safety Information section to the Installer. 1.
POWER SHOULD ALWAYS BE DISCONNECTED whenever installing, wiring or servicing a gate operator or automated gate system. Not only is the chance of electric shock thus reduced, but the MOVING CHAINS IN MOST GATE OPERATORS CAN CATCH CLOTHING OR FINGERS AND CAUSE SEVERE INJURY.
2.
Installation and wiring must be in compliance with local building and electrical codes. If no local code exists, install in compliance with the National Electrical Code.
3.
All manual gate locks should be disabled to avoid damage to the gate or gate operator should the lock become engaged after the operator is installed.
4.
Clutches should be adjusted to the minimum force setting required to operate the gate smoothly, and still allow slippage with minimum force. However, A CLUTCH IS NOT INTENDED AS, AND SHOULD NOT BE SUBSTITUTED FOR, A SAFETY DEVICE TO PROTECT PEOPLE AND PROPERTY.
5.
The manual operation system must be functioning properly. IF THE GATE CANNOT BE MANUALLY OPERATED IN AN EMERGENCY, SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH MAY RESULT!
6.
All warning signs and warning labels are required to be posted as indicated in the gate operator installation manual, and over the protest of the property owner.
7.
The gate operator controls and safety equipment should be tested at the conclusion of the installation to be sure they are functioning properly.
8.
The operation of the gate, controls and safety equipment should be reviewed with the owner and/or end user of the automated gate system. They should also be informed of the need to maintain control and safety equipment on a regular basis. Safety equipment should be checked at least once monthly to ensure that it is working properly. All installation manuals, instructions and safety information should be left with the owner.
9.
Moving gates have pinch points and entrapment zones that can be extremely dangerous to pedestrians, especially small children. EVEN THOUGH YOU ARE PLANNING TO USE SAFETY EQUIPMENT, THESE POINTS AND ZONES SHOULD BE GUARDED. See below for recommendations on guarding against some of the more common hazards. If you are unsure about your ability to identify the particular hazards of your gate operator system, call LiftMaster for assistance. UNGUARDED PINCH POINTS AND ENTRAPMENT ZONES CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH!
ACCESSORIES 33
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
SAFETY DEVICES Thru-Beam Photo Eyes
UL 325 recommends the installation of Entrapment Protection Devices to protect in both the open or close directions and to protect between the moving gate and rigid objects such as a post or wall.
CPS-N4
Non-Monitored Dual-Sided Photo Eyes
Monitored Dual-Sided Photo Eyes
Compatible with SL585, SL595, SW490, HS670, HCT Gate Operators. 24VAC. UL listed to UL 325 standards, tested with gate operators listed. NEMA 4 rated. 45 ft. sensing distance. Includes bracket, interface box (41K4629) and 2 ft. cable leads.
Compatible with LiftMaster CSW24VDC, CSL24VDC, LA400DC, LA412DC, RSL12VDC and RSW12VDC. <31mA low power standby/detect current. UL listed to UL 325 standards, tested with operators listed. NEMA 4 rated. 45 ft. sensing distance. Includes bracket and 2 ft. cable leads. Goes into power-save mode and minimizes power draw when the gate is closed.
THRUIR55
G501RB325
Thru-Beam Photo Eyes with Built-In Heater 12–24 VAC/DC. 20mA/30mA standby/detect current. ETL listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 4 rated. 165 ft. sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood. Built-in heater to keep free of frost and moisture in cold or damp environments.
ACCESSORIES
CPS-UN4
®
Thru-Beam Photo Eyes 12–24 VAC/DC. 135mA/150mA standby/detect current. ETL listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13 rated. 65 ft. sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood.
50-220
Protector System Safety Sensors Dual Sided infrared sensors, compatible with LiftMaster LA412DC, RSL12VDC and RSW12VDC Operators. <2mA Low Power standby/detect current. UL listed to UL 325 standards, tested with operators listed. Weather-resistant. 30 ft. sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood/bracket combo. Goes into power-save mode and minimizes power draw when the gate is closed.
34
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
SAFETY DEVICES Retro-Reflective Photo Eyes
CPS-RN4
CPS-RPEN4GM
Monitored Retro-Reflective Photo Eye
LiftMaster Retro-Reflective Photo Eyes
Compatible with CSL24VDC, CSW24VDC, RSW12VDC, RSL12VDC, LA400DC, LA412DC and LA500DC. <40mA standby/detect current. NEMA 4X rated. 50 ft. sensing distance. Includes photo eye, bracket, 3 in. reflector, 6.5 ft. cable.
24VAC. ~20mA standby/detect current. UL listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 4 rated, polarized reflector. 30 ft. sensing distance. Includes bracket, square reflector and 2 ft. cable leads.
®
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
AOMRON
G50NIR
Heavy-Duty Retro-Reflective Photo Eye
Retro-Reflective Photo Eye with Sensitivity Adjustment
24–240 VAC/DC. 35mA/125mA @ 24VAC, 20mA/60mA @ 110VAC standby/detect current. UL listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 4, 12 rated. 40 ft. sensing distance. Includes bracket and 3 in. reflector.
12VAC/DC to 240VAC. 20mA/40mA standby/detect current. IP66 watertight package. 30 ft. sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood, 3 in. reflector, reflector hood, brackets and 6 ft. cable leads.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES
RETROAB
REFLECTUNIV
Retro-Reflective Photo Eye
Replacement Reflector
12VDC and 24VAC/DC. 20mA/40mA standby/detect current. UL listed to UL 325 standards. NEMA 3, 4, 4X, 6P, 13 rated. 30 ft. sensing distance. Includes photo eye hood, bracket, 3 in. reflector and 6 ft. cable leads.
Universal reflector. 3 in. round. For use with AOMRON, RETROAB and G50NIR.
WARNING: It is strongly recommended that some type of safety equipment be used with every gate operator. Without safety equipment, serious injury or death may result!
35
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
SAFETY DEVICES Sensing Edges
Mounting Channel Electric Edge
Sensing Edges Sensing Edges
G65MG0204
A sensing edge should be used on every gate for the protection of pedestrians and vehicles. Depending on the type of edge and the type of control wiring of the operator with which it is used, the function of the edge will vary. A standard 2-wire edge will cause a gate to reverse when it meets an obstruction while closing. It can also be wired to stop the gate.
4 ft. length, 2-wire electric edge for gates. Sensitized on three sides, requires mounting channel. G65MG0205 5 ft. length, 2-wire electric edge for gates. Sensitized on three sides, requires mounting channel. G65ME120C5
IMPORTANT NOTES: • Use only electric edges on gates • Specify length of edge when ordering (4 ft. minimum) • A coil cord or wireless sensing edge connection is required with all edges • The last number in the model number represents the length of the sensing edge in feet. Specify length of edge when ordering. Lead time may apply for nonstandard lengths.
5 ft. length, mounting channel for all MG020 edges.
UL 325 recommends the installation of Entrapment Protection Devices to protect in both the open or close directions and to protect between the moving gate and rigid objects such as a post or wall.
G65MGR205
G65MGS205
Sensing Edges
Sensing Edges
5 ft. length, 2-wire electric edge for gate with 2 in. round post. Sensitized on three sides, no mounting channel required.
5 ft. length, 2-wire electric edge for gate with 2 in. square post. Sensitized on three sides, no mounting channel required.
Edge Connections
ACCESSORIES
Edge Connections Sensing edges require a means to connect them to the gate operator. The means must be able to extend and retract as the gate moves.
65-MWRT12
Universal Wireless Transmitter/ Receiver Kit Wireless sensing edge connection without audible alarm.
36
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
SAFETY DEVICES Emergency Devices
Emergency Devices With the rapid growth of gated communities, secured commercial sites and residential gates, many municipalities across the nation have implemented special requirements for the access of emergency vehicles. Before installing any motorized gate operator system, be sure to check with the local fire department for its guidelines.
SOSG8
STRBSW
Emergency Vehicle Access Device
Strobeswitch Emergency Vehicle Detector
Siren Operated Sensor . Power requirements 9–30 Volts AC or DC with ~.1mA draw. Responds to siren “Yelp” mode found on all standard sirens. Dual relay closures for use on dual gates.
Tomar Strobeswitch. Activated via strobe emitters found on emergency vehicles. Includes 12–24 VDC power module. 600 ft. range. Digital frequency discrimination prevents interference.
®
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
C2EKIT*
C2EHEATER
12VDC Emergency Vehicle Detector
Optional Heater Pad
Click2Enter Access Control. Combines the scanner/ receiver technology with control technology to act as a radio-controlled key to open access control devices. Variable activation range. ®
Heater for Click2Enter, 24VAC. Includes plug-in power supply. Optional heater pad for operation in cold climates below -20°F. To be used with C2EKIT.
*Requires programming by the Installer.
Fire Access Boxes
ACP17
50SL1FAR
ACCESSORIES
No Image Available
AFB120
Fire Access Box with Cable Release
Exterior Manual Release Firebox
Fire Access Box with Micro Switch
Pull the interior T-handle to release the gate chain. Access doors on front and back. Includes a hole for standard or fire department padlock.**
Fire access box with cable release. Pull the interior T-handle to release the gate chain. Includes a hole for standard or fire department padlock.** Interior microswitch. Ideal with VSL595 Gate Operators.
All-in-one fire access box. Hole for standard or fire department padlock. Interior micro-switch. Knockout for Knox key switch. Standard cylinder lock.** ®
**Fire department padlock and Knox key switch not provided. ®
37
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
SAFETY DEVICES TEXT HERE IF NEEDED Audible/Visible Warning Devices
Audible/Visible Warning Devices One or more of these devices may be connected to a gate operator with several possible modes of operation: while gate is moving, before gate closes, etc. An auxiliary limit switch or auxiliary contact block may be required to allow for connection to the operator. Please call your LiftMaster Sales Representative at time of ordering to review installation requirements.
®
WARNING: It is strongly recommended that audible/visible warning devices be included in every gate operator installation.
REDSTROBE
Red Strobe Warning Light 24VAC, 500mA. IP23~. NEMA 1 rated.
G50200UH
Amber Strobe Warning Light with Siren 110/120VAC. ~2A. Weatherproof. Single-tone siren: 87dBA (continuous).
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
G503026
Siren 24 VAC/DC, 90mA. NEMA 4 rated. Dual-tone siren: 90/85dBA (continuous or pulse).
ACCESSORIES
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
38
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
DETECTORS Loop Detectors
LiftMaster Loop Detectors ®
For exit, interrupt or shadow loop applications. Activates only when a vehicle passes over a loop. Requires a loop embedded in the ground to connect to the detector.
LOOPDETLM
AELD
Plug-In Loop Detector
Plug-In Loop Detector
Plug-in connector, no wiring needed, 12VDC/3mA power draw. Fail-safe/exit selectable, fail-safe/failsecure. 1 relay, 1 channel, 4 selectable frequencies. 8 sensitivity levels, plus boost to ensure that vehicles are easily identified. Compatible with CSW24VDC, CSL24VDC, RSL12VDC, RWS12VDC, LA500DC, LA400DC and LA412DC Gate Operators, includes diagnostic and test feature.
Plug-in connector, no wiring needed, 24VAC. Fail-safe, 2 relays, 1 channel, 4 frequencies. 2 sensitivity levels, includes boost feature that increases sensitivity to detect high-profile vehicles. Compatible with CSW200UL, SL3000UL and HCT Gate Operators.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
G714167NH
Vehicle Loop Detectors Plug-in connector, no wiring needed, 24VAC. Fail-safe, 2 relays, 1 channel, 4 frequencies. 8 sensitivity levels, includes boost feature that increases sensitivity to detect high-profile vehicles. Compatible with SL585, SL595, VSL595, HS670.
LD7LP
Low-Power Fail‑Safe Loop Detector Wire terminal block, 10-30 VAC/DC. 1 relay, 1 channel. Automatic frequency. Automatic sensitivity levels. <2mA current draw. Low power accessory, compact size. Compatible with LA400DC, LA412DC, RSL12VDC, RSW12VDC and Mega Operators.
Loop Detectors for Outdoor Use
LiftMaster Outdoor Enclosure Loop Detectors
G302416241 24VAC, 1 detector.
ACCESSORIES
All loop detectors for outdoor use contain 1 or 2 detectors housed in a watertight and oiltight NEMA 4, 12 rated enclosure and are prewired to terminal block for easy field connections. Complete with on-board DIP switches, the connector is prewired to terminal block. Also features selectable failure settings, dual relay, 1 channel, 4 frequency settings and 8 sensitivity levels—including a boost feature that increases sensitivity to detect highprofile vehicles.
Outdoor Enclosure Vehicle Loop Detectors (NEMA 4, 12)
Outdoor Enclosure Vehicle Loop Detectors (NEMA 4, 12) G3024161151 120VAC, 1 detector.
39
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
DETECTORS Loop Detectors (continued)
Loop Detector Loop Detectors
A24
All Reno loop detectors feature dual relay, 1 channel, 4 frequency settings and 8 sensitivity levels.
External DIP switches. Failsafe, 12–24 VDC, 24VAC at 50mA current draw, manufactured by Reno.
Loop Detector A79 Internal DIP switches. Current draw, manufactured by Reno.
Loop Harness A57 11-pin connector harness.
Peek-Traffic Loop Detectors
Vehicle Loop Detectors (NEMA 1)
G50625S115
G50625S24
115VAC. 57– 68mA max, current draw.
24VAC. 57– 68mA max, current draw.
Loop Detector G50625S12 12VDC, 57– 68mA max, current draw.
ACCESSORIES
All Peek-Traffic loop detectors come with an 11-pin connector harness, fail-safe features, dual relay, 1 channel, 3 frequency settings, 6 sensitivity levels and external DIP switches.
Vehicle Loop Detectors (NEMA 1)
40
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
DETECTORS Loop Wire Spools
Loop Wire Spools Ideal for Installers that prefer to make their own loops. 18-gauge 16/30 Tinned Stranded Copper, XLPE loop wire, UL Style 3173, Temp. 125°C, 600V, 1/32 in. insulated wall, plastic spool. LW1000RED
LW100RED
LW500RED
1,000 ft. Red wire.
500 ft. Red wire.
LW1000BLU
LW500BLU
1,000 ft. Blue wire.
500 ft. Blue wire.
LW1000BLK
LW500BLK
1,000 ft. Black wire.
500 ft. Black wire.
ACCESSORIES 41
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
DETECTORS TEXT HERE Loop Pre-formed IF NEEDED Wire
Saw-Cut Loops
Saw-Cut Pre-formed Loop Pre-formed Loop Wire
G50XNL1218
No need to make loops with ready-to-install pre-formed loops used with vehicle loop detectors. Multiple sets can be used as interrupt loops, shadow loops, exit loops or entrance loops. Saw-cut loops are used in existing asphalt or concrete driveways. Pave-over loops are used under concrete, asphalt or gravel driveways, before driveway installation.
4 x 8 ft. with 50 ft. lead length. 18-gauge XLP wire.
Saw-Cut Pre-formed Loop G50XNL1818 6 x 12 ft. with 50 ft. lead length. 18-gauge XLP wire.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
Saw-Cut Pre-formed Loop PL48S50 4 x 8 ft. with 50 ft. lead length. 16-gauge XLPE in polyethylene jacket.
Saw-Cut Pre-formed Loop PL612S50 6 x 12 ft. with 50 ft. lead length. 16-gauge XLPE in polyethylene jacket.
Pave-Over Loops
Pave-Over Pre-formed Loop G50ENL1218
ACCESSORIES
4 x 8 ft. 50 ft. lead length. 18-gauge TFFN wire in flexible PVC conduit.
Pave-Over Pre-formed Loop G50ENL1818 6 x 12 ft. 50 ft. lead length. 18-gauge TFFN wire in flexible PVC conduit.
42
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
DETECTORS Pave-Over Loops (continued)
Pave-Over Pre-formed Loop PL48P40 4 x 8 ft. with 40 ft. lead length. 14-gauge solid UL 493 direct burial wire.
Pave-Over Pre-formed Loop PL612P40 6 x 12 ft. with 40 ft. lead length. 14-gauge solid UL 493 direct burial wire.
Sealant
Loop Sealant Loop Sealant
LSBLK
Quart tube, nitrile rubber, fast drying, excellent adhesion to asphalt, concrete or cement. Skins over in 10 minutes and restores traffic in only 1 hour Ideal for any weather condition, -60°F to 350°F. Unaffected by chemicals, salts, oils, greases, transmission fluids, gasoline, rain or snow.
Black sealant, one quart.
Loop Sealant LSGRY Gray sealant, one quart.
Sensing Probes
Sensing Probes
CP3
ACCESSORIES
Typically used as a free exit device. As a vehicle approaches the probe, it will trigger the gate to open. Probe can be buried in the ground beside the driveway (not necessary to saw-cut the driveway). 50-GC836-LV
Single Piece Sensing Probe
2-Piece Sensing Probe
Low power accessory, 6–31 VAC or 10–40 VDC. 150microA (standby) 25–30mA (detect) current draw. Automatic sensitivity. 100 ft. lead length. 1-piece design.
Low power accessory, 12–24VAC/DC, 10mA– 45mA current draw. Adjust via dial, 3 levels of sensitivity. 50 ft. lead length. 2-piece design, dual relay used to operate additional devices such as security lights.
43
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
CONTROL DEVICES 3-Button Control Stations
3-Button Remote Control Stations OPEN/CLOSE/STOP for complete control of gate. May be used on all gate operators.
G02103
G02108
3-Button Station
3-Button Station
Surface mount with steel enclosure, NEMA 1 rated.
Flush mount with stainless steel electrical junction faceplate. Standard 2 x 4 in. stainless steel electrical junction box. NEMA 1 rated.
G02403PH
02406
3-Button Station
3-Button Station
Surface mount with polycarbonate enclosure. Legend will display horizontally, can be mounted either vertically or horizontally, NEMA 4, 4X, 12, 13 rated.
Surface mount with two-position maintained key control. Die-cast metal enclosure and On/Off Key control, key removable in either position, NEMA 4/12 rated.
Push-Button Control Stations
2-Button Control Stations
ACCESSORIES
Used to open and close all gate operators. WARNING: This control will not stop the gate. Use another control that has a STOP button in conjunction with this control.
02102
2-Button Indoor Surface Mount Station (NEMA 1) Indoor surface mount with steel enclosure, NEMA 1 rated.
44
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
CONTROL DEVICES Two-Position Key Controls with STOP Button
2-Position Key Controls with STOP Button OPEN/CLOSE, spring return to center (Off), key removable in center position only. Allows complete control of gate. May be used on all gate operators. 02410*
02405
Key Switch with STOP Button
Key Switch with STOP Button
2-position key control with STOP button. NEMA 4, 12 rated. Surface mount. Die-cast metal enclosure. Tamperproof.
2-position key control with STOP button. NEMA 4, 12 rated. Surface mount. Die-cast metal enclosure. Non‑tamperproof.
Timers
Timer 7-Day Timers
GC839-S12
Used to automatically open and close overhead doors, gates and parking barriers at pre-programmed times.
50 programs, 12VDC, 33mA current draw. Daylight savings. Battery backup.
A program is required for each on-event and off-event. If a gate operator is programmed to open each Monday at 6 a.m. and close at 10 a.m., two programming events have been scheduled.
Timer GC839-S24 50 programs, 24VAC/DC, 80mA @ 24VAC, 40mA @ 24VDC current draw. Daylight savings. Battery backup.
Timer G26DGI16 20 programs, 24VAC/DC, 80mA @ 24VAC, 40mA @ 24VDC current draw. Daylight savings. Battery backup.
ACCESSORIES 45
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
OPTIONAL KITS TEXT HERE Heater Kits IF NEEDED
HTR
Heater Kit for Pad Mount Operators Compatible with RSL12VCD, RSW12VDC, CSL24VDC, CSW24VDC, 110 –250 VAC, automatically detects voltage. Protect systems to -40˚F. Installs on gate operator frame.
Self-Regulating Heater, Coil*
Self-Regulating Heater and Coil Self-Regulating Heater and Coil
G6518CSW
Keeps gate operator gearbox and batteries at suitable temperature when outside temperature is below 0°F for extended periods of time. Installs into the frame of the gate operator.
Compatible with CSW200UL, 120V.
For factory installed units, please use suffix H8 or H (Sample: SL3000ULH8 and CSW200ULH8).
Self-Regulating Heater and Coil HTRKITRSL** Compatible with RSL12VDC, 120V. G6518SL
Self-Regulating Heater and Coil Compatible with SL3000UL,120V.
Self-Regulating Heater and Coil HTRKITRSW Compatible with RSW12VDC and CSW24VDC, 120V.
Self-Regulating Heater and Coil HTKITCSL Compatible with CSL42VDC, 120V.
ACCESSORIES
**Heater cannot be used in combination with a 33Ah battery, model A12330SGLPK.
46
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
OPTIONAL KITS Heater Kits (continued)
Thermostat Control Heater, Fin Type Designed to automatically maintain a suitable temperature inside a control enclosure down to -40°F. Uses a highsurface-area aluminum heat emitter to eliminate the need for a fan. Provides low-radiation and high-convection heating to the enclosure. Adjustable from 30° to 120°F (0° to 50°C).
6532449*
6532448*
Thermostat Control Heater
Thermostat Control Heater
Compatible with SL585 and SL595, 115V and 575V.
Compatible with SL585 and SL595, 208V–460V.
*Recommended for factory installation. For factory installed units, please use suffix H3 (Sample: SL5855011H3).
*Recommended for factory installation. For factory installed units, please use suffix H3 (Sample: SL5855011H3).
Thermostat Control Heater
Thermostat Control Heater
G6518300
G6519084
Compatible with SW490, BG770, BG790, 115V and 575V.
Compatible with SW490, BG770, BG790, 208V– 460V.
Thermostat Control Heater, Plate
MA201
ACCESSORIES
Maintains a suitable temperature inside a control enclosure for temperatures below 32°F. Available for 115VAC operators only. UN201
Thermostat Control Heater
Thermostat Control Heater
Compatible with MA, MAS, 150W.
Compatible with MA, MAT and MAST, 500W.
47
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
OPTIONAL KITS TEXT Kits Field HERE and IF Modules NEEDED
Relay Modules This easy-to-integrate module, in combination with the control board, will facilitate the control and operation of external accessories such as solenoid locks or magnetic locks. Q400MAU
OMNIEXB
Relay Module
Relay Module
Capable of switching loads up to 2 Amps. Compatible with SL3000UL, CSW200UL, HCT, RSL12VDC and RSW12VDC.
Capable of switching loads up to 1 Amp. Provides the option to add external accessories such as a solenoid lock or magnetic lock, a 3-button control station and an alarm system. Compatible with SL3000UL, CSW200UL and HCT.
Quick-Close Circuit Module Allows a gate to close immediately after a car leaves the interrupt loop. Compatible with SL3000UL. Requires Omni Option Board, model OMNIEXB. Does not look for a close command from the Timer-to-Close or an auxiliary device. • QCC Switch Mode A If the gate is closing while a car is over the interrupt loop, the gate will stop and then open. As soon as the car leaves the interrupt loop, the gate will resume closing.
QCCOMNI
ACCESSORIES
• QCC Switch Mode B If the gate is closing while a car is over the interrupt loop, the gate will only stop. As soon as the car leaves the interrupt loop, the gate will resume closing.
No Image Available
K1D8080-1CC
Q160
Expansion Board
Long Gate Kit
Additional programming features, external loops, plug-in loops, auxiliary relays and inputs for additional controls and photo eyes. Compatible with all LiftMaster DC Operators.
Adjusts gate travel up to 51 ft. Call your LiftMaster Sales Representative for application information. Compatible with SL3000UL.
®
48
SAMSKIT
Sequenced Access Management Includes required relay and limits. Sequenced access between any Mega Arm Operator and any gate operator listed below. Compatible with SL3000UL, CSW200UL, Mega Operators.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
OPTIONAL KITS Field Kits and Modules (continued)
No Image Available
MA200
MA230VKIT
50-19503
K1 Relay Output Option
Voltage Conversion Kit
Push-to-Open Bracket
Accessory relay for external signaling. Common, N/C and N/O contacts. Compatible with Mega Operators.
Convert from 115VAC to 230VAC operation. Compatible with Mega Operators.
Allows the gate to swing away from the property. Compatible with LA400DC, LA412DC.
No Image Available
No Image Available
MSWIRE12GA6C
G653509
No Image Available
SL585LIMIT
Dual Gate Wiring Kit
Diagonal Support Brace
Long Gate Kit
Includes 40 ft. of cable. Compatible with RSL12VDC and RSW12VDC.
Adds structural support to operator stand. 4 braces included. Compatible with SL585.
Adjusts gate travel up to 70 ft. Call technical support for application information. Compatible with SL585.
9078002KT
Auxiliary Contact Block Includes wired terminal block. Drives auxiliary device in one direction. (OPEN or CLOSE cycle). For both directions 2 required. Compatible with SL585, SL595.
No Image Available
71-REDGRN-HCT
50-SW4QRR
ACCESSORIES
No Image Available
G50402
Red/Green Warning Light Box
Quick-Release Arm Cap Kit
Timer Defeat Hold Open Switch
Signals if door is moving or stationary. Compatible with HCT.
Compatible with SW490.
Allows the automatic close timer on the operator to be manually disabled. Compatible with BG770 and BG790.
49
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
POWER DEVICES Solar Packages
20W7A
20W33A
210W
40W33A
7Ah 12V Solar Kit
33Ah 12V Solar Kit
20W 24V Solar Kit
33Ah 24V Solar Kit
For RSW12VDC/RSL12VDC. 20 W 12V Panel. Includes (1) SOLPNL20W12V, (1) 29-NP712 (1) K94-37236.
For RSW12VDC/RSL12VDC. Includes (1) SOLPNL20W12V, (1) A12330SGLPK, (1) K94-37236.
For CSL24VDC/CSW24VDC/LA500DC/ LA400DC. Includes (2) SOLPNL10W12V, (1) K94-37236.
For CSL24VDC/CSW24VDC. Includes (2) SOLPNL20W12V, (2) A12330SGLPK (1) K94-37236.
Note: Recommended for areas that reach below 32°F/0°C for extended periods of time. See Gate Operator Solar Charts.
Solar Panels
SOLPNL10W12V
SOLPNL20W12V
Extra Solar Panel
Solar Panel
10W 12V solar panel. Mounting bracket and hardware. 10 ft. of cable. Compatible with LA400DC, LA412DC, LA500DC, RSL12VDC, RSW12VDC, CSL245VDC and CSW24VDC. Two panels required for models LA400DC, LA500DC, CSL24VDC, CSW24VDC.
20W 12V solar panel. Mounting bracket and hardware. 10 ft. of cable. Compatible with LA400DC, LA412DC, LA500DC, RSL12VDC, RSW12VDC CSL24VDC, CSW24VDC.
ACCESSORIES
Batteries
No Image Available
MBAT
A12330SGLPK
7Ah 12VDC Battery (Single)
33Ah 12VDC Battery (Single)
Compatible with LA500DC, LA400DC, LA412DC, MA, MAT, RSW12VDC, RSL12VDC, CSW24VDC, CSL24VDC.
Compatible with LA500DC, LA400DC, LA412DC, RSL12VDC, RSW12VDC, CSL24VDC, CSW24VDC, MA, MAT. When adding 2nd 33Ah battery to the CSW24VDC, order additional (K10-36183) tray.
50
BTYHARN7AH
7Ah Battery Harness Compatible with RSL12VDC and RSW12VDC.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
POWER DEVICES Solar Accessories
No Image Available
No Image Available
No Image Available
K94-37236
K75-34986-2
K10-36183
Solar Harness Kit
Battery Tray
Battery Tray
For use with 7Ah and 33Ah batteries.
For CSL24VDC when adding second 33Ah batteries.
For LA500DC 33Ah batteries. For use with LA500CONTXLDC.
Surge Suppressors and Power Supply
Surge Suppressors Lightning damage from direct hits or nearby strikes can potentially leave sites unsecured or inaccessible. Downtime and repair costs can be prevented or reduced with the use of surge suppression. LiftMaster Gate Operators feature built-in surge suppression. But not all devices used on installations have this feature. ®
SURGE120V
SURGELV
ARMP5
Surge Suppressor
Surge Suppressor
Power Supply
120VAC. Hardwired. High voltage. Single phase. Diagnostic LED.
30V. Screw terminal. Low voltage. 2 pair wire. Voice/Data/Power.
120VAC/60Hz Input. 12VDC output. 12VA power. 1A current. Compatible with 12VDC devices that have a current draw up to 1 Amp. Example: MG1300.
[Text]
ACCESSORIES 51
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
BARRIER ARMS AND BARRIER ARM ACCESSORIES Barrier Arms for Mega Arm Operators
Aluminum, 12 ft. Arm opening area may vary dependent upon barrier gate operator arm length and distance from curb. See specific notes for each arm.
MA023 White aluminum arm. 12 ft. long x 3 in. round. 129.75 in. (end of cabinet to arm tip).
MA024R White aluminum arm with reflective yellow-black stripes. 12 ft. long x 3 in. round. 129.75 in. (end of cabinet to arm tip).
MA024 White aluminum arm with yellow-black stripes. 12 ft. long x 3 in. round. 129.75 in. (end of cabinet to arm tip).
MA024RDOT White aluminum arm with red/white retro-reflectorized DOT tape. 12 ft. long x 3 in. round. 129.75 in. (end of cabinet to arm tip).
ACCESSORIES
Aluminum, 12 ft. with Padding
MA025 White aluminum arm with yellow padding. 12 ft. long x 4 in. round. Requires adapter collars model MA031.
52
MA026 Replacement yellow foam padding. 12 ft. long x 4 in. round (2 in. ID). Replacement for model MA025.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
BARRIER ARMS AND BARRIER ARM ACCESSORIES Barrier Arms for Mega Arm Operators (continued)
MA027 Replacement white aluminum arm. 11 ft. long x 2 in. round. 117.75 in. (end of cabinet to arm tip). Replacement for model MA025.
Aluminum Arm, 14 ft. with Padding
MA028 White aluminum arm with yellow padding. 14 ft long x 4 in. round. Requires Adaptor Collar model MA031.
Replacement white aluminum arm. 13 ft. long x 2 in. round. 141.75 in. (end of cabinet to arm tip). Replacement for model MA028.
Replacement yellow foam padding. 16 ft. long x 4 in. round (2 in. ID). Replacement for model MA028.
ACCESSORIES
MA030
MA029
MA031 Adaptor Collars for padded barrier arms. Set of 2.
53
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
BARRIER ARMS AND BARRIER ARM ACCESSORIES TEXT HERE Barrier ArmsIFfor NEEDED Mega Arm Operators (continued)
Aluminum, 17 ft. 15 ft. gate arm requires 22 in. of rear clearance for upswing of counter arm extension. Arm opening area may vary depending upon barrier operator arm length and distance from curb. See specific notes for each arm. MA115 White aluminum arm. 17 ft. long x 3 in. round. 14 ft. (end of cabinet to arm tip). Requires Counterweight model MA117.
MA116R White aluminum arm with reflective yellow and black stripes. 17 ft. long x 3 in. round. 14 ft. (end of cabinet to arm tip). Requires Counterweight model MA117.
MA116 White aluminum arm with yellow and black stripes. 17 ft. long x 3 in. round. 14 ft. (end of cabinet to arm tip). Requires Counterweight model MA117.
MA116R DOT White aluminum arm with red/white retro-reflectorized DOT tape. 17 ft. long x 3 in. round. 14 ft. (end of cabinet to arm tip). Requires Counterweight model MA117.
Articulating Arm MA034*
ACCESSORIES
PVC articulating arm with yellow and black stripes and hardware kit. 9 ft. long x 2.5 in. square. MA035*
No Image Available
Replacement PVC arm only with yellow and black stripes. 9 ft. long x 2.5 in. square. Replacement for model MA034. MA024-10* White aluminum articulating arm only with yellow and black stripes. 10 ft. long x 3 in. round. Hardware kit not included, see model MA033.
MA033 Hardware kit only for articulating arm. For model MA034 and MA024-10 barrier arms.
*Arm shipped as single piece. Installer cuts down to meet site requirements.
54
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
BARRIER ARMS AND BARRIER ARM ACCESSORIES Barrier Arm Accessories for Mega Arm Operators
No Image Available
MA117 Counterweight required for all 17 ft. barrier arms.
MA900 Yellow/Black tape roll 2 in. wide x 36 yards.
MA021 Replacement 5/16 in. nylon arm nuts. Regular, package of 50.
No Image Available
MA021A Replacement 5/16 in. nylon arm nuts. Thin, package of 50.
G50FL12024 24VAC/DC flexible rope light, red. 10 ft. length.
SAMSKIT Sequenced Access Management functionality between any Mega Arm operator, SL3000, or CSW200.
ACCESSORIES 55
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
BARRIER ARMS AND BARRIER ARM ACCESSORIES Barrier Arms for Mega Arm Sprint Operators
Barrier Arms for Mega Arm Sprint Operators For use with Mega Arm Sprint/Tower Operators only. Arm opening area may vary dependent upon barrier gate operator arm length and distance from curb. See specific notes for each arm. SP8
SP8PAD
White aluminum arm with yellow padding. 8 ft. long x 4 in. round. Requires adapter collars model MA031.
Replacement yellow foam padding. 8 ft. long x 4 in. round (2 in. ID). Replacement for model SP8.
SP8TUBE
MA031
Replacement white aluminum arm. 8 ft. long x 2 in. round. 81.75 in. (end of cabinet to arm tip). Replacement for model SP8.
Adaptor Collars for padded barrier arms. Set of 2.
ACCESSORIES
Barrier Arms for BG Operators
G651209P
Single-Piece Arms, BG 770 PVC arm with yellow and black stripes. 10 ft. long x 2.5 in. square. Requires clamp model (G108019).
56
G651209
15ALUMARM
Wood arm with white and black stripes. 12 ft. long x 0.75 in. wide x 4–5.5 in. high (height tapers down).
White aluminum arm with yellow and black stripes. 15 ft. long x 2.5 in. square. Arm adaptor included.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
BARRIER ARMS AND BARRIER ARM ACCESSORIES G651210P PVC articulating arm with yellow and black stripes and hardware kit. 10 ft. long x 2.5 in. square. Arm shipped as single piece. Installer cuts down to meet site requirements. Requires clamp, see model (G108019).
Articulating Arms, BG 770 Articulating arms are available by special order. 4-week lead time minimum.
G651210
No Image Available
G651210 K
Wood articulating arm with white and black stripes and hardware kit. 12 ft. L x 0.75 in. W x 4–5.5 in. H (height tapers down).
Hardware kit for wood articulating arm. For model (G651210) barrier arm.
Barrier Arm Accessories for BG Operators
No Image Available
G651208R Replacement wood wishbone arm for BG790 (white and black stripes). 24 ft. long x 0.75 in. wide x 4 —5.5 in. high (height tapers down). No Counterweight included. Model (G658056) sold separately. (See Parts Catalog)
No Image Available
MA900 Yellow and black tape roll. 2 in. wide x 36 yards.
G408700 White and black tape roll. 3 in. wide x 36 yards.
G108019 PVC arm mounting clamp. Used with (G651209P) and (G651210P).
G50FL12024 24VAC/DC flexible rope light, red. 10 ft. length, includes clips. Used with all barrier gate operators.
G50402 Timer Defeat, Hold Open Switch that allows for the auto-close timer to be manually disabled.
ACCESSORIES
No Image Available
50-24 Long Distance Control Wiring (24VAC).
57
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
HARDWARE Wheels
LiftMaster Elite Series Power Wheel, Solid Steel ®
®
Continuous-cycle operation and maintenance free. Designed for 1 in. or larger angle tracks. Solid cold-rolled steel. Silver zinc-plated wheels are heat-treated for longer life.
AH107
Gold Zinc-Plated V-Groove Power Wheels with Ball Bearings Pair of 4 in. wheels. Gold zinc plating. Can handle gates up to 3,000 lbs.
AH110
Gold Zinc-Plated V-Groove Power Wheel with Ball Bearings 6 in. single wheel. Gold zinc plating. Can handle gates up to 5,000 lbs. AH111
Heat-Treated V-Groove Power Wheels with Ball Bearings Pair of 4 in. wheels. Heat-treated silver zinc plating. Can handle gates up to 3,000 lbs. AH113
Heat-Treated V-Groove Power Wheel with Ball Bearings 6 in. single wheel. Heat-treated silver zinc plating. Can handle gates up to 5,000 lbs.
UHMW
ACCESSORIES
Specifically designed for lighter sliding gates. Heavyduty nylon, non-breakable. Designed for 1 in. or larger angle tracks.
AH102
UHMV V-Groove Wheel 4 in. single wheel. Heavy-duty nylon, UHMW. Can handle gates up to 750 lbs. Specifically designed for lighter sliding gates.
58
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
HARDWARE Hinges
LiftMaster Elite Series Power Hinges ®
®
Engineered to last longer, install easier and provide greater safety than conventional gate hinges. They are designed for industrial, high-traffic applications with heavy wrought-iron or aluminum gates. Double 5/8 in. ball bearings for smooth operation. 3/4 in. solid stainless steel shaft, grounded and tempered to Rockwell standards. Continuous-cycle operation, self-lubricating/no-grease fittings. Offers a unique design so the gate never hits the post.
POWERHINGE
POWERHINGE2
POWERHINGE3
Power Hinge
Power Hinge 2
Power Hinge 3
Can handle 3,000 lbs. per pair. Solid coldrolled steel. For use on steel gates with steel mounting posts.
Can handle 1,000 lbs. per pair. 1/2 steel, 1/2 aluminum. For use on aluminum gates with steel mounting posts.
Can handle 1,000 lbs. per pair. Heavy-duty aluminum. For use on aluminum gates with aluminum mounting posts.
SWG600
SWG606
Miscellaneous Gate Hinges
Heavy-Duty Bearing Hinge Set
Heavy-Duty Hinge Set for Uphill Swing
Can handle 2,000 lbs. per pair. Steel with high-grade steel needle bearings. Self-aligning bearing case, 1 in. solid bar attachment and Zerk fittings. Compatible with 4 x 4 in. post.
For uphill swing, high usage or heavy gates. Can handle 2,000 lbs. per pair. Steel with bronze bearings. 1/2 in. thick weldable steel plates and 3/4 in. diameter steel hinge bolt. Up to 15% lift.
Wheel Mounting Brackets
Single Bracket for 4 in. V-Groove Wheels AH103
ACCESSORIES
For 4 in. wheels. Single bracket, steel, unpainted.
Single Bracket for 6 in. V-Groove Wheels AH1036 For 6 in. wheels. Single bracket, steel, unpainted.
59
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
HARDWARE Wheel Covers
Black Painted Steel Cover
LiftMaster Wheel Covers ®
CVRPWST4
Wheel covers guard against pinch points to meet ASTM standards and ensure UL 325 compliance. Wheel covers are manufactured exclusively for use with LiftMaster Elite Series Power Wheels.
Fits 4 in. wheels. Comes as a pair of covers, steel, black.
Note: Wheels sold separately.
CVRPWST6
Black Painted Steel Cover
®
Fits 6 in. wheels, single cover, steel, black.
CVRPWAL6
Unpainted Aluminum Cover Fits 6 in. wheels. Single cover, aluminum, unpainted.
V-Track
V-TRACK Universal Gate Operator Track for use with V-Groove Wheels.
VTRACKBLK
V-Track 10 ft. V-track, black. Manufactured from 12-gauge hot-dipped galvanized steel. Single-piece design, 90° rounded angle top. 10 ft. length by 4 in. width. Multiple 3/8 in. diameter anchoring holes for ease of installation.
TV201
V-Track Interlocking Ends
TM202
V-Track Mounting Plate
10 ft. V-track, black. Steel construction, 90° angle top. Powder-coated finish. 10 ft. length by 4 in. width. Multiple 1/2 in. diameter anchoring holes.
Used in asphalt driveways to install TV201 track instead of pouring a concrete pad. Steel top plate welds to bottom of V-track. 10 in. vertical tube. Anchor on vertical tube.
GR122-S (B or G)*
AUHM
Guide Rollers
ACCESSORIES
Guide Rollers 5/8 in. zinc-plated bolt and nut, silent operation. Steel roller bearings and steelreinforced roller.
GR122-R (B or G)* 6 in. roller made of neoprene. *Specify black or gray when ordering.
60
6 in. roller with bracket made of neoprene.
6 in. roller made of UHMW. Comes in black.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
HARDWARE Jamb-Track Assembly
Jamb-Track Assembly A great alternative for jobs where conventional swinging and sliding gates would take up too much valuable space or simply would not work. Allows an overhead gate or door to be lifted as close as 1 in. to the ceiling when fully open. Comes with weldable attachments and bronze attachments; UHMW fully machined rollers for quiet operation. 450 lb. capacity.
All assembly models come with both right and left power arm assemblies, 2 track rollers with brackets and 2 kicker rollers with brackets. JTA175-7 For gates that are 6-1/2 ft. to 7-1/2 ft. high. JTA175-8 For gates that are 7-1/2 ft. to 8-1/2 ft. high.
JTA175-7, JTA175-8, JTA175-9
JTA175-9 For gates that are 8-1/2 ft. to 9-1/2 ft. high.
Replacement Hardware for Jamb-Track
Replacement Hardware Contents
JTH175-7 For gates that are 6-1/2 ft. to 7-1/2 ft. high JTH175-8 For gates that are 7-1/2 ft. to 8-1/2 ft. high
No Image Available
JTH175-9 For gates that are 8-1/2 ft. to 9-1/2 ft. high JTH175-7, JTH175-8, JTH175-8
Replacement Track Contents JTR-7 Jamb-Track Replacement For gates that are 6-1/2 ft. to 7-1/2 ft. high. JTR-8 Jamb-Track Replacement For gates that are 7-1/2 ft. to 9-1/2 ft. high.
Replacement Spring Contents Jamb-Track Spring Only.
No Image Available
JTR-7
JTR-8
Jamb-Track Replacement
ACCESSORIES
For both right and left tracks.
No Image Available
Jamb-Track Replacement
No Image Available
No Image Available
No Image Available
SA700-7
SA700-8
SA700-9
Jam Track Spring only, 7 ft. length
Jam Track Spring only, 8 ft. length
Jam Track Spring only, 9 ft. length
61
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
HARDWARE Locks
Installation Examples
MG1300
EMLO1300F*
Surface Mount
EMLO1300S*
LiftMaster Elite Series Maglock
LiftMaster Elite Series Maglock Face Mount
LiftMaster Elite Series Maglock Surface Mount
12 or 24VDC. 12VDC at 500mA, 24VDC at 250mA current draw. Holds up to 1,300 lbs. Includes 12VDC transformer, pivoting steel armature, mounting plate and hardware. Features junction box with knockouts, and face mount.
12 or 24VDC. 12VDC at 500mA, 24VDC at 250mA current draw. Holds up to 1,300 lbs. Includes mounting plate and hardware.
12 or 24VDC. 12VDC at 500mA, 24VDC at 250mA current draw. Holds up to 1,300 lbs. Includes mounting plate and hardware.
®
®
®
®
Face Mount
*Requires separate power supply. 12VDC Transformer model ARMP5 sold separately.
Pin Lock
Solenoid Lock
SGLOCK12V**
GPINLCK
Solenoid Lock
Pin Lock
Compatible only with LiftMaster LA412, RSL and RSW Gate Operators. Low-power current draw. Holds up to 3,500 lbs. Fail-secure. ®
Locks gate arm to the gate’s mounting bracket. Compatible with LA400DC and LA412DC Operators.
**Low power accessory when used with operators with LiftMaster Battery Backup system.
ACCESSORIES
TEXTPack Bulk HEREChains IF NEEDED
G193025
1941240D
1941240DNP
#50 Nickel-Plated Chain Pack
#41 Black Oxide Chain Pack
#41 Nickel-Plated Chain Pack
Nickel-plated. 25 ft. pack. Compatible with SL585, SL595, VSL595.
Black oxide. 10 ft. pack. Compatible with RSL12VDC, SL3000UL, HCT, CSL24VDC.
Nickel-plated, 10 ft. pack. Compatible with SL3000UL, CSL24VDC.
62
1940240D
#40 Black Oxide Chain Black oxide, 10 ft. pack. Compatible with SL3000UL, CSL24VDC.
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Gate Operators
HARDWARE Mounting Accessories for Gate Operators
MPEL
Mounting Plate for Post Mounting Compatible with CSW24VDC, CSW200UL, CSL24VDC, SL3000UL, RSW12VDC. Multiple post mounting options: • 3 in. round on the outside • 3 in. round on the inside • 4 in. square welded on the inside
MSEL
MSLM
Steel Stand for Mounting to Concrete Pad
Steel Stand for Mounting to Concrete Pad or Post Mounting
Stand height: 7.5 in. Plate, 17.5 x 16.5 in. Compatible with SL3000UL.
Removable top plate for post mounting (square post welded on the inside). Stand height: 9 in. Compatible with RSL12VDC.
G305803002
Post Mount Kit For post mounting a gate operator. 4 U-bolts and hardware for 3 in. pipe. Compatible with SL585, SL595.
Mounting Accessories for Control Boxes 50-19509 For 6 in. round post.
Post mounting kit for LA400DC or LA412DC standard or XL metal control boxes. Kit includes 2 U-bolts and hardware.
50-19511 For 4 in. round post. 50-19512 For 2.5 in. round post.
Miscellaneous Hardware
ASRI
Aluminum Positive Stop
Rubber Safety Bumper
For swing gates. Includes two rubber grommets.
5 ft., for use on slide gates.
ACCESSORIES
APSA
63
ACCESSORIES Access Control Systems
SECURITY+ 2.0 REMOTE CONTROLS ™
Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls Narrow Band on 310/315/390 MHz Tri-Band ™
Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls ™
Remote Controls featuring narrow-band multi-frequency (310/315/390 MHz), Rolling Code Technology. Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Gate Operators, Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators and Radio Receivers. ®
™
892LT
894LT
2-Button Learning Remote Control
4-Button Learning Remote Control
Controls up to two LiftMaster Gate Operators, Garage Door Openers, Commercial Operators and/or MyQ Accessories. Each button operates independently. Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 and Security+ and can clone any LiftMaster DIP switch technology.
Controls up to four LiftMaster Gate Operators, Garage Door Openers, Commercial Operators and/or MyQ Accessories. Each button operates independently. Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 and Security+ and can clone any LiftMaster DIP switch technology.
811LM*
813LM*
®
™
®
™
Security+ 2.0 Commercial and Gated Community Encrypted DIP Remote Controls ™
Compatible with Security+ 2.0 LiftMaster Commercial Operators, Gate Operators and Commercial Receivers. ™
1-Button Remote Control
3-Button Remote Control
Extreme range 1-button encrypted DIP switch remote control. Ideal for applications like gated communities or commercial applications requiring a large number of remote controls for a common entrance. Easy to code, 12-position DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes.
Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch remote control. Red/Green/Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functionality for commercial door operators. Easy to code, 12-position DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes.
*Not compatible with LiftMaster Security+2.0 Garage Door Openers ™
ACCESSORIES
Security+ Remote Controls
373LM
371LM
971LM
3-Button Remote Control
1-Button Remote Control
1-Button Remote Control
Controls up to three LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators and/or Gate Operators. Compatible with 315 MHz Security+ Rolling Code Technology. 3V lithium battery and visor clip included.
Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators and Commercial Door Operators. Program a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator or Commercial Door Operator. With Security+ 315 MHz Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code with every use.
Compatible with Garage Door Openers with orange or red learn buttons or gray antennas. Program a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator or Commercial Door Operator. With Security+ 390 MHz Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code with every use.
64
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Access Control Systems
REMOTE CONTROLS Digital Remote Controls
361LM/61LM
1-Button Remote Control 1-Button remote control, easy code selection. 9-position trinary DIP switches with 19,683 changeable codes per channel. Red LED indicates battery strength and signals sent transmissions. 12V battery and directional visor clip included. 315 MHz (361LM)/390 MHz (61LM).
Multi-Code Remote Control ™
333LM/33LM
Tri-Colored 3-Button Remote Control 3-Button remote control, red, yellow and green buttons for easy identification. Accommodates commercial door operators requiring OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functions. Easy code selection. 9-position trinary DIP switches with 19,683 changeable codes per channel. Red LED indicates battery strength and signals sent transmissions. 12V battery and visor clip included. 315 MHz (333LM)/390 MHz (33LM).
300MC
1-Button Remote Control Compatible with Multi-Code code format.* 300 MHz frequency. Not LiftMaster compatible. ™
®
418MHz Remote Controls
DT418
418MHz Remote Controls 1-Button decodable remote control, 418Mhz frequency for use with Dial Code or Icon 26 Series.
ACCESSORIES
*Multi-Code is a registered trademark of the Linear Corporation.
65
ACCESSORIES Access Control Systems
RECEIVERS Security+ 2.0 Commercial and Gated Community Receivers ™
STAR1000
850LM
860LM
Commercial Receiver
Universal Receiver
Security+ 2.0 narrow band multi-frequency 310/315/390 MHz receiver virtually eliminates radio interference. Program up to 1000 remote controls either individually or block learn with Passport Lite. Large keypad and LCD screen for quick and easy programming. Duplicate memory module included for programming additional receivers or data backup. Compatible with all Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls. Designed for outdoor environments. Includes 9 in. antenna.
Security+ 2.0 narrow band multi-frequency 310/315/390 MHz receiver that virtually eliminates radio interference. Eliminates customer callbacks due to poor range performance. 3 channels providing large capacity: channel 1 (50 remote controls); channel 2 (20 remote controls); channel 3 (20 remote controls). Compatible with all Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls.
Weather-Resistant Universal Receiver
™
™
™
™
Security+ 2.0 narrow band multi-frequency 310/315/390 MHz receiver that virtually eliminates radio interference. 3 channels providing large capacity: channel 1 (50 remote controls); channel 2 (20 remote controls); channel 3 (20 remote controls). Compatible with all Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls. Weather-resistant, suitable for mounting outdoors. ™
™
Security+ Commercial and Gated Community Receivers ®
312HM
412HM
Universal Coaxial Commercial Receiver
Two memory settings: high security mode holds up to 15 Security+ 315 MHz remote controls; normal security mode holds up to 31 Security+ 315MHz or DIP switch remote controls. 12VDC or 35VAC/DC, jumper selectable. 2-piece aluminum case with detachable cover. Compatible with Security+ 315 MHz Rolling Code Technology and DIP switch Remote Controls.
Two memory settings: high security mode holds up to 15 remote controls Security+ 390MHz, normal security mode holds up to 31 Security+ 390MHz or DIP Switch remote controls. 12VDC or 35VAC/DC, jumper selectable. 2-piece aluminum case with detachable cover. Compatible with Security+ 390 MHz Rolling Code Technology, 390 MHz billion code technology and DIP switch Remote Controls.
ACCESSORIES
Universal Coaxial Commercial Receiver
66
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Access Control Systems
PASSPORT CREDENTIALED RADIO CONTROL SOLUTIONS Security+ 2.0 Passport Solution ™
Passport Credentialed Solution Property managers no longer have to manage several different remote controls for the main gate, tenant gate, visitor doors and parking entrances. Residential and commercial property management is now simplified with an innovative single remote control solution that integrates with telephone entry and access control systems. Passport with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 delivers extreme radio range and provides enhanced credential management through simplified, menu-driven programming, providing a more effective method of managing entrances within a gated community or commercial environment. ®
™
PPWR Passport Receiver Fully compatible with LiftMaster Telephone Entry and Access Control solutions, as well as third party access systems supporting standard 26-bit, 30-bit, 34-bit and 50-bit Wiegand protocol. It features two operational modes: Pass-Thru and Advanced. PassThru mode automatically passes the defined Wiegand information on to the access control solution.
Passport MAX Remote Controls
Passport Lite Remote Controls
Passport Max Remote Controls
Passport Lite Remote Controls
Visor and Keychain Remote Controls. Add the PPWR Receiver to your access control system for a one-remote-control solution. Compatible with PPWR Wiegand Receiver for gate access control, with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 and Security+ Residential Garage Door Openers. Wiegand proximity sensor available with select keychain remote controls for access control integration with a card reader.
Control for common areas and parking facilities. Attractively priced remote controls for high-volume remote control applications, including commercial properties and parking garages. Passport Lite Remote Controls are compatible with Security+ 2.0 Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators, commercial receivers including the STAR1000 and the PPWR Security+ 2.0 Wiegand Receiver.
3-Button Passport MAX Visor Remote Control
1-Button Passport Lite Visor Remote Control
PPV3M
PPLV1*
3-Button Mini Passport MAX Keychain Remote Control
1-Button Mini Passport Lite Keychain Remote Control
PPK3M
PPLK1*
3-Button Mini Passport MAX Keychain Proximity Remote Control
1-Button Mini Passport Lite Keychain Proximity Remote Control
™
PPK3PHM
™
™
PPLK1PH* *Can only be ordered in packages of 10 and 100, add -10 when ordering a 10 pack and -100 when ordering a 100 pack
SPECIFICATIONS: Receiver: 12 Volts DC, 50mA Keychain: 3 Volts (One 2032 Lithium Battery) Visor: 3 Volts (One 2032 Lithium Battery) Receiver: Power, Noise, Data Transmission, Valid Message, Access Granted LEDs Receiver: 315 MHz or 390 MHz Narrow Band Frequency Remote Control: 315 MHz or 390 MHz SAW Stabilized (Output in Accordance with FCC Part 15) Buffer Receiver: 16,000 Rolling Code Users (FIFO) Memory Receiver: Non-Volatile Receiver: -40˚F to 185˚F; -40˚C to 85˚C Temperature Range Remote Control: -40˚F to 185˚F; -40˚C to 85˚C Output Receiver: 26-and 30-bit Wiegand Formats Wire/Distance Receiver: 5 Wire Shielded/1,000 Feet Enclosure Receiver: Weather-Resistant NEMA 3 Rated Dimensions Receiver: 5-11/16 in. W x 4-1/8 in. H x 1-7/16 in. D Encoding Remote Control: Narrow Band, Security+ Rolling Code Technology
ACCESSORIES
Power
67
ACCESSORIES Access Control Systems
CARD READERS HID iClass SE Readers ®
iClass SE R40 HID iClass SE Readers
DL91105
Next generation access control solutions for increased security, adaptability, and enhanced performance. Supports iCLASS HID Cards. Ideal for new and existing iCLASS installations for increased safety and performance.
Contactless Smart Card Reader, designed to mount and cover single gang switch boxes, 13.56 MHz Card compatibility. Dimensions: 3.3 x 4.8 x 1.0 in.
®
iClass SE R10 Mini Mullion DL91106 Contactless Smart Card Reader. 13.56 MHz Card compatibility, Wiegand Controller Communications. Small version suited for mullion-mounted door installations. Dimensions: 1.9 x 4.1 x 0.9 in.
iClass SE R15 Mullion Mount DL91109 Contactless Smart Card Reader. 13.56 MHz Card compatibility. Small version suited for mullion-mounted door installations. Dimensions: 1.9 x 6.0 x 0.9 in.
HID Multiclass SE Readers ®
Multiclass SE RP10 Mini Mullion HID Multiclass SE Readers
DL91112
Next generation access control solutions for increased security, adaptability, and enhanced performance supports multiple technologies including iCLASS SE and iCLASS .
Powerful, secure and adaptable Contactless Smart Card Reader, compatible with iCLASS SE and HID Prox technologies. Dimensions: 4.8 x 10.3 x 2.3 cm.
®
®
Multiclass SE RP15 Mullion Mount DL91113 Multi-technology card reader designed for customers upgrading their current card system from some of the most popular proximity format to iCLASS credentials. The RP15 readers allows customer to transition to smart cards over time while incorporating the use of multiple card technologies within a single building or across multiple facilities. Dimensions: 6.1 x 1.9 x 0.9 in.
Multiclass RP40 Wall Switch DL91114
ACCESSORIES
Multi-technology card reader designed for customers upgrading their current card system from HID Prox to iCLASS credentials. With the RP40 multiCLASS, the customer has the ability to transition to smart cards over time while incorporating the use of multiple card technologies within a single building or across multiple facilities and enhanced security through mutual authentication and data encryption. Dimensions: 3.3 x 4.8 x 1.0 in.
Multiclass RPK40 DL91115 The iCLASS RPK40 is a multi-technology card reader with Keypad designed for customers upgrading their current card system from HID Prox to iCLASS credentials. With the iCLASS RPK40, the customer has the ability to transition to smart cards over time while incorporating the use of multiple card technologies within a single building or across multiple facilities. With the iCLASS RPK40, you get enhanced security through mutual authentication and data encryption.
68
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Access Control Systems
CARD READERS HID Prox Readers ®
MiniProx 5365 HID Prox Readers
SNARHIDMINI
Low cost, entry level security supports HID Prox Cards.
Miniprox reader’s potted electronics and slim design is ideal for indoor or outdoor mounting. 125 MHz, Dimensions: 6 x 1.7 x 1 in.
ThinLineII 5395 SNARHIDTHIN Mini Prox reader housed in a two-piece weather proof secure potted enclosure, 125 MHz, Dimensions: 4.7 x 3 x 6.8 in.
ProxPoint Plus 6005 SNARHIDPOINT Combines multiple configurations at an economical price, ideal for indoor and outdoor applications, 125 MHz, Dimensions: 3.7 x 1.72 x 0.66 in.
ProxPro with Keypad 5355 SNARHIDPRO Ideal for applications requiring a longer read range, 125 MHz, Dimensions: 5 x 5 x 1 in.
ACCESSORIES 69
ACCESSORIES Access Control Systems
CARD READERS TEXT HERE IF Stand-Alone Proximity NEEDEDCard Reader
PPLX
KPR2000
PPLX Stand-Alone Proximity Card Reader
Wired Keypad and Proximity Reader
50,000-user capacity. Programmable output relay (NO/ NC). Multiple Wiegand protocols (legacy 26-bit industry standard, Passport). Latch Mode to hold the door or gate open. Timed Anti-Passback Logic. Programmable as stand-alone or Wiegand pass-thru.
2,000 user capacity (card, PIN, card and PIN) stand alone or pass-thru operation. Supports HID 26 and 30 bit Wiegand proximity card formats. Multi-colored LED status display and backlit keypad.
PPLX Components
No Image Available
PPRP
PPCSC
PS12D2A
Proximity Card (Clamshell)
Power Supply 12VDC 2.0A
Hand held programmer for use with Passport Stand-Alone Proximity Card Reader.
Passport proximity card. (Shipped in sleeves of 50).
Power Supply for Passport Stand-Alone Proximity Card Reader.
ACCESSORIES
Radio Programmer For PPLX
70
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Access Control Systems
CREDENTIALED CARDS HID TEXT iClass HERE SE IF Credentials NEEDED ®
HID iClass SE Credentials For use with HID iClass SE Readers and the highest level of security.
iClass SE Key II Contactless Smart Key DL91204 High frequency credential delivers same level of security as smart card.
iClass SE Contactless Smart Card DL91206 SIO-Enabled smart card credential for iClass MIFARE and DESfire.
iClass SE Clamshell Contactless Smart Card DL91207 Ideal for SE installations in harsh environments and can be used for a range of diverse applications.
HID Prox Credentials ®
Prox 1346 ProxKey III HID Prox Credentials
DL91201
Low cost entry level, compatible with HID Prox Readers.
Pocket size key fob.
Prox 1386 ISOProx Card (imageable) ®
DL91203 Proximity card technology with photo identifications capability.
Prox 1326 ProxCard II Clamshell Card DL91205 Industry choice for a cost-effective solution to proximity access control.
ACCESSORIES 71
ACCESSORIES Access Control Systems
IPAC ACCESSORIES TEXT Accessories IPAC HERE IF NEEDED
IPACRTR
Retrofit Trim Ring Makes installation easy when replacing both flush mount Infinity L and ICON 26 models.
SNARHIDPOINT
HID ProxPoint Plus Mini Proximity Reader ®
Provides multiple configuration options and is both sleek and inconspicuous.
IPACKEY
Keypad For customers needing multiple keypad options, IPAC accommodates an external keypad.
IPACCAMK
IPACPLB
Camera Kit
Meets postal requirements while offering flexibility for right- or left-side installation.
High-performing camera is perfect for applications requiring visual installations.
ACCESSORIES
Postal Lock Box
72
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Access Control Systems
EL2000 ACCESSORIES TEXT HERE EL2000 Accessories IF NEEDED
EL2000DVRCAMKT
DVR Compatible Low-Lux Color Camera Kit Optional color low-lux camera, compatible with DVR.
RFMODKT3
WOMODKT
EL25/EL2000 RF Module Kit
EL25/EL2000 Wiegand Module
RF module for access with 315MHz Passport remote controls. Not compatible with Passport Lite or Passport MAX Security+ Remote Controls.
Supports two Wiegand-compatible remote control access devices.
No Image Available
ESSWOKSG
Wiegand Output Keypad 26 bit, 12 pad; 3 x 4 in. Keypad is selectable for 5 or 12 volts.
HIDWOKPRO
Combo Keypad/Card Reader Wiegand Output 125 kHz wall switch keypad proximity reader. Sealed for indoor or outdoor use.
ELHTRKT
EL2000 LCD Display Heater Allows the EL2000 LCD display to maintain normal operation to approximately -20°F.
ACCESSORIES
No Image Available
ELTRMKT
EL2000 Trim Plate Kit The trim plate kit is compatible only with model EL2000. It includes a faceplate that is mounted on the unit.
73
ACCESSORIES Access Control Systems
EL25 ACCESSORIES EL25 Accessories
EL25DVRCAMKT
DVR Compatible Low-Lux Color Camera Kit Optional color low-lux camera, compatible with DVR.
ESSWOKSG
Wiegand Output Keypad
WOMODKT
EL25/EL2000 RF Module Kit
EL25/EL2000 Wiegand Module
RF module for access with 315MHz Passport remote controls. Not compatible with Passport Lite or Passport MAX Security+ remote controls.
Supports two Wiegand-compatible remote control access devices.
HIDWOKPRO
Combo Keypad/Card Reader Wiegand Output 125 kHz wall switch keypad proximity reader. Sealed for indoor or outdoor use
ACCESSORIES
26 bit, 12 pad; 3 x 4. in. Keypad is selectable for 5 or 12 volts.
RFMODKT3
74
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Access Control Systems
STANDARD PEDESTALS Mounting Posts
Pedestals Faceplate with universal hole pattern to fit almost any access device. Black powder-coated finish, ensuring no chipping or fading. 2 x 2 in. square post. Each neck is bent with a 6 in. center radius. Mounting hardware included for all pad mount models. PED42
PED42ACC
Gooseneck Pedestal 42 in. Height
Gooseneck Pedestal 42 in. Height
Pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square pipe, 11-gauge steel.
Pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square pipe, 14-gauge steel.
PED64
PED4272
Gooseneck Pedestal 64 in. Height
Dual Gooseneck Pedestal 42 in. and 72 in. Height
In-ground mount, 2 x 2 in. square pipe, 11-gauge steel.
Pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square pipes, 11-gauge steel.
ACCESSORIES
PED72
Gooseneck Pedestal 72 in. Height Pad mount, 2 x 2 in. square pipe, 11-gauge steel.
75
ACCESSORIES Access Control Systems
PEDESTALS Miscellaneous Pedestals
PEDS44
PS12D2A
142A0271
Low-Profile Access Pedestal
Power Supply
Trim Plate
Corrosion-resistant, welded, powder-coated steel construction. Pre-drilled for quick and easy installation. Height 44 in., pad mount 11-gauge steel.
12VDC, 2 Amp power supply.
4 x 4 in. Plate for pedestal cover, powder-coat finish, black.
GC813
Pedestal 68 in. Height
ACCESSORIES
In-ground mount, threaded 3 x 3 in. square post with 1-1/2 in. pipe, black 11-gauge steel.
76
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Access Control Systems
SURGE SUPPRESSORS AND PROTECTION Surge Suppressors and Protection
Surge Suppressors Lightning damage from direct hits or nearby strikes can potentially leave sites unsecured or inaccessible. Downtime and repair costs can be prevented or replaced with the use of surge suppression. LiftMaster Gate Operators feature built-in surge suppression. But not all devices used on installations have this feature. ®
SURGE240V
SURGELV
Surge Suppressor
Surge Suppressor
240VAC. Wired, high voltage, single phase. Diagnostics LED.
30V, screw terminal, low voltage, 2 pair wire. Voice/Data/Power.
Surge Protection
No Image Available
LVSS
Surge Protector for Power Transformer Surge protector, 12VAC (low voltage).
R4SS
Surge Protector Surge Protector for RS485. 2,000 Amp protection.
SNATSURGE
Telephone Line Surge Suppressor For added protection to the phone line inputs during lowvoltage storm surges.
ACCESSORIES 77
ACCESSORIES Access Control Systems
TRANSFORMERS Transformers
85LM
Optional Universal Radio Control Plug-In AC Transformer
95LM
Optional Transformer 110VAC input, 22VDC output. 2-wire connection.
ACCESSORIES
Power input level: 105–135VAC. Plug-in jack for easy installation.
78
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Access Control Systems
ANTENNAS Antennas
Antenna Extension Kit, 15 ft. 86LM* For use with 312HM, 412HM, STAR1000, 860LM, and 850LM when remote operation is needed. Kit contains antenna bracket and 15 ft. of cable.
Antenna Extension Kit, 25 ft. 86LM/86LMT
Antenna Extension Kits
86LMT* For use with 312HM, 412HM, STAR1000, 860LM and 850LM when remote additional remote range is needed. Kit contains antenna bracket and 25 ft. of cable.
Medium-Duty External Antenna Kit EXT-ANT *Radio Control and Accessory Discount applies.
ACCESSORIES 79
ACCESSORIES Radio Controls
MYQ ACCESSORIES ®
823LM
825LM
828LM
Remote Light Switch
Remote Light Control
Internet Gateway
Controls lights remotely. Turn on lights in your garage, yard or home with your Garage Door Opener remote control. Use with the Internet Gateway to control single pole lights from your smartphone or computer. Compatible only with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers, Remote Controls and MyQ Accessories.
Operate any lamp with your Garage Door Opener remote control or from your smartphone via your Internet Gateway. Plug into an indoor outlet, connect cord from the light you want to control and program it to your remote control or the Internet Gateway. Compatible only with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers, Remote Controls and MyQ Accessories.
Using your smartphone or computer, you can operate your garage door, commercial door, gate or turn on or off lights in or around your home, from anywhere in the world. Easy and fast installation through your in-home router. Compatible only with Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and MyQ Accessories.
829LM
888LM
821LM
®
™
™
™
Door and Gate Monitor
MyQ Control Panel
MyQ Garage
Check and close the garage door or gate from any room in the house. Green and red LED lights indicate whether the garage door or gate is open or closed. Volume-controlled audible alert lets you know when the garage door or gate is being opened. MyQ technology allows you to monitor and close up to four garage doors, commercial doors or gates. Compatible only with Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and MyQ Accessories.
Allows LiftMaster Garage Door Openers manufactured since 1998 to be controlled by a smartphone, tablet or computer (when paired with the Internet Gateway). Provides the upgrade needed to utilize Security+ 2.0 and MyQ Technology. Equipped with the Timer-to-Close and Motion Detection features. Motion detector activates the garage door opener lights and locks out remotes for added security.
Monitor, open and close the garage door, and control home lighting, all from a smartphone, tablet or computer. Controls up to two garage doors at once (requires extra door sensor, sold separately) and up to 16 MyQ devices. Compatible with all major brands of garage door openers with photo eyes.
™
®
™
ACCESSORIES
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
80
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Radio Controls
SECURITY+ 2.0 REMOTE CONTROLS ™
Remote Controls featuring narrow-band multi-frequency (310/315/390 MHz), Rolling Code Technology. MAX models are compatible with LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and Radio Receivers manufactured since January 1993. ®
895MAX
893MAX
3-Button Elite Remote Control
3-Button Remote Control
Sleek design includes bright blue LEDs. Unique contoured shape. Faux leather grip. Controls up to three LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and/or MyQ Accessories. Compatible with all Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, and Gate Operators manufactured by LiftMaster since January 1993.
Powerful multi-door Control. Controls up to three LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and/or MyQ Accessories. Compatible with all Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators and Gate Operators manufactured by LiftMaster since January 1993.
®
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
891LM
1-Button Standard Remote Control Program a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator, Commercial Door Operator or MyQ Accessory. With Security+ 2.0 , users are assured of a new code with every use. Compatible with a single LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator and Commercial Door Operator. ™
™
890MAX
893LM
3-Button Mini Remote Control
3-Button Remote Control
Fits in purse, pocket or on a keychain. Controls up to three LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and/or MyQ Accessories. Compatible with all Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators and Gate Operators manufactured by LiftMaster since January 1993.
Controls up to three Garage Door, Gate Operators, Commercial Door Operators or MyQ Accessories. Features only Security+ 2.0 Rolling Code Technology. ™
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES
375LM*
892LT
894LT
2-Button Universal Remote Control
2-Button Learning Remote Control
4-Button Learning Remote Control
Program up to two different brands of garage door openers. Compatible with most major brands of Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators and Commercial Door Operators.
Controls up to two LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and/or MyQ Accessories. Each button operates independently. Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 , Security+ and can clone any LiftMaster DIP switch technology.
Controls up to four LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and/or MyQ Accessories. Each button operates independently. Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 , Security+ and can clone any LiftMaster DIP switch technology.
™
®
™
*See Radio Compatibility Chart listed with 387LM Universal Wireless Keyless Entry in the Radio Controls section for compatible manufacturers.
81
ACCESSORIES Radio Controls
SECURITY+ 2.0 COMMERCIAL AND GATED COMMUNITY REMOTE CONTROLS ™
811LM
813LM
1-Button Remote Control
3-Button Remote Control
Extreme range 1-button encrypted DIP switch Remote Control. Compatible with Security+ 2.0 LiftMaster Commercial Operators, Gate Operators and Commercial Receivers. Ideal for applications like gated communities or commercial applications requiring a large number of remote controls for a common entrance. Easy to code,12position DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes. ™
®
Extreme range 3-button encrypted DIP switch Remote Control. Compatible with Security+ 2.0 LiftMaster Commercial Operators, Gate Operators and Commercial Receivers. Red/Green/Yellow on buttons designed to be programmed for OPEN/CLOSE/STOP functionality for Commercial Door Operators. Easy to code, 12-position DIP switch offers up to 4,096 codes. ™
Security+ 2.0 Commercial and Gated Community Receivers ™
850LM
860LM
Universal Receiver
Weather-Resistant Universal Receiver
Commercial Access Control Receiver
Security+ 2.0 narrow band multi-frequency 310/315/390 MHz receiver that virtually eliminates radio interference. Eliminates customer callbacks due to poor range performance. 3 channels providing large capacity: channel 1 (50 remote controls); channel 2 (20 remote controls); channel 3 (20 remote controls). Compatible with all Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls. Weather-resistant, suitable for mounting outdoors.
Security+ 2.0 narrow band multi-frequency 310/315/390 MHz receiver that virtually eliminates radio interference. Program up to 1,000 remote controls either individually or block learn with Passport Lite. Duplicate memory module included that may be removed for programming additional receivers or safe storage for backup. Compatible with all Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls. Designed for outdoor environments. Includes 9 in. antenna.
Security+ 2.0 narrow band multi-frequency 310/315/390 MHz receiver that virtually eliminates radio interference. Eliminates customer callbacks due to poor range performance. 3 channels providing large capacity: channel 1 (50 remote controls); channel 2 (20 remote controls); channel 3 (20 remote controls). Compatible with all Security+ 2.0 Remote Controls. ™
™
™
™
™
™
ACCESSORIES
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
STAR1000
82
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Radio Controls
SECURITY+ REMOTE CONTROLS ®
Security+ Remote Controls ®
373LM
371LM
971LM
3-Button Remote Control
1-Button Remote Control
1-Button Remote Control
Controls up to three LiftMaster Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators and/or Gate Operators. Compatible with 315 MHz Security+ Rolling Code Technology. 3V lithium battery and visor clip included.
Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ Garage Door Openers, Gate Operators and Commercial Door Operators. Program a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator or Commercial Door Operator. With Security+ 315 MHz Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code with every use.
Compatible with Garage Door Openers with orange or red learn buttons or gray antennas. Program a single Garage Door Opener, Gate Operator or Commercial Door Operator. With Security+ 390 MHz Rolling Code Technology, users are assured of a new code with every use.
®
Multi-Code Remote Control ™
300MC
1-Button Remote Control Compatible with Multi-Code code format.* 300MHz frequency. Not LiftMaster compatible. ™
*Multi-Code is a registered trademark of the Linear Corporation.
TEXT HERE 418MHz Remote IF NEEDED Controls
ACCESSORIES
DT418
418MHz Remote Controls 1-Button decodable remote control, 418Mhz frequency for use with Dial Code or Icon 26 Series.
83
ACCESSORIES Radio Controls
PASSPORT CREDENTIALED RADIO CONTROL SOLUTIONS Passport Credentialed Radio Control Solutions
Passport Credentialed Solution Property managers no longer have to manage several different remote controls for the main gate, tenant gate, visitor doors and parking entrances. Residential and commercial property management is now simplified with an innovative single remote control solution that integrates with telephone entry and access control systems. Passport with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 delivers extreme radio range and provides enhanced credential management through simplified, menu-driven programming, providing a more effective method of managing entrances within a gated community or commercial environment. ®
™
PPWR Passport Receiver Fully compatible with LiftMaster Telephone Entry and Access Control solutions, as well as third party access systems supporting standard 26-bit, 30-bit, 34-bit and 50-bit Wiegand protocol. It features two operational modes: Pass-Thru and Advanced. PassThru mode automatically passes the defined Wiegand information on to the access control solution.
Passport MAX Remote Controls
Passport Lite Remote Controls
Passport Max Remote Controls
Passport Lite Remote Controls
Visor and Keychain Remote Controls. Add the PPWR Receiver to your access control system for a one-remote-control solution. Compatible with PPWR Wiegand Receiver for gate access control, with LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 and Security+ Residential Garage Door Openers. Wiegand proximity sensor available with select keychain Remote Controls for access control integration with a card reader.
Control for common areas and parking facilities. Attractively priced remote controls for high-volume remote control applications, including commercial properties and parking garages. Passport Lite Remote Controls are compatible with Security+ 2.0 Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators, commercial receivers including the with STAR1000 and the PPWR Security+ 2.0 Wiegand Receiver.
3-Button Passport MAX Visor Remote Control
1-Button Passport Lite Visor Remote Control
PPV3M
PPLV1*
3-Button Mini Passport MAX Keychain Remote Control
1-Button Mini Passport Lite Keychain Remote Control
PPK3M
PPLK1*
3-Button Mini Passport MAX Keychain Proximity Remote Control
1-Button Mini Passport Lite Keychain Proximity Remote Control
™
®
PPK3PHM
™
™
PPLK1PH* *Can only be ordered in packages of 10 and 100, add -10 when ordering a 10 pack and -100 when ordering a 100 pack
ACCESSORIES
SPECIFICATIONS: Receiver: 12 Volts DC, 50mA Keychain: 3 Volts (One 2032 Lithium Battery) Visor: 3 Volts (One 2032 Lithium Battery) Receiver: Power, Noise, Data Transmission, Valid Message, Access Granted LEDs Receiver: 315 MHz or 390 MHz Narrow Band Frequency Remote Control: 315 MHz or 390 MHz SAW Stabilized (Output in Accordance with FCC Part 15) Buffer Receiver: 16,000 Rolling Code Users (FIFO) Memory Receiver: Non-Volatile Receiver: -40˚F to 185˚F; -40˚C to 85˚C Temperature Range Remote Control: -40˚F to 185˚F; -40˚C to 85˚C Output Receiver: 26-and 30-bit Wiegand Formats Wire/Distance Receiver: 5 Wire Shielded/1,000 Feet Enclosure Receiver: Weather-Resistant NEMA 3 Rated Dimensions Receiver: 5-11/16 in. W x 4-1/8 in. H x 1-7/16 in. D Encoding Remote Control: Narrow Band, Security+ Rolling Code Technology Power
84
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Radio Controls
WIRELESS KEYLESS ENTRY Wireless Keyless Entries
877MAX
877LM
377LM
Wireless Keyless Entry
Wireless Keyless Entry
Open or close the garage door instantly with a private 4-digit code. Program temporary access codes for visitors or delivery and service personnel. One-buttonto-close feature works with all LiftMaster Garage Door Openers manufactured since 2006. Compatible with all Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators and Gate Operators manufactured by LiftMaster since January 1993.
Features only LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 . Open or close your door or gate operator instantly with a private 4-digit code. Program temporary access codes for visitors or delivery and service personnel. Mounts outside garage for convenient access. One-button-to-close feature works with all LiftMaster Garage Door Openers manufactured since 2006.
Security+ Wireless Keyless Entry ®
™
®
Compatible with LiftMaster Security+ 315 MHz Garage Door Openers, Commercial Door Operators, Gate Operators and Radio Control Receivers. Temporary password option. Program code directly from keypad.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
387LM
Universal Wireless Keyless Entry Compatible with most major brands of garage door openers and gate operators. Open or close the garage door without using a remote control or key. Users can also program a temporary code for friends and service people. Completely wireless installation.
MODEL 375LM AND 387LM ARE COMPATIBLE WITH THE FOLLOWING: LiftMaster Security+ 2.0 Rolling Code
LiftMaster Security+ Rolling Code
LiftMaster Billion Code
LiftMaster DIP Switch (7, 8 & 9 pos)
Genie Intellicode Rolling Code
Genie DIP Switch (9 and 12 pos)
Frequency
310/315/390 MHz
315 or 390 MHz
390 MHz
390 MHz
315 or 390 MHz
390 MHz
Manufacturer/ Code Format
MultiCode
Linear MegaCode
Moore-O-Matic DIP Switch (8 pos) (Delta3 )
Stanley SecureCode Rolling Code
Stanley DIP Switch (10 pos)
Wayne-Dalton
Frequency
300MHz
310MHz
310MHz
310MHz
372MHz
™
®
318MHz
®
®
®
®
LiftMaster is a trademark of The Chamberlain Group. Intellicode is a trademark of Genie Company. MultiCode , MegaCode and Delta3 are trademarks of Linear Corporation. Stanley SecureCode is a trademark of The Stanley Works. ®
®
®
®
®
NOTE: Chart applicable to the 375LM Universal Remote Control
85
ACCESSORIES
Manufacturer/ Code Format
ACCESSORIES Radio Controls
COMMERCIAL OPERATOR AND GATE RECEIVER ACCESSORIES Radio Control Accessories
Medium-Duty External Antenna Kit EXT-ANT *Radio Control and Accessory Discount applies.
86LM
Remote Control Antenna Mounting Kit For use with models 312HM, 412HM, 850LM, 860LM and Star1000 when remote operation is needed. Kit contains antenna bracket and 15 ft. of cable.
86LMT
Antenna Extension Kit For use with models 312HM, 412HM, 850LM, 860LM and Star1000 when remote operation is needed. Kit contains antenna bracket and 25 ft. of cable.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
86
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Radio Controls
DIGITAL REMOTE CONTROLS Digital Remote Controls
361LM/61LM
1-Button Remote Control Easy code selection. 9-position trinary DIP switches with 19,683 changeable codes per channel. Red LED indicates battery strength and signals sent transmissions. 12V battery and directional visor clip included. 315 MHz (361LM)/390 MHz (61LM).
333LM/33LM
Tri-Colored, 3-Button Remote Control Red, yellow and green actuators for easy identification. Accommodates commercial operators requiring OPEN/ CLOSE/STOP functions. Easy code selection. 9-position trinary DIP switches with 19,683 changeable codes per channel. Red LED indicates battery strength and signals sent transmissions. 12V battery and visor clip included. 315 MHz (333LM)/390 MHz (33LM).
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES
NOTE: Indicate door width and height when ordering. 87
ACCESSORIES Radio Controls
WIRELESS COMMERCIAL KEYPADS Commercial Wireless Keypads
Wireless Keypad Wireless controls are used to supplement hardwired, push-button and key control stations. Wireless controls cannot be used in place of hardwired controls.
WKP250LM3 Wireless access control keypad. Compatible with LiftMaster 315 MHz rolling code receivers. 250 code capacity, 4-digit codes. Up to 500 ft. range. ®
Wireless Keypad WKP5LM3 Wireless access control keypad. Compatible with LiftMaster 315 MHz rolling code. 5 code capacity, 4-digit codes. Up to 500 ft. range.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
88
For more information, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative. To place an order, visit Dealer.LiftMaster.com or contact Customer Care at 800.323.2276.
ACCESSORIES Radio Controls
TRANSFORMERS
85LM
Optional Universal Radio Control Plug-In AC Transformer
95LM
Optional Transformer 110VAC input, 22VDC output. 2-wire connection.
Power input level: 105–135 AC. Plug-in jack for easy installation.
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
TEXT HERE IF NEEDED
ACCESSORIES
NOTE: Indicate door width and height when ordering. 89
MISCELLANEOUS
MISCELLANEOUS
LiftMaster Standard Terms, Conditions, Policies and Procedures This document contains LiftMaster’s Standard Terms, Conditions,
Shipping Terms: Shipments will be Free On Board (F.O.B.) from
Policies and Procedures, which apply to all LiftMaster products
LiftMaster’s facility. Scheduled or stipulated shipping dates are
including:
approximate and based upon prompt receipt of all necessary information
• Residential Garage Door Openers and Accessories
from the Customer. If shipment is delayed at the Customer’s request,
• Commercial Door Operators and Accessories
or because of Customer acts or omissions, LiftMaster has the right to
• Residential and Commercial Gate Operators and Accessories
store the goods at a location of LiftMaster’s choice at the Customer’s
• Access Controls
risk and expense. Title to and risk of loss of the goods pass to the
These terms, conditions, policies and procedures may be occasionally
Customer upon delivery to the common carrier at the F.O.B. point,
modified by The Chamberlain® Group, Inc. (“LiftMaster”). Unless
subject to any applicable lien right of LiftMaster. It is the Customer’s
a Customer provides prompt, written notice on receipt of order
responsibility to file any shortage or damaged goods claims with the
acknowledgement objecting to any of these terms, conditions, policies
common carrier.
and procedures (including inconsistencies between the Customer’s purchase order and LiftMaster’s terms and conditions), the Customer
Freight Terms: All products ship on a “pre-paid and add” basis unless
agrees that these terms, conditions, policies and procedures shall
previously agreed to in writing, or as noted in this document. Freight
become part of the purchase contract between the Customer
costs will be added to the Customer’s invoice. However when ordering
and LiftMaster. LiftMaster’s acknowledgment shall operate as its
ten (10) or more LiftMaster Gate Operators, prepaid freight is not added
acceptance of the Customer’s purchase order, but such acceptance is
to the invoice.
made expressly conditional on assent by the Customer to these terms,
Note that these orders may only consist of gate operators and
conditions, policies and procedures.
corresponding accessories. Any non-related product must ship under a separate purchase order and will ship on LiftMaster’s standard freight
The Customer and LiftMaster agree that LiftMaster’s acknowledgment,
policy, “pre-paid and add.”
including these terms, conditions, policies and procedures, shall constitute the complete and final agreement between the Customer
Back Orders: Orders that cannot be completely filled will be held until
and LiftMaster for such order, and the products received should only
all line items (or equivalent) on the purchase order can be shipped.
be delivered accordingly (except as may otherwise be agreed in writing
Back orders may be requested by the Customer. In this case, both
between the Customer and LiftMaster). These terms, conditions,
the original shipment and the back ordered items will ship based on
policies and procedures are subject to LiftMaster’s standard terms and
LiftMaster’s standard shipping policy. The Customer will be responsible
conditions of sale, which are incorporated herein by reference and are
for all associated freight charges, which will be added to the invoice per
available upon request.
the Customer’s shipping instructions.
Customers should contact their LiftMaster Sales Representative
Order Lead Times - Stock Product: LiftMaster will make every
with any questions regarding these terms, conditions, policies
reasonable attempt to ship standard items within four (4) business
and procedures.
days from order receipt, unless otherwise requested. Orders for Customer pick up and for Customers sending in carriers of their
I. Order Placement & Shipping Policies
choice will be dated according to Customer’s requirements, providing
Order Minimum: A minimum of $25.00 U.S. is required for each order.
there is sufficient lead time. Orders for truckload quantities or multiple truckloads may require a longer lead time which will be communicated
Order Acknowledgements: Orders will be acknowledged within one
when the order is placed. Any large quantity of one model may require
(1) business day of receipt, provided that proper e-mail information is
additional time for fulfillment and lead time will be communicated on the
given on the order. Once supplied, LiftMaster will add an e-mail address
acknowledgment.
to a Customer’s account information for communication purposes, including invoicing. During order processing, an update will be e-mailed
Order Lead Times - Special Order Product: LiftMaster requires
to Customers with an estimated shipping time window. Once an order
ten (10) business days lead time for special order products and up to
has shipped from a LiftMaster facility, a shipping notification will be sent
twenty-one (21) business days for make-to-order specials requiring
in the same manner as the order acknowledgement with appropriate
engineering time to build the product. For details on commercial door
shipment tracking information.
operator and gate operator specialty products, please contact your LiftMaster Sales Representative or Customer Care Representative.
2
I. Order Placement and Shipping Policies (con’t.) Credit Hold Policy: Any order on credit hold must be released and
Orders must be picked up in their entirety. The most important criteria
shipped within ten (10) days of the order date. After ten (10) days, the
when loading any Customer pickup order is safety. If LiftMaster
order will be cancelled and must be reordered. New orders may be
distribution personnel determine a Customer vehicle to be undersized
subject to new pricing at the time the new order is entered.
or unsafe, LiftMaster reserves the right to refuse to load. LiftMaster distribution personnel will not be expected to spend an inordinate
Shipping Point - Service and Replacement Parts: All service and
length of time loading any vehicle due to its limitations. Customers
replacement parts orders will ship from LiftMaster’s Parts Distribution
need to provide and attach tie downs to safely secure the load.
Center in Tucson, Arizona. Replacement/service parts should be ordered separately from other LiftMaster products. Replacement parts
If the Customer’s order is not picked up on the date requested, the
shipments of less than $1,000 U.S. are all expedited to ship same day
Customer will be contacted within one (1) business day by LiftMaster
providing the order is received by 2:00 p.m. Mountain Time, and only
Customer Care to provide a new pick up date. If LiftMaster is unable
replacement/service parts are on the purchase order.
to contact the Customer or the order is not picked up within five (5) business days after the originally scheduled date, LiftMaster will attempt
Drop Shipments: If a Customer has more than one place of business,
one more contact, and then the order will be cancelled.
a separate account number for each ship-to location should be established with LiftMaster to avoid a drop shipment fee. To arrange for
Shipping Errors: If a shipping error is made, the Customer must
additional account numbers, Customers should contact a LiftMaster
notify LiftMaster within two (2) business days of product receipt by
Credit Analyst at 630.993.6323 or e-mail
[email protected].
calling 800.323.2276. If applicable, a Returned Goods Authorization
For orders requesting drop shipment, there will be a 25% fee assessed
(RGA) with return instructions will be issued and a new shipment will
for each order. No drop shipments will be made to destinations outside
be created for order replacement. In the case of shipment overage, an
of the United States or Canada.
RGA will be issued, and the original invoice will be credited upon return of the product. LiftMaster will provide return instructions for either small
Customer Pick-Up Orders: LiftMaster’s products are available for
parcel or common carrier returns. LiftMaster will assume all costs and
Customer pick-up at LiftMaster’s distribution centers via a Customer
risks for the product being returned due to errors attributable solely to
truck or their selected carrier. Customer pick up is limited to the product
LiftMaster.
stocked and on-hand at the distribution center at the time the order is placed. The Customer will be asked to provide the date they will
Shipment Damages: When the Customer receives an order, all
be picking up their order and, unless otherwise notified, LiftMaster
freight bills should be noted with any damage included (supported with
will have the Customer’s order ready on that date. Customers who
photos, if possible). The carrier should be contacted by the Customer.
have arranged to pick up on the date they requested or have given
Copies of claims should also be sent to LiftMaster for its records.
LiftMaster’s warehouse team at least a two (2) hour notice to get their order ready for same day pick up will be given priority. Due to the high volume nature of LiftMaster’s business, out-of-stock situations may occur. The Customer will be notified in advance when this situation arises, and LiftMaster will work with the Customer to assess other options.
3
II. Order Cancellation Special orders, make-to-order, engineer-to-order or any orders with
LiftMaster warrants to the first end user purchaser (the “Purchaser”) that
modifications added cannot be cancelled after the date the order is
its products are free from defect and/or workmanship from the date of
received by LiftMaster. Cancellation or refusal of a shipment will result
shipment for the warranty period provided in the operator’s manual or
in a cancellation charge of 50% of the invoiced order amount, except
packaging accompanying such product. The warranty period begins
where prior contractual agreements have been completed.
on the date of purchase.
Payment of any cancellation charges must be made within thirty (30)
The proper operation of a product is dependent on the compliance
days from date of invoice. LiftMaster has the right to cancel any order at
by the Purchaser with the instructions regarding installation, operation,
any time, upon written notice, for any breach of terms by the Customer
maintenance and testing. Failure to comply strictly with those
(including these terms and conditions), and LiftMaster is entitled to
instructions will void this warranty in its entirety.
collect cancellation charges as identified above. The Customer has the right to cancel any order at any time, upon written notice, of any
Specific product warranties can be found either in the product user’s
material breach by LiftMaster of the terms of such order. No termination
manual or on Dealer.LiftMaster.com. If, during the limited warranty
by the Customer for default will be effective unless LiftMaster has failed
period, the product appears to contain a defect covered by this limited
to correct the alleged default within thirty (30) days after receipt by
warranty, call the LiftMaster Technical Support Center.
LiftMaster of the written notice specifying the default. Garage Door Openers and Accessories: 800.528.6563
III. Pricing, Taxes and Payment
Gate Operators and Accessories/Access Controls: 800.528.2806
Prices: Prices are subject to change without notice to reflect LiftMaster’s
Commercial Door Operators and Accessories: 800.528.2806
prices, and applicable freight or transportation rates, as of the date of shipment. Unless specified by LiftMaster, all prices are in U.S. dollars.
This limited warranty is in lieu of any other warranties, express or implied, including any implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for
Taxes: Prices specified do not include sales, excise or other taxes
a particular purpose or otherwise, and of any other obligations or liability
payable on account of the transaction(s) between LiftMaster and the
on LiftMaster’s part. This limited warranty does not cover non-defect
Customer. All taxes are in addition to these prices and are paid by the
damage, damage caused by improper installation, operation or care
Customer.
(including, but not limited to abuse, misuse, failure to provide reasonable and necessary maintenance, unauthorized repairs or any alterations to
Payment: Payment terms are 1% twenty (20) net thirty (30) days. All
the product), labor charges for reinstalling a repaired or replaced unit,
due dates are calculated from date of invoice.
problems related to interference, or replacement of batteries.
Internet Minimum Advertised Pricing Policy: LiftMaster has
Under no circumstances will LiftMaster be liable for consequential,
adopted an Internet Minimum Advertised Pricing Policy to preserve
incidental or special damages arising in connection with use, or inability
its strong reputation for providing Customers with high value products
to use, the product. LiftMaster’s liability for breach of warranty, breach
and after-sales support. Please refer to the IMAP Policy document for
of contract, negligence or strict liability will not exceed the cost of
details.
the product covered hereby. No person is authorized to assume for LiftMaster any other liability in connection with the sale of the product.
IV. Limited Warranty LiftMaster offers the limited warranty for any product described in the
Some states do not allow the exclusion or limitation of consequential,
product’s operators manual or accompanying packaging. In the event
incidental or special damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may
any published warranty differs from the standard LiftMaster limited
not apply to the Purchaser. This limited warranty gives the Purchaser
warranty set forth below, the product-specific limited warranty will be
specific legal rights, and the Purchaser may also have other rights
used. LiftMaster’s standard limited warranty is as follows:
which vary from state to state.
4
V. Limitation of Liability In no event will LiftMaster or its employees, officers and directors
In the U.S.
In Canada
be liable for consequential, special, indirect, incidental, punitive or
Chamberlain/LiftMaster
Chamberlain Group Canada
exemplary damages, costs, expenses, or losses (including lost profits,
Att: Returns Department
Att: RGA Department
or opportunity costs), regardless of the form of action, damage,
6050 S. Country Club Road,
400 Courtney Park Drive East, Unit 2
claim, liability, cost, expense, or loss, whether in contract, statute, tort
Suite180
Mississauga, Ontario LST 255
(including negligence), or otherwise.
Tucson, AZ 85706
Canada
LiftMaster, its employees, officers and directors will not be liable to the
For product returns of less than 75 lbs. (small parcels), Customers must
Customer for any actions, damages, claims, liabilities, costs expenses,
contact either the Technical Support Department or the Customer Care
or losses in any way arising out of or relating to this agreement or the
Department, and a return shipping label will be provided. An e-mail RGA
products for an aggregate amount in excess of the fees actually paid for
with a link to the return shipping label will be provided and returned via
the products giving rise to the liability.
UPS World Ship. Tracking for each return is available.
No terms of this agreement will be enforceable by or create any right or
For returns of finished goods not deemed small parcels, the Customer
cause of action for or on behalf of any person or entity other than the
Care Department must be contacted to arrange for LiftMaster’s
Customer and LiftMaster and LiftMaster’s successors and assignees.
contracted carrier to pick up defective products and return them to LiftMaster’s Tucson facility. Again, credit will not be issued for any out-of-
VI. Return Policy and Procedure
warranty and non-defective products, and a pro-rated freight amount
In-Warranty Products/Parts: LiftMaster provides assistance installing
will be deducted from the Customer’s total credit due. Returns shipped
and servicing its products, and technical support is available, toll-free,
collect to LiftMaster will be refused and returned to the Customer at
as follows:
their expense.
Garage Door Openers and Accessories: 800.528.6563
Out-of-Warranty Products/Parts: LiftMaster will not issue credit
Gate Operators and Accessories/Access Controls: 800.528.2806
for or replace an out-of-warranty product or replacement part that no
Commercial Door Operators and Accessories: 800.528.2806
longer functions properly. Products that are out-of-warranty will not be authorized for return.
In the event that the Technical Support Department cannot rectify a product issue, LiftMaster will accept the return of a defective product
Non-Defective Returns: In addition to warrantied products,
still under warranty. To return such product, a Returned Goods
unopened standard, off-the-shelf products and replacement parts may
Authorization (RGA) must be obtained. An approved RGA document
be returned for credit within ninety (90) days of invoice date. All standard
(including the RGA number), must accompany the returned product.
products returned for credit must be received within ninety (90) days
The RGA number must be written on the carton used to ship the
of invoice date and in new, unused condition in original unopened
returned product. All items must be returned with complete identification
cartons. An RGA must be obtained prior to returning the product. All
(RGA document and number), freight prepaid and in accordance with
products approved for credit must be returned freight prepaid, and a
all of the above-noted instructions. Returns received without proper
25% restocking charge will be deducted from the credit amount. A
authorization may be delayed and/or refused. LiftMaster will not be
minimum of $10 U.S. will be charged against the product credit for
responsible for any items returned without proper authorization or
the return shipping, unless the Customer uses, and pays for, its own
identification. All items must be returned to:
shipping method. No returns will be accepted if shipped collect to the LiftMaster facility. Non-defective returns will not be accepted on discounted products. Commercial door operators and residential and commercial gate operators that are modified by LiftMaster per Customer request or built-to-order by LiftMaster per Customer request cannot be returned for credit. This includes all commercial door operators and residential and commercial gate operators with custom wiring, limits, transformers or other modifications. LiftMaster will not be responsible for any items returned without proper authorization or identification.
5
VII. Miscellaneous Quotations: All written quotations automatically expire unless accepted
Governing Law: Any order for products and these terms and
within thirty (30) days from the date quoted and unless otherwise noted.
conditions shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with,
Verbal quotations expire the same day they are made. All quotations
the laws of the State of Illinois, U.S.A. notwithstanding any conflict of
are subject to approval by an authorized LiftMaster representative. All
laws principles thereof. The parties agree that the courts of the State of
stenographic and clerical errors are subject to correction.
Illinois and/or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any litigation arising between
Remedies: In case the Customer fails to make payments in
the parties, and the parties hereto hereby agree to submit themselves
accordance with the terms outlined in this document, LiftMaster, in
to the personal jurisdiction of said courts.
addition to its other rights and remedies, may, at its option, defer further shipments until such payments are made or may terminate the order.
Waiver: Any waiver by LiftMaster of any breach or default by the
The Customer shall not have any cause of action or be entitled to any
Customer of any of the Customer’s obligations hereunder, and any
offset, counterclaim or recoupment against LiftMaster by reason of any
failure by LiftMaster to enforce any rights arising hereunder, will not be
such action. The Customer agrees to pay any legal fees which may be
construed as a waiver of any other breach or default by the Customer
necessary to effect collection.
or of LiftMaster’s right to enforce its rights arising hereunder in any other circumstances.
Force Majeure: In the event LiftMaster’s performance hereunder is limited or prevented in whole or in part by acts of God, fire, war,
LiftMaster reserves the right to make pricing, design or specification
civil disorders, strikes, explosions, embargoes, accidents, epidemics,
changes without notice.
floods, storms, shortages or failure of any source of supply or transportation upon which LiftMaster is dependent, or by any rule, regulation, order or other action taken by any governmental authority or causes not reasonably within LiftMaster’s control whether or not specifically provided herein, LiftMaster shall be excused, discharged and released of performance to the extent such performance is limited or prevented without liability for damages of any kind. Nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring LiftMaster to accede to any demands of labor or labor unions, suppliers or other parties which LiftMaster considers unreasonable. If by reason of any of the aforesaid circumstances LiftMaster’s supply of any of the goods shall be insufficient to meet all of LiftMaster’s requirements hereunder, LiftMaster’s orders with its Customers and for LiftMaster’s own uses, LiftMaster shall have the right at LiftMaster’s option and without liability hereunder to apportion LiftMaster’s available supply of products among any and all of LiftMaster’s Customers, including LiftMaster’s affiliates and itself, in such manner as LiftMaster in LiftMaster’s sole discretion considers equitable. Assignment: No assignment of any right or interest or delegation of any obligation or performance of the Customer hereunder may be made without the prior written consent of LiftMaster. Any attempted assignment or delegation will be wholly void and totally ineffective for all purposes.
6
© 2014 LiftMaster All Rights Reserved LMOOBDOALL 10/14
